f/h owners man. cover (page 1) · 2017-02-08 · the transfer fee must be paid within fifteen (15)...

FREEDOM/HORIZON OWNERS MANUAL

SPORT BOATS

FOUR WINNS L.L.C., 925 Frisbie Street, Cadillac, MI 49601 Phone (231) 775-1343

WARRANTY REGISTRATION TRANSFER REQUEST

Original Owner Name & Address: ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ Original Date of Purchase: ___________________________________________________ Hull Identification Number: ___________________________________________________ Boat Model: ___________________________________________________ Selling Dealer: ___________________________________________________ Name and address of new purchaser: ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ Telephone & E-Mail Address: ___________________________________________________ Date of Purchase: ___________________________________________________ Transfer Fee*: $100.00 – All models. The warranty may be transferred only once. Registration of the second owner is required and the amount of the transfer fee is $100.00. Transfer of the remainder of the warranty must occur within five (5) years of the original retail sale. The transfer fee must be paid within fifteen (15) days of purchase of the used boat by check, money order or cashier’s check payable to Four Winns. We will notify the appropriate engine manufacturer of the boat warranty transfer. This warranty registration request if accepted, transfers the warranty coverage remaining on the boat to the new purchaser. Acceptance of this request does not create any additional warranties or obligation on Four Winns. Warranty Expiration Date: ___________________________________________________ Four Winns Transfer Acceptance Date: ___________________________________________________ Four Winns Authorized Signature: ___________________________________________________ Mail to Four Winns L.L.C., 925 Frisbie Street, Cadillac, MI 49601, Attn: Customer Service Department. *Subject to change without notice.

NAME / ADDRESS CHANGE FORMName & Address: ___________________________________________________

___________________________________________________

___________________________________________________

___________________________________________________

Telephone & E-Mail Address: ___________________________________________________

Hull Identification Number: ___________________________________________________

Boat Model: ___________________________________________________

Date of Purchase: ___________________


___________________________________________________

___________________________________________________

___________________________________________________



Boat Model: ___________________________________________________

Date of Purchase: ___________________


___________________________________________________

___________________________________________________

___________________________________________________



Boat Model: ___________________________________________________

Date of Purchase: __________________

PLEASE FOLD IN HALF & SEAL.



PLEASE PRINT CLEARLY.



NOTE: For warranty transfer please use the WarrantyTransfer Request Form also included in front of manual.



Fou

r Win

ns L

.L.C

.92

5 F

risbi

e S

tree

tC

adill

ac, M

I 496

01

Att

n: C

ust

om

er S

ervi

ce D

epar

tmen

t.

Fou

r Win

ns L

.L.C

.92

5 F

risbi

e S

tree

tC

adill

ac, M

I 496

01

Att

n: C

ust

om

er S

ervi

ce D

epar

tmen

t.

Fou

r Win

ns L

.L.C

.92

5 F

risbi

e S

tree

tC

adill

ac, M

I 496

01

Att

n: C

ust

om

er S

ervi

ce D

epar

tmen

t.

TO:

TO:

TO:

PL

EA

SE

PL

AC

ES

TA

MP

HE

RE

.

PL

EA

SE

PL

AC

ES

TA

MP

HE

RE

.

PL

EA

SE

PL

AC

ES

TA

MP

HE

RE

.

Freedom™/Horizon™ Owner’s Manual PrefacePage 1

This manual will acquaint you with the use and maintenance of your new Four Winns boat. This manual alsoprovides special information critical to the safety of the passengers, and longevity of the equipment. The infor-mation on the following page lists the graphics used to increase the visibility of these important messages. Alsoincluded in your owner’s packet is the “Boating Basics, A Guide to Responsible Boating”. This publicationcovers the boating basics and should be read along with your Four Winns Owner’s Manual before operating yourboat. Review this information completely before using your new boat.

Four Winns continually strives to improve its products. Unit specifications, including standard and optionalequipment are constantly being modified. Equipment availability is also subject to change. The mostcurrent and accurate information available at the time of publication is included in this manual. Somevariation in equipment, description, location, and details can result.

The information in this manual focuses upon the equipment designed and manufactured by Four Winns onspecific models. When appropriate, please utilize the information pertinent to your specific boat model.

Equipment such as engines, and other accessories are manufactured by others. The information provided inthis manual is intended to be used in conjunction with the information provided by the manufacturers ofthis equipment. All information available at the time of manufacture has been included with your owner’spacket. In many cases, replacement of manufacturer’s literature may be obtained via their respective Internetwebsite.

Read this entire manual carefully before operating your new boat. Many instructions may require directperformance of the activity to fully understand the correct method. If you choose to read this manual at home,remember to take it to the boat with you.

Your Four Winns dealer knows your boat best and is interested in your complete satisfaction. Return to thedealer for service or other assistance. If you find it necessary to contact Four Winns directly, please refer to theaddress information listed below. Be sure to include the boat model, hull identification number, your daytimetelephone number, and specifics of the information desired.

This manual has been specifically developed for the Freedom™ and Horizon™ models. Please record themodel and hull identification number information below.

Model Hull Identification Number

________________________ __________________________

This manual should be considered part of the boat. Should you sell the boat, pass this manual on to the newowner. Take special care of this manual. Certain information in this manual may not be available in a replace-ment manual. An electronic version of this manual may be viewed on our website at www.fourwinns.com.

Thank you for joining the Four Winns family. We appreciate your purchase and welcome the opportunity todemonstrate our commitment to you.

Four Winns Customer Service Department925 Frisbie Street

Cadillac, Michigan 49601231-775-1343 (Phone)231-779-2345 (FAX)

E-Mail Address: [email protected]©FOUR WINNS L.L.C. 2004. All Rights Reserved.

PREFACE

PrefacePage 2

Freedom™/Horizon™ Owner’s Manual

Congratulations on your new boat purchase and welcome to our boating family!

We want your boating experience to be the most enjoyable possible. The more you know about your newboat, the more you’ll enjoy the time you spend aboard. That’s why we prepared this manual. It’s your guidefor safe operation as well as understanding your boat’s system and equipment. It has been written for thebeginning boater but experienced boaters will find helpful information as well. Be sure to read the contentsthoroughly.

The popularity of boating and other water sports has grown tremendously in the past few years. Because ofthis, safety is an important issue for everyone who shares our waterways.

Remember that along with the freedom and exhilaration of boating comes the responsibility that you have forthe safety of your passengers and the other boaters who share the water with you. Throughout this manual,specific precautions and symbols identify safety-related information. Be sure to pay close attention to them.

This symbol means “pay attention!” Here is important information for your safety. If you don’t followthese instructions, you can damage your boat, hurt yourself or someone else or, even worse, have afatal accident.

This symbol and signal word indicate a potentially hazardous situation. If you ignore this safetymessage, property damage or minor or moderate personal injury MAY or CAN result.

This symbol and signal word indicate a potential hazard. If you ignore this safety message, seriousinjury or death CAN result.

This symbol and signal word indicates an immediate hazard. If you ignore this safety message,serious personal injury or death WILL result.

IMPORTANT HEALTH AND SAFETY INFORMATION ABOUT YOUR NEW BOAT

WARNING: Engine exhaust, some of its constituents, and a wide variety of components contain oremit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects and other repro-ductive harm. In addition, oils, fuels and fluids contained in boats as well as waste produced bycomponent wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer andbirth defects or other reproductive harm.

Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. Wash yourhands after handling. Used engine oil contains chemicals that have caused cancer in laboratoryanimals. Always protect your skin by washing thoroughly with soap and water.

The precautions in this manual can’t and don’t cover every boating situation. If a specific method or proce-dure is not recommended, you must make sure that what you do is safe for you and others. Always usecommon sense when boating! Remember to make sure that every safe boating excursion is a happy expe-rience.


We’d also like to remind you to be kind to our environment while you’re boating. Don’t throw garbage and otherrefuse overboard. Do your best to keep harmful compounds like gasoline, oil and antifreeze out of the water.Please see the notifications below:

The information contained in the owner’s packet has been compiled to help you operate your boat withsafety and pleasure. It contains the details of the boat, the equipment supplied or fitted, its systems, andinformation on its operation and maintenance. Please read the information carefully and familiarize your-self with the boat before using it.

If this is your first boat, or if you are changing to a type of boat you are not familiar with, for your owncomfort and safety, please ensure that you obtain handling and operating experience before “assumingcommand” of the boat. Your dealer or national sailing federation or yacht club will be pleased to adviseyou of local sea schools and competent instructors.

PLEASE KEEP THE MANUAL AND ALL OTHER PERTINENT INFORMATION IN A SECURE PLACE,AND HAND IT OVER TO THE NEW OWNER WHEN YOU SELL THE BOAT.

Oil Discharge Plate - (Specific Models Only - Location Not Shown)

Trash Overboard Decal - (Specific Models Only - Location Not Shown)

DISCHARGE OF OIL PROHIBITEDTHE FEDERAL WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ACT PROHIBITS THEDISCHARGE OF OIL OR OILY WASTE INTO OR UPON THE NAVI-GABLE WATERS OF THE UNITED STATES, OR THE WATERS OF THECONTIGUOUS ZONE, OR WHICH MAY EFFECT NATURAL RE-SOURCES BELONGING TO, APPERTAINING TO, OR UNDER THE EX-CLUSIVE MANAGEMENT AUTHORITY OF THE UNITED STATES, IFSUCH DISCHARGE CAUSES A FILM OR DISCOLORATION OF THESURFACE OF THE WATER OR CAUSES A SLUDGE OR EMULSIONBENEATH THE SURFACE OF THE WATER. VIOLATORS ARE SUB-JECT TO SUBSTANTIAL CIVIL PENALTIES AND/OR CRIMINAL SANC-TIONS INCLUDING FINES AND IMPRISONMENT.

PrefacePage 4


LABEL LOCATIONS

The NMMA capacity label and various warning labels are placed at different locations on each model for yoursafety. Additional warnings for fuel leakage, blower operation, and other important information will be im-printed or located on the dash. Many of these stickers and labels are not required by the U.S. Coast Guard butare important to ensure the safe operation of your Four Winns® boat. In addition, the Hull IdentificationNumber plate is permanently attached below the deck-hull joint on the starboard aft corner.

Below are letters corresponding to the various locations for each label depicted. Please note that actuallocations may vary depending on which model you have. See the following pages for the actual wording ofeach of the various warning labels found on your boat.

(A) Helm Boarding Ladder Warning (B) Gasoline Vapor-Blower Warning(C) Rotating Prop - Boarding Ladder (Bow & Stern) (D) Aft Lounge CO Warning Label(E) Leaking Fuel (F) Rotating Propeller - Helm(G) CO Swim Platform & Lounging Areas (H) Capacity Label/Yacht Certification Plate(I) Ski Tow Warning (J) Winning Edge Sticker(K) NMMA Certified (L) Do Not Occupy Platform Warning Label(M) Hull Identification Number Plate

B D

KJ

I

A

E F G H

M

(Imprinted) (Imprinted)

C

Figure 1: Freedom™/Horizon™ Models - Warning, Capacity and Other Label Locations (Reference Only)

L


C. & D. Rotating Propeller - Ladder Warning Label

A. Gasoline Vapor-Blower Warning Label

WARNINGGASOLINE VAPORS CAN EXPLODE RESULTINGIN INJURY OR DEATH. BEFORE STARTING ENGINE-CHECK ENGINE BILGE COMPARTMENT FORGASOLINE OR VAPORS, AND-OPERATE BLOWER FOR FOUR MINUTES, ANDVERIFY BLOWER OPERATION.RUN BLOWER WHEN VESSEL IS OPERATING BE-LOW CRUISING SPEED.

ROTATING PROPELLER CAN CAUSE SERIOUS IN-JURY OR DEATH. SHUT OFF MOTOR WHEN NEARPERSONS IN WATER.

WARNING

Imprinted Labels on Port Ignition Panel

A.

B.

CAPACITY & WARNING LABELS

PrefacePage 6


E. Leaking Fuel Warning Label

G. SAMPLE - Capacity Label (See Actual Capacity Plate Affixed to Boat for Actual Capaities.

G. NMMA Yacht Certification PlateReplaces Capacity Label on Certain Specific Models Only.

F. Canadian Conformity Label

F. EU Builders Plate-CE Certification Plate (Export)


K. Winning Edge Sticker

L. NMMA Certified Sticker

H. CO Swim Platform & Lounging Area Warning Label

J. Ski Tow Warning Label

I. Rotating Propeller - Helm Warning Label

M. SAMPLE - Hull Identification Number

Flush Out Warning Label (w/ Option)Location Not Shown

PrefacePage 8


No Ventilation - Do Not Store Fuel Warning Label

ADDITIONAL LABELS (LOCATIONS NOT SHOWN)

Transom/Side Door Warning Label

Do Not Occupy Platform Warning Label

Shore Power Inlet Warning Label


ADDITIONAL LABELS CONTINUED (SPECIFIC MODELS ONLY-LOCATIONS NOT SHOWN)

Remove Ski Pylon Warning Label

Table of ContentsFreedom™/Horizon™ Owner’s Manual

OPERATION ............................................................................................................................................ 1

A - 1 GENERAL ................................................................................................................... 1A - 2 COMPONENT SYSTEMS ............................................................................................ 1A - 3 SAFETY EQUIPMENT ................................................................................................. 1A - 4 PASSENGER SAFETY ................................................................................................ 1

A - 5 “RULES OF THE ROAD” ............................................................................................. 1 A - 6 LIGHTNING ................................................................................................................. 1 A - 7 DRUGS AND ALCOHOL ............................................................................................. 2 A - 8 PRE-CRUISE SYSTEM CHECK .................................................................................. 2

A. Before Starting The Engine ................................................................................. 2B. After Starting The Engine .................................................................................... 2

A - 9 ENGINE OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES ................................................................... 2A. Before Starting ................................................................................................... 2B. Cold Engine Start (Carbureted Engines) ............................................................. 3C. Warm Engine Starting (Carbureted Engines) ...................................................... 3D. Cold / Warm Engine Start (EFI Engines) .............................................................. 3E. Shifting and Control Speed ................................................................................. 4F. Stopping Engine ................................................................................................. 4

A - 10 GROUNDING AND TOWING....................................................................................... 5 A - 11 BOATING EDUCATION ............................................................................................... 5

A. Boating Courses ................................................................................................. 5B. Boating Manuals or Literature ............................................................................. 5C. Charts and Maps ................................................................................................ 5D. Laws and Regulations ........................................................................................ 6

A - 12 BOAT OWNER REGISTRATION ................................................................................ 6 A - 13 INSURANCE ............................................................................................................... 6A - 14 ACCIDENT REPORTING ............................................................................................ 6A - 15 DISCHARGE OF OIL .................................................................................................. 7A - 16 DISPOSAL OF PLASTICS & OTHER GARBAGE ....................................................... 7A - 17 MARPOL TREATY ...................................................................................................... 7

SAFETY & SAFETY EQUIPMENT .......................................................................................................... 1

B - 1 GENERAL ................................................................................................................... 1A. Required Safety Equipment ............................................................................... 1B. Personal Floatation Devices (PFD’s) ................................................................. 1C. PFD Types ......................................................................................................... 1D. PFD Pointers ..................................................................................................... 2E. Fire Extinguisher ................................................................................................ 2F. Fire Extinguisher System ..................................................................................... 3G. Visual Distress Signal Devices ........................................................................... 3H. Sound Signaling Devices ................................................................................... 4I. Navigation Lights ............................................................................................... 4J. Additional Recommended Equipment ................................................................ 4

B - 2 CARBON MONOXIDE ................................................................................................. 4A. Properties and Characteristics of Carbon Monoxide ............................................ 4B. What Makes Carbon Monoxide ........................................................................... 5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Table of ContentsPage 2


C. How a Person is Affected by Carbon Monoxide ................................................... 5D. Effects of Carbon Monoxide ................................................................................ 5E. Symptoms .......................................................................................................... 5F. Treatment (Evaluate, Ventilate, Evacuate, Investigate, Take Corrective Action) .. 5G. Inspection ........................................................................................................... 6H. Operation ........................................................................................................... 6I. Boathouses, Sea Walls and Confined Spaces .................................................... 6J. The Effect of Boats Moored Along Side ............................................................. 6K. Backdrafting (Station Wagon Effect) ................................................................... 7L. Accumulation of Exhaust Gases-Swim Platform .................................................. 8M. Dangerous Activity - “Teak Surfing”/”Dragging” .................................................... 8N. Cabin Appliances ................................................................................................ 8O. Ventilation of Accommodation (Occupied) Spaces .............................................. 8P. Running of Engines in Idle ................................................................................. 8Q. Altitude and Sea Conditions ................................................................................ 8R. Portable Generator Sets ..................................................................................... 9S Maintenance - Engine Performance .................................................................... 9T. Maintenance - External Conditions ...................................................................... 9U. Maintenance - Exhaust Systems Integrity ............................................................ 9V. Maintenance - Ventilation Systems .................................................................... 10W. Maintenance - Bulkhead and Deck Integrity ....................................................... 10X. Maintenance - Liquid Drains .............................................................................. 10

B - 3 SAFE BOATING PRACTICES ................................................................................... 10A. Drugs and Alcohol ............................................................................................ 10B. Safe Operation ................................................................................................. 10C. Passenger Safety ............................................................................................. 11D. Propeller .......................................................................................................... 11E. First Aid ............................................................................................................ 11F. Operation By Minors ........................................................................................ 11G. “Rules of the Road” .......................................................................................... 11H. Voluntary Inspection ........................................................................................ 12I. Safe Boating Courses ...................................................................................... 12

B - 4 WATER SPORTS ...................................................................................................... 12A. Water Sport Guidelines ........................................................................................ 12B. Water Skiing ......................................................................................................... 13

BASIC SEAMANSHIP ............................................................................................................................. 1

C - 1 GENERALA. Boating Regulations ........................................................................................... 1B. Rules of Seamanship ......................................................................................... 1

C - 2 NAVIGATIONAL AIDS ................................................................................................. 3A. International Association of Lighthouse Authorities System B (IALA-B) .............. 3B. Lateral Markers .................................................................................................. 3C. Safe Water Markers ........................................................................................... 3D. The Uniform State Waterway Marking System................................................... 4E. A Special Sign .................................................................................................... 4F. Noise ................................................................................................................. 4G. Anchoring ............................................................................................................. 4

C - 3 RECOMMENDED READING ...................................................................................... 5C - 4 CONTACTS................................................................................................................. 5C - 5 OWNER’S LOGS AND RECORDS ............................................................................. 6C - 6 NAVIGATIONAL AIDS CHART ................................................................................... 6


WARRANTY AND SERVICE .................................................................................................................. 1

D - 1 FOUR WINNS WARRANTY POLICY ........................................................................... 1D - 2 DECK/HULL STRUCTURE WARRANTY ..................................................................... 1D - 3 WARRANTY REGISTRATION ..................................................................................... 1D - 4 TRANSFER OF WARRANTY....................................................................................... 1D - 5 PRE-OWNED UNIT REGISTRATION .......................................................................... 1D - 6 INSURANCE COVERAGE ........................................................................................... 2D - 7 SERIAL NUMBER RECORD........................................................................................ 2D - 8 PRE-DELIVERY SERVICE .......................................................................................... 2D - 9 REPLACEMENT PARTS ............................................................................................. 2D - 10 OWNER’S RESPONSIBILITIES .................................................................................. 3D - 11 CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS ................................................................................. 3D - 12 WINNGEAR™ ............................................................................................................. 3

ENGINES AND INSTRUMENTATION ...................................................................................................... 1

E - 1 GENERAL ................................................................................................................... 1E - 2 ENGINE EXHAUST ..................................................................................................... 1E - 3 ENGINES .................................................................................................................... 2E - 4 PROPELLERS ............................................................................................................. 2

A. Diameter ............................................................................................................ 2B. Pitch ................................................................................................................... 2C. Prop Slip ............................................................................................................. 2

E - 5 RUNNING ANGLE & POWER TRIM/TILT .................................................................... 3A. Power Trim ......................................................................................................... 3B. Power Tilt ........................................................................................................... 3

E - 6 TRIM TABS ................................................................................................................. 3A. Control Listing .................................................................................................... 4B. Induce Planing & Controlling Trim Angle ............................................................ 4C. Trim Tab Maintenance ....................................................................................... 5

E - 7 ENGINE INSTRUMENTATION .................................................................................... 5A. Tachometer ........................................................................................................ 5B. Speedometer ...................................................................................................... 6C. Temperature Gauge (4-in-1 Gauge) ................................................................... 6D. Oil Pressure Gauge (4-in-1 Gauge) .................................................................... 6E. Voltmeter (4-in-1 Gauge) .................................................................................... 7F. Fuel Gauge (4-in-1 Gauge) ................................................................................ 7G. Power Trim Gauge ............................................................................................. 7H. Depth Sounder ................................................................................................... 7I. Four Position Ignition Switch .............................................................................. 7J. Emergency Stop Switch ..................................................................................... 7K. Engine Hour Meter ............................................................................................. 8L. Alarm Systems ................................................................................................... 8M. VHF Radio - (Optional) ......................................................................................... 8N. Compass.............................................................................................................. 8O. Fish Finder ......................................................................................................... 9P. Instrument Maintenance ..................................................................................... 9



CONTROL SYSTEMS .............................................................................................................................. 1

F - 1 GENERAL ................................................................................................................... 1F - 2 SIDE MOUNT CONTROL OPERATION ...................................................................... 1

A. Carbureted Engines ........................................................................................... 1B. Fuel Injected Engines (EFI) ................................................................................. 2

F - 3 NEUTRAL SAFETY SWITCH....................................................................................... 2F - 4 CONTROL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE ......................................................................... 2

STEERING SYSTEMS.............................................................................................................................. 1

G - 1 GENERAL ................................................................................................................... 1A. Rotary Steering .................................................................................................. 1B. Tilt Steering ........................................................................................................ 1C. Power Steering ................................................................................................... 1D. Hydraulic Steering .............................................................................................. 2

G - 2 PROPELLER TORQUE ............................................................................................... 2G - 3 STEERING SYSTEM MAINTENANCE......................................................................... 3

A. General Maintenance ......................................................................................... 3B. Rotary System Maintenance ............................................................................... 3C. Hydraulic System Maintenance .......................................................................... 3D. Winter Storage ................................................................................................... 3

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ......................................................................................................................... 1

H - 1 GENERAL ................................................................................................................... 1H - 2 BATTERY SYSTEM ..................................................................................................... 1

A. Single Battery System ........................................................................................ 1B. Dual Battery System .......................................................................................... 1C. Battery Switch Operation .................................................................................... 2D. Battery Switch Operation with “Emergency Start Only” Position ......................... 3E. Battery Charger.................................................................................................... 3

H - 3 F. Fish & Ski Package .............................................................................................. 312 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT .......................................................................... 4A. Helm Equipment ................................................................................................. 4B. Installation of Additional 12 Volt Equipment ......................................................... 5C. Interior Equipment .............................................................................................. 5

H - 4 110(220) VOLT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM ..................................................................... 5H - 5 DOCKSIDE OPERATION ............................................................................................ 6

A. Shore Power Connections ................................................................................... 6B. 110 Volt AC Equipment ........................................................................................ 7C. Reverse Polarity ................................................................................................... 7D. Ground Fault Current Interrupters (GFCI) ............................................................ 8

H - 6 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE ..................................................................... 8A. Battery Maintenance ........................................................................................... 8B. Electrical Wiring Maintenance ............................................................................. 8

H - 7 STRAY CURRENT CORROSION ................................................................................ 9A. General .............................................................................................................. 9B. Galvanic Corrosion ........................................................................................... 10C. Corrosion Prevention ........................................................................................ 10


FUEL SYSTEMS ...................................................................................................................................... 1

I - 1 GASOLINE FUEL SYSTEMS ....................................................................................... 1A. System Testing ................................................................................................... 1B. Fuel Fills ............................................................................................................. 1C. Anti-Syphon Valves ............................................................................................ 2D. Fuel Gauge ........................................................................................................ 2E. Fuel Senders ...................................................................................................... 2F. Fuel Filters ......................................................................................................... 3G. Use and Maintenance ......................................................................................... 3

I - 2 FUEL STANDARDS ..................................................................................................... 3A. Problems With Alcohol in Gasoline ..................................................................... 3B. Recommendations ............................................................................................. 4

I - 3 FUELING INSTRUCTIONS .......................................................................................... 4

WASTE AND WATER SYSTEMS ............................................................................................................ 1

J - 1 GENERAL ................................................................................................................... 1J - 2 DISINFECTING THE WATER SYSTEM ...................................................................... 1J - 3 FRESH WATER SYSTEMS ........................................................................................ 2

A. Head Sink .......................................................................................................... 2B. Cockpit Refreshment Center .............................................................................. 2C. Transom Washdown .......................................................................................... 3

J - 4 HEADS ........................................................................................................................ 3A. Enclosed Heads ................................................................................................. 3B. Porta Potti .......................................................................................................... 3C. Vacu-Flush® Sanitation System .......................................................................... 4D. Head Pump Out ................................................................................................... 5

J - 5 GRAY WATER SYSTEM - OPTIONAL .......................................................................... 6J - 6 LIVEWELL ................................................................................................................... 6J - 7 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE ........................................................................................... 6

A. Clean Vents and Screens ................................................................................... 6B. Winterizing the Water System............................................................................. 7

VENTILATION AND DRAINAGE SYSTEMS ............................................................................................ 1

K - 1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT VENTILATION................................................................... 1A. Gravity Ventilation System .................................................................................. 1B. Forced Air Ventilation.......................................................................................... 1C. Engine Ventilation System Maintenance ............................................................. 1

K - 2 HULL DRAINAGE SYSTEMS ...................................................................................... 1A. Transom Drain.................................................................................................... 1B. Bilge Pumps ....................................................................................................... 1C. Liner Drains ........................................................................................................ 2D. Bilge Compartment Drainage .............................................................................. 2

INTERIOR EQUIPMENT ........................................................................................................................... 1

L - 1 COCKPIT REFRESHMENT CENTER ......................................................................... 1L - 2 GLOVEBOX OR STORAGE COMPARTMENT ........................................................... 1L - 3 IN-DASH COOLER...................................................................................................... 1L - 4 REMOVABLE COOLER .............................................................................................. 2L - 5 HEADS ........................................................................................................................ 2



L - 6 STEREO...................................................................................................................... 2L - 7 BURLWOOD HELM ENHANCEMENTS...................................................................... 2L - 8 ANCHOR STORAGE OR ANCHOR LOCKER ............................................................ 2L - 9 SKI STORAGE LOCKER............................................................................................. 3

L - 10 AFT DECK STORAGE LOCKER(S) & SUNDECK COMPARTMENTS ....................... 3L - 11 BOW STORAGE ......................................................................................................... 4L - 12 HELM STORAGE ........................................................................................................ 4L - 13 BOW FILL-IN CUSHIONS ........................................................................................... 4L - 14 WALK-THRU DOORS ................................................................................................. 5L - 15 AFT FILL-IN CUSHIONS (U-WRAP OR C-WRAP SEATING) ..................................... 5L - 16 ADDITIONAL COCKPIT STORAGE ............................................................................ 5L - 17 PORT SETTEE LOUNGER ......................................................................................... 5L - 18 INTEGRATED TACKLE BOX & LIVEWELL (FISH & SKI STERN DRIVES) ................ 6L - 19 COCKPIT TABLES ........................................................................................................ 6

EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT ......................................................................................................................... 1

M - 1 RAILS & DECK HARDWARE ....................................................................................... 1A. Rails ................................................................................................................... 1B. Cleats ................................................................................................................. 1C. Transom Ski Tow Ring ....................................................................................... 1D. Stainless Steel Package Option ......................................................................... 2E. Maintenance ....................................................................................................... 2

M - 2 WINDSHIELDS ............................................................................................................ 2M - 3 EXTENDED SWIM PLATFORM - LADDER ................................................................ 3M - 4 COCKPIT AFT FILL-IN BACKREST (DOOR) .............................................................. 4M - 5 ANCHOR & ANCHORING ........................................................................................... 4M - 6 BOW ROLLER............................................................................................................. 5M - 7 WINDLASS OPTION ................................................................................................... 5M - 8 DOCKING LIGHTS ........................................................................................................ 6

M - 9 THRU-HULL EXHAUST ................................................................................................ 6 M - 10 WAKEBOARD TOWER ................................................................................................. 7

UPHOLSTERY ......................................................................................................................................... 1

N - 1 SEATING ..................................................................................................................... 1A. Bow Seating ....................................................................................................... 1B. Loungers ............................................................................................................ 1C. Aft Fill-In Seating ................................................................................................ 2D. Bucket Seats ...................................................................................................... 2E. Double-Wide Helm Seat ....................................................................................... 3F. Stern (Jump) Seats ............................................................................................ 3G. Outboard Stern Seating ..................................................................................... 4H. Fish & Ski Seating .............................................................................................. 4I. Stern Drive Fish & Ski Aft Seating ...................................................................... 4J. Top Storage ......................................................................................................... 5K. Sundeck (Sunsport Seating Option) ..................................................................... 5L. Sunsport Lounge Seat ......................................................................................... 6M. Engine Cover (Motorhood) ................................................................................... 7N. Engine Hatch with Electric Lift (Screw Jack) ........................................................ 7O. U-Wrap Lounger Seating ................................................................................... 8P. Cockpit Aft Fill-In Backrest (Door) ........................................................................ 9Q. Aft Walk-Thru Center Fill-In Cushion .................................................................... 9


R. Sun Lounge Cushions / Sunpad ........................................................................... 9S. Center Cockpit Cushion ..................................................................................... 13T. C-Wrap Aft Lounger Seating .............................................................................. 13U. Port Lounger - Settee ......................................................................................... 13

N - 2 EXTERIOR UPHOLSTERY CARE ............................................................................... 13A. Cleaning Vinyl .................................................................................................... 13B. Exterior Carpets ................................................................................................. 15C. Cleaning and Maintenance................................................................................. 15D. Stain Removal Testing ....................................................................................... 15E. Stain Removal Procedures ................................................................................ 16

N - 3 REPLACEMENT UPHOLSTERY ............................................................................... 16

WEATHER COVERS ................................................................................................................................ 1

O - 1 GENERAL INFORMATION .......................................................................................... 1A. Bimini Top .......................................................................................................... 1B. Camper Canvas ................................................................................................. 2C. Full Canvas ........................................................................................................ 2D. Convertible Top (Suntop) ................................................................................... 3E. Side Curtains ....................................................................................................... 3F. Aft Curtains .......................................................................................................... 3G. Forward Cover ..................................................................................................... 4H. Cockpit Cover .................................................................................................... 4I. Mooring Cover ................................................................................................... 4

O - 2 TRAILERING ............................................................................................................... 5O - 3 WINTER STORAGE .................................................................................................... 5O - 4 USE OF WEATHER COVERS AND CARBON MONOXIDE ......................................... 5O - 5 MAINTENANCE ........................................................................................................... 6

FIBERGLASS AND HULL INFORMATION .............................................................................................. 1

P - 1 HULL DESIGN INFORMATION ................................................................................... 1P - 2 FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION ................................................................................. 1P - 3 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION...................................................................................... 1P - 4 FIBERGLASS CARE & MAINTENANCE ...................................................................... 2

A. General Maintenance ......................................................................................... 2B. Weathering Effects on Gel Coat .......................................................................... 2C. Stains ................................................................................................................. 3

P - 5 FIBERGLASS REPAIRS .............................................................................................. 3A. Scratches ........................................................................................................... 4B. Gouges & Cracks ............................................................................................... 4C. Osmotic Blistering ............................................................................................... 5

P - 6 ANTIFOULING PAINT ................................................................................................. 5P - 7 HULL SUPPORT ......................................................................................................... 5

WOODWORK AND COMPOSITES .......................................................................................................... 1

Q - 1 HIGH-PRESSURE LAMINATE CARE .......................................................................... 1Q - 2 STAR BOARD ............................................................................................................. 1Q - 3 BURLWOOD MAHOGANY ENHANCEMENTS ........................................................... 1Q - 4 LAMINATED FIBERGLASS ......................................................................................... 1Q - 5 CORIAN® MATERIAL ................................................................................................. 2Q - 6 ACRYLIC PLASTIC - (PLEXIGLASS) .......................................................................... 2



GENERAL MAINTENANCE ..................................................................................................................... 1

R - 1 WINTERIZATION......................................................................................................... 1A. Prior to Lifting for Winter Lay-up .......................................................................... 1B. After Lifting ......................................................................................................... 1C. Prior to Winter Storage ....................................................................................... 2

R - 2 ENGINE FLUSH OUT .................................................................................................. 2R - 3 GENERAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE .................................................................. 3-5

TRAILER INFORMATION .......................................................................................................................... 1

S - 1 GENERAL TRAILER INFORMATION .......................................................................... 1A. Regulations ........................................................................................................ 1B. Load Carrying Capacity ...................................................................................... 1C. Hitches ............................................................................................................... 2

S - 2 TRAILER COMPONENTS ........................................................................................... 2A. Bunk Supports .................................................................................................... 2B. Tongue ............................................................................................................... 2C. Swivel Jack ........................................................................................................ 4D. Coupling Assembly ............................................................................................. 5E. Surge Disc Brakes.............................................................................................. 5F. Winch ................................................................................................................. 6G. Tires & Wheels ................................................................................................... 6H. Spare Tire Carrier ............................................................................................... 7I. Lights ................................................................................................................. 7J. Tie-downs .......................................................................................................... 8

S - 3 OPERATION................................................................................................................ 9A. Hitching Trailers .................................................................................................. 9B. Backing Up With Surge Disc Brakes ................................................................ 10

S - 4 TRAILERING ............................................................................................................. 11A. Checklist .......................................................................................................... 11B. Tactics ............................................................................................................. 11

S - 5 MAINTENANCE ......................................................................................................... 12A. Care of Exterior Finish ...................................................................................... 12B. Bunks ................................................................................................................ 12C. Swivel Jack ....................................................................................................... 12D. Brake Actuator & Coupling Assembly ................................................................. 12E. Winch ................................................................................................................ 12F. Lights ................................................................................................................ 12G. Tie-downs ........................................................................................................ 12H. Wheels .............................................................................................................. 13I. Brakes ............................................................................................................... 13J. Bearings ............................................................................................................ 13

S - 6 AXLE INSPECTION & REPAIRS ................................................................................ 13A. Removal of Hub ................................................................................................. 13B. Bearing/Seal Inspection and Replacement ......................................................... 14C. Hub Reinstallation ............................................................................................. 14


PRELAUNCH AND UNDERWAY ............................................................................................................ 1

T - 1 LAUNCH AND CRUISE CHECKLIST .......................................................................... 1T - 2 FUELING ..................................................................................................................... 2

A. Recommendations ............................................................................................. 2B. Preliminary Guidelines ....................................................................................... 2C. Pumping Fuel ..................................................................................................... 2D. After Fueling ....................................................................................................... 2

T - 3 LOADING PASSENGERS AND GEAR ....................................................................... 3T - 4 STARTING PROCEDURES ........................................................................................ 4

A. Preliminary Checks ............................................................................................ 4B. Starting .............................................................................................................. 4

T - 5 MANEUVERING .......................................................................................................... 4A. Leaving the Dock ............................................................................................... 5B. Stopping ............................................................................................................. 5

T - 6 ACCELERATION......................................................................................................... 5T - 7 TRIMMING YOUR BOAT ............................................................................................ 6

B. Trim Tabs........................................................................................................... 6B. Tilt/Trim Control Switches .................................................................................. 7

T - 8 NAVIGATION LIGHTS ................................................................................................ 8T - 9 HAZARDOUS CONDITIONS....................................................................................... 8

A. Storms ............................................................................................................... 8B. Fog .................................................................................................................... 8C. Running Aground ............................................................................................... 9D. Warning Markers................................................................................................ 9

T - 10 REACTING TO EMERGENCIES ................................................................................. 9A. Flooding ............................................................................................................. 9B. Capsizing and Man Overboard .......................................................................... 9C. Capsizing ......................................................................................................... 10D. Man Overboard ................................................................................................ 10E. Collision ........................................................................................................... 10F. Fire .................................................................................................................. 10G. Medical Emergency ......................................................................................... 11H. Propulsion Failure ............................................................................................ 11I. Control Failure ................................................................................................. 11J. Steering Failure ................................................................................................ 11K. Additional Underway Information ..................................................................... 11

T - 11 RETURNING TO SHORE ......................................................................................... 11A. Docking ............................................................................................................ 11B. Mooring ............................................................................................................ 12

GLOSSARY .......................................................................................................................................... 1-7

FLOAT PLAN........................................................................................................................................... 1

FUEL LOG ........................................................................................................................................... 1-3

SERVICE LOG ...................................................................................................................................... 1-3

SERVICE INFORMATION ........................................................................................................................ 1

LOCATOR DRAWING ............................................................................................................................. 1

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS .............................................................................................................. 1-57

Section APage 1


A - 1 GENERAL

Before starting the boat, become familiar with all of thevarious systems and related operations. Be sure allnecessary safety equipment is on-board. Know the “Rulesof the Road”. Have an experienced operator brief you onthe general operation of your new boat. Perform a “Pre-Cruise Systems Check”. This manual is a part of yourboat’s equipment. Always keep it on board.

A - 2 COMPONENT SYSTEMS

Before you can really enjoy your boat, a thorough under-standing of its systems and their operation is essential.This manual and the associated manufacturers informa-tion are included in the owner’s packet. This informa-tion is provided to enhance your knowledge of the boat.Read this information carefully.

After becoming familiar with the boat and its systems,reread this manual and other material provided in theowner’s packet. Maintenance and service tips are in-cluded to help keep the boat in like-new condition.

A - 3 SAFETY EQUIPMENT

Besides the equipment installed on the boat byFour Winns, certain other equipment is required for pas-senger safety. A booklet listing the Federal equipmentrequirements is included in the owner’s packet or is avail-able through your local U.S. Coast Guard Station. Re-member that these laws are for your protection and areminimum requirements. Check your local and state regu-lations, also. More information on safety equipment isprovided in Section B.

Items like a sea anchor, working anchor, extra dock lines,flare pistol, a line permanently secured to your ring buoy,etc. could at some time save your passengers lives, orsave your boat from damage.

The Coast Guard Auxiliary offers a “Courtesy Examina-tion.” This inspection will confirm the boat is equippedwith all of the necessary safety equipment.

A - 4 PASSENGER SAFETY

You are responsible for the safety of your passengers aswell as for their behavior while aboard. Make sure:

1. Each passenger is properly instructed in PersonalFlotation Device (PFD) use and keeps one withinreach in case of emergency. All non-swimmers andchildren should wear a PFD at all times when under-way.

2. Passengers do not sit on gunwales, open decks, el-evated pedestal seats or on seat backs when theboat is underway. This could cause them to be thrownoverboard during a sudden maneuver.

3. At least one other person knows how to operate theboat in case of an emergency.

A - 5 “RULES OF THE ROAD”

As in driving an automobile, there are a few rules thatmust be known if safe boating operation is to be main-tained. The Coast Guard, Coast Guard Auxiliary, Depart-ment of Natural Resources or your local boat club spon-sor courses in boat handling, including “rules of the road”.Such courses are strongly recommended. Books on thissubject are also available from local libraries.

A - 6 LIGHTNING

When boating, it is important to be aware of the weatheraround you. When the weather changes for the worse,DO NOT jeopardize your safety by trying to “ride out thestorm”. If possible, return to safe harbor and dock yourvessel immediately.

If caught in a storm, seek shelter inside the cabin andwait for the storm to pass. With open bow models, suntopsand campers will provide some protection, but should notbe relied on if you are able to return to shore. Exercisecare when high winds are present!

OPERATION

Section APage 2


DO NOT swim or dangle legs or arms into thewater during a lightning storm. Stay out of thewater!

Lightning will seek a ground when it strikes. Avoid con-tact with metal parts such as bow rails, control handle, orwindshield.

A - 7 DRUGS AND ALCOHOL

Please keep in mind that along with the fun of boatingcomes responsibility. As the owner or operator of a plea-sure boat, you are obligated (morally and legally) to usegood judgement while underway in providing for the safetyand well-being of your passengers and other boatersaround you.

A common and flagrant violation of good judgement andthe law by mariners involves the use of alcohol or drugs.Each year, about half of all accidents involving fatalitiesinvolve the use of alcohol or drugs.

It is a federal offense to operate a boat while intoxicated.Criminal penalties may include the termination of operat-ing privileges for up to one year. Many states have passedsimilar laws.

Alcohol or drugs have an inhibiting effect on the judge-ment and reaction time of the boat operator and his/herpassengers. Heed the advice of experts and statisti-cians...DO NOT drink or use drugs when operating a boat.NEVER allow an obviously intoxicated person to take thehelm.

Have fun in your Four Winns® boat but also, have thegood sense to be mentally alert and physically capableof operating the boat in a safe manner.

A - 8 PRE-CRUISE SYSTEM CHECK

Before leaving the dock, the following items should bechecked:

A. Before Starting The Engine

1. Check the weather forecast. Determine if the cruiseplanned can be made safely.

2. Be sure all necessary safety equipment is on boardand operative. This includes items such as the run-ning lights, horn, spotlight, life saving devices, etc.

3. Check the bilge water level and bilge pump operation.Check the engine and drive fluid levels. Look for othersigns of potential problems. Check for the scent offuel fumes.

4. Activate the Bilge Blower. Check the blower output.

Gasoline vapors can explode resulting in injuryor death. Before starting the engine, check en-gine compartment bilge for gasoline or vapors.Operate blower for four minutes, and verify bloweroperation. ALWAYS run the blower when thevessel is operating below cruising speed.

5. Ensure an adequate amount of fuel is on board.

6. Be sure you have sufficient water and other provisionson board for the cruise planned.

7. Leave a written message listing details of the plannedcruise with a close friend ashore.

B. After Starting The Engine

1. Visibly check the engine to be sure there are no ap-parent water or oil leaks.

2. Check the gauges. Make sure the oil pressure, watertemperature, voltmeter, etc. are reading normally.

3. Have a safe cruise and enjoy yourself.

A - 9 ENGINE OPERATIONAL PROCEDURESNotice: Consult engine manual. Addi-tional engine information is located inSection T.

A. Before Starting

1. Check the engine compartment for water, gas, and/oroil leaks of any kind. Keep the bilge in a clean condi-tion to prevent blower and bilge pump damage, andfire hazards.

2. Check the fluid levels of the engine oil and power steer-ing system daily. Fill oil or steering fluid as requiredby the indications on the dip sticks. Refer to Table 1:

Section APage 3


If engine floods:

• Disengage shift. Move handle to full throttle position.• Turn key switch to the START position.

• Immediately move the control handle to the idle posi-tion when the engine starts.

NOTICEFailure to move the control handle to the idleposition immediately when engine starts will al-low engine to “over-rev” and engine damage couldresult. “Over-revving” engine after off-season stor-age could also damage the water pump impeller.When starting engine for the first time afteroff-season storage, always idle engine forone minute to allow the water pump toprime.

3. As soon as engine starts:

a. Release key to the ON or RUN position.

b. Move control handle to the fast idle position towarm up engine. DO NOT exceed 1000 RPM.

C. Warm Engine Starting (Carbureted Engines)

1. Move control handle to the neutral detent position.

2. Turn key switch to START position and hold untilengine starts, but DO NOT hold in start position formore than ten seconds. If engine does not start, letgo momentarily, then try again.

3. As soon as engine starts, release key to the ON orRUN position.

NOTICENEVER turn key to START position when en-gine is running.

D. Cold / Warm Engine Start (EFI Engines)

1. Move the control handle to NEUTRAL detentposition.

2. Turn the key switch to start and hold until enginestarts, for no longer than 10 seconds. If enginedoes not start, let go momentarily, then try again.

3. As soon as engine starts, release key to ON orRUN.

“SAE Viscosity Chart” and your engine manual in-cluded in the owner’s packet. DO NOT USE MULTI-GRADE OIL. Power steering and power trim useautomatic transmission fluid. Check the fluid levelsin the vertical drive units or transmission as often aspractical.

Table 1: SAE Viscosity Chart

3. Start and operate the bilge blower system for at leastfour (4) minutes before start-up.

4. Lower the vertical outdrive units (on applicable mod-els) making sure the water intakes are under the water.

B. Cold Engine Start (Carbureted Engines)

1. The engine may require priming prior to starting. Toprime the engine, proceed as follows:

a. Place ignition switch in the OFF position.

b. Disengage shift mechanism.

c. Move control handle to the full throttle position;this operates accelerator pump and primes theengine.

d. Repeat priming, if necessary.

e. Return the control handle to fast idle position.

2. Turn key switch to START position and hold untilengine starts. DO NOT hold in START position formore than ten seconds. In colder weather, more prim-ing may be necessary. However, too much primingmay flood engine.

TSEWOLEHTFIDETAPICITNA

*SIERUTAREPMET

GNIWOLLOFEHTYTISOCSIVEAS

ERASLIODEDNEMMOCER

23 O 0(F o evobadna)C 03EAS

0O 81-(F O 23ot)C O 0(F O )C 02-W02EAS

0woleB O 81-(F O )C W01EAS

.etarepoottcepxeuoyegnarerutarepmeT*slioytisocsivelgnisylnoesU:etoN .

Section APage 4


If engine floods:

• Disengage shift. Move handle to full throttle position.

• Turn key switch to the START position.

• Immediately move the throttle levers to the idle posi-tion when the engine starts.

NOTICEFailure to move the throttle handle to the idle po-sition immediately when engine starts will allowengine to “over-rev” and engine damage could re-sult. “Over-revving” engine after off-season stor-age could also damage the water pump impeller.When starting engine for the first time afteroff-season storage, always idle engine forone minute to allow the water pump to prime.

3. As soon as engine starts:

a. Release key to the ON or RUN position.

NOTICEPriming is not necessary for EFI engines. Referto the engine owner’s manual for additionalinformation.

E. Shifting and Control Speed

1. Move control handle to the neutral detent (idle) posi-tion. This will engage neutral start switch and allowengine to start.

DO NOT shift into FORWARD or REVERSE un-less engine is running. Damage to the shift sys-tem could result from trying to shift without theengine running. Carefully check function of allcontrol and engine systems before leaving thedock.

2. To go FORWARD - actuate the neutral lock mecha-nism and briskly move the shift handle forward. Throttlemovement will begin after forward gear engagement.

3. To go in REVERSE - actuate the neutral lock mecha-nism and briskly move the shift handle rearward.Throttle movement will begin after reverse gear en-gagement.

DO NOT shift from forward to reverse when theboat is planing.

NOTICEDO NOT shift if engine speed is above 800 RPM.

4. To go from FORWARD to REVERSE, or REVERSEto FORWARD; always pause at NEUTRAL and al-low engine speed to return to idle.

5. After shifting is completed, continue to move the con-trol handle slowly in the desired direction to increasespeed.

Any time the boat is operated, be aware ofchanges in shift system operation. A suddenincrease in shift effort at the remote controlhandle, or other abnormal operation, indicatesa possible problem in the shift system. If thisoccurs, the following precautions must be taken:

• With engine running and boat securely tiedto the dock, shift drive into forward and re-verse to ensure there is gear engagement.

• When docking the boat, all docking maneu-vers must be performed at slow speed. Payspecial attention to other boaters. Passen-gers should be informed of potential prob-lems and precautions taken.

If you suspect there is a problem, see your Volvo Penta/Mercruiser dealer as soon as possible for proper diagno-sis and required service or adjustment. Continued op-eration could result in damage to the shift mechanismand loss of control.

F. Stopping Engine

1. Move control handle to the NEUTRAL position.

2. Turn ignition key to the OFF position.

NOTICEDO NOT stop engine at speeds above idle or“speed up” engine while turning off ignition.Engine damage could result.

Section APage 5


A - 11 BOATING EDUCATION

A. Boating Courses

Boating education classes are offered throughout the coun-try. The United States Coast Guard Auxiliary offers freecourses on different topics usually during the off-season.The most popular course is the “Boating Skills & Sea-manship Course,” and information can be obtained bycalling 1-800-336-BOAT.

The United States Power Squadron also offers free coursesranging from basic seamanship to celestial navigation.For information, contact your local Power Squadron, orwrite: U.S.P.S., P.O. Box 30423, Raleigh, NC 27622.

The Red Cross offers power boating and canoeing classes.Contact: Director of Water Safety, American National RedCross, 17th & D Streets N.W., Washington, DC 20006.

The Canadian Power and Sail Squadron offers seaman-ship courses. Information can be obtained by calling1-800-268-3579 (Canada only).

B. Boating Manuals or Literature

A good source of information is the U.S. Coast Guard’shome study book called “The Skipper’s Course”. Thisbook may be purchased through: Superintendent of Docu-ments, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC20402, Stock # 050-012-00159-6.

Another good source of boating information is Chapman’s“Piloting, Seamanship and Small Boat Handling”. Also,check the local library or bookstore for additional informa-tion on boating.

C. Charts and Maps

U.S. nautical charts are sold throughout the country atGovernmental Printing Office stores and other agents. Achart catalog is available by writing to: National Oceanicand Atmospheric Administration, National Ocean Survey,Rockville, MD 20852.

In addition, many federal agencies publish recreationalmaps, including the U.S. Army Corp of Engineers, theForest Service, the National Park Service, and the Ten-nessee Valley Authority.

A - 10 GROUNDING AND TOWING

If the boat should become disabled, or if assist-ing another craft that is disabled, great care mustbe taken. The stress applied to a boat duringtowing may become excessive. Excessivestress can damage the structure of the boat andcreate a safety hazard for those aboard.

Four Winns® boats are not designed nor intended to beused as a towing vessel. The mooring cleats onFour Winns® boats are not designed or intended to beused for towing purposes. These cleats are specificallydesigned as mooring cleats for securing the boat to adock, pier, etc. DO NOT use these fittings for towing orattempting to free a grounded vessel.

Freeing a grounded vessel or towing a boat that is dis-abled requires specialized equipment and knowledge.Line failure and structural damage caused by impropertowing have resulted in fatal injuries. Because of this,Four Winns strongly suggests that these activities beleft to those who have the equipment and knowledge suchas the U.S. Coast Guard, to safely accomplish the tow-ing task.

Running aground can cause serious damage toa boat and associated underwater gear. If theboat should become grounded, distribute per-sonal flotation devices and inspect the boat forpossible damage. Thoroughly inspect the bilgearea for signs of leakage. An experienced ser-vice facility should check the hull and underwatergear at the first opportunity. DO NOT continueto use the boat if the condition of the hull or un-derwater equipment is questionable.

If towing or being towed is absolutely necessary, use thestrongest lines available, and attach them to the boweyes or stern eyes only. Have all passengers slip on lifejackets and take a seat in the cabin or other protectedarea.

Lines can snap or other hardware can be loos-ened or broken while towing. Under certain con-ditions, this can cause severe injury or fatality.

Section APage 6


Addresses of all state boating agencies are listed in “ABoater’s Guide”. For a free copy, write to: National Ma-rine Manufacturers Association, 401 N. Michigan Avenue,Chicago, IL 60611.

D. Laws and Regulations

The U.S. Coast Guard is the authority of the waterways;they are there to help the boating public. State boatingregulations are enforced by local authorities. You are sub-ject to marine traffic laws and “Rules of the Road” for bothfederal and state waterways; you must stop if signaled todo so by enforcement officers, and permit to be boarded ifasked.

There are many pamphlets, prepared by the Coast Guard,available to you. These pamphlets explain “Rules of theRoad,” signal lights, buoys, safety, international and in-land regulations and other information which goes beyondthe scope of this manual. For more information contactyour local U.S. Coast Guard Unit or call the Coast GuardBoating Safety Hotline at 1-800-368-5647.

A - 12 BOAT OWNER REGISTRATION

Federal and state laws require that every boat equippedwith propulsion machinery of any type must be registeredin the primary state of usage. Registration numbers andvalidation stickers must be displayed on the boat accord-ing to regulations. In most states, this means registrationwith the designated state agency. In a few jurisdictions,the Coast Guard retains registration authority. Your dealerwill either supply registration forms or tell you where theymay be obtained. The registration agency will issue you acertificate that must be carried on board when the boat isin use. Some states require additional registration whenan out of state boat is used within their boundaries.

Your boat has a hull identification number on the star-board side of the hull. Figure A1 shows a typical identifica-tion number. Use this hull identification number for regis-tration and to identify your boat for warranty service.

Figure A1: HIN

A - 13 INSURANCE

In most states, the boat owner is legally responsible fordamages or injuries he or she causes, even if someoneelse is operating the boat at the time of the accident.Common sense dictates that you carry adequate per-sonal liability and property damage insurance on yourboat, just as you would on an automobile. You shouldalso protect your investment by insuring your boat againstphysical damage or theft.

A - 14 ACCIDENT REPORTING

The operator of the boat is responsible for filing a reportwith the appropriate authorities. In general, reports arenecessary for accidents involving loss of life, injury, ordamage over $500. In the case of accidents with report-able injuries or death, a formal report is required within 48hours. If only property damage is involved, a report mustbe made within ten days. The 1971 Boating Safety Actmay impose a $1,000 civil fine for people who fail to sub-mit a boating accident report. Ask your insurance agentfor more information.

If you see a distress signal, you must assume it is a realemergency and render assistance immediately. The mas-ter or person in charge of a boat is obligated by law toprovide assistance to any individual in danger at sea. How-ever, you should not put your boat or crew in a dangerous

Section APage 7


situation which exceeds your capabilities or those of yourboat. The 1971 Boating Safety Act grants protection to aGood Samaritan boater offering good faith assistance,and absolves a boater from any civil liability arising fromassistance given.

A - 15 DISCHARGE OF OIL

The Federal Water Pollution Control Act prohibits the dis-charge of oil waste into or upon the navigable waters ofthe United States or the waters of the contiguous zone ifsuch discharge causes a film or sheen upon or a discol-oration of the surface of the water or causes a sludge oremulsion beneath the surface of the water. Violators aresubject to a penalty of $5,000.

A - 16 DISPOSAL OF PLASTICS & OTHER GARBAGE

Plastic refuse dumped in the water can kill fish and ma-rine wildlife and can foul boat propellers and cooling waterintakes. Other forms of waterborne garbage can litter ourbeaches and make people sick. U.S. Coast Guard andmost state regulations prohibit the dumping of plasticrefuse or other garbage mixed with plastic into the wateranywhere, and restrict the dumping of other forms of gar-bage within specified distances from shore.

A - 17 MARPOL TREATY

Boats 26 feet or longer must display a sign stating thedisposal regulations of the Federal Water Pollution Con-trol Act. The U.S. Coast Guard has issued these regula-tions to implement Annex V of the International Conven-tion for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973, com-monly known as Annex V of the MARPOL (Marine Pollu-tion) Treaty 73/78. They apply to all U.S. boats whereverthey operate (except waters under the exclusive jurisdic-tion of a State) and foreign boats operating in U.S. watersout to and including the Exclusive Economic Zone (200miles). It is important to know these regulations and ad-here to them.

The regulations require U.S. recreational boaters, if yourboat is 26 feet or more in length, to affix one or moreUSCG Trash Dumping Restrictions placards to your boat.The placard warns against the discharge of plastic andother forms of garbage within the navigable waters of theUnited States and specify discharge restrictions beyondthe territorial sea. (The territorial sea generally ends threenautical miles from the seashore.) In addition, the plac-

ard must contain the warning that a person who violatesthese requirements is liable to civil ($25,000) and crimi-nal (Imprisonment) penalties. The placard also must notethat State and local regulations may further restrict thedisposal of garbage.

Operators shall display one or more placards in a promi-nent location and in sufficient numbers so they can beobserved and read by crew and passengers. These loca-tions might include embarkation points, food service ar-eas, galleys, garbage handling spaces and common deckspaces frequented by crew and passengers. We recom-mend that these placards may be purchased from localmarinas, boat dealerships and marine equipment suppli-ers. A special placard is available for boats operating onthe Great Lakes.

IMPORTANT: It is illegal to discharge waste from yourmarine sanitary device (toilet) into the water in most ar-eas. It is your responsibility to be aware of and adhere toall local laws concerning waste discharge. Consult withthe Coast Guard, local marina or your dealer for addi-tional information.

NOTE: Some states and localities have legal limits onspeed, noise and trailer specifications. It is your respon-sibility to be aware of these laws and limits and to insurethat your boat (and trailer) comply. Consult with your lo-cal Marine Patrol or local Coast Guard office.

Section BPage 1


B - 1 GENERAL

As the owner/operator of the boat, you are responsiblefor assuring that all required safety equipment is aboard.You should also consider supplying additional equipmentas needed for your safety and that of your passengers.Check state and local regulations and call the U.S. CoastGuard Boating Safety Hotline at 1-800-368-5647 for in-formation about required safety equipment.

A. Required Safety Equipment

Most of the safety equipment required by federal regula-tions is provided as standard equipment. Personal Floata-tion Devices (life jackets) must fit the person wearing it.If local regulations require additional equipment, it mustbe approved by the U.S. Coast Guard (USCG). Mini-mum requirements include the following:

• Personal Floatation Devices• Visual Distress Signal• Bell or Whistle• Fire Extinguisher• Navigation Lights

NOTICEAs the owner/operator of the boat, you are re-sponsible for assuring that all required safetyequipment is aboard and meets the boating regu-lations as prescribed by both federal and localauthorities in your area.

B. Personal Floatation Devices (PFDs)

Federal regulations require that you have at least oneCoast Guard approved personal floatation device (PFD)for each person in a recreational boat. You should notuse your boat unless all PDFs are in serviceable condi-tion, readily accessible, legibly marked with the CoastGuard approval number, of an appropriate size (withinthe weight range and chest size marked on the PDF) foreach person aboard.

A PFD provides buoyancy to help keep your head abovethe water and to help you remain in a satisfactory posi-tion while in the water. Body weight and age should beconsidered when selecting a PFD. The buoyancy pro-vided by the PFD should support the person’s weight inthe water.

The size of the PFD should be appropriate for the wearer.Body weight or chest size are common methods usedto size PFDs. It is your responsibility to ensure thatyou have the proper number and types of PFDs on boardand that your passengers know where and how to usethem.

C. PFD Types

Five types of PFDs have been approved by the U.S.Coast Guard. The PFDs are described as follows:

PFD Type 1, Wearable (Figure B1) has the greatestrequired buoyancy. Its design allows for turning mostunconscious persons in the water from face down posi-tion to a vertical or slightly backward, face-up position.It can greatly increase the chances of survival. Type 1is most effective for all waters, especially offshore whenrescue may be delayed. It is also the most effective inrough waters.

Figure B1: Type I, Wearable

PFD Type II, Wearable (Figure B2) turns its wearer inthe same way as Type I, but not as effectively. TheType II does not turn as many persons under the sameconditions as a Type I. You may prefer to use this PFDwhere there is a probability of quick rescue such as inareas where other people are commonly involved in wa-ter activities.

Figure B2: Type II, Wearable

SAFETY & SAFETY EQUIPMENT

Section BPage 2


PFD Type III, Wearable (Figure B3) allows the wearerto place themselves in a vertical or slightly backwardposition. It does not turn the wearer. It maintains thewearer in a vertical or slightly backward position andhas no tendency to turn the wearer face down. It hasthe same buoyancy as a Type II PFD and may be ap-propriate in areas where other people are commonly in-volved in water activities.

Figure B3: Type III, Wearable

PFD Type IV, Throwable (Figure B4) is required in ad-dition to the PFDs previously discussed. The most com-mon Type IV PFD is a buoyant cushion or ring buoy. Itis designed to be thrown to a person in the water, graspedand held by the user until he or she is rescued. A TypeIV PFD should always be in serviceable condition andimmediately available for use. Grasping this PFD maybe difficult if the rescue is delayed or if the user is over-come by hypothermia (loss of body heat).

Figure B4: Type IV, Throwable

PFD Type V, Wearable (Figure B5) when inflated, itprovides buoyancy equivalent to Type I, II, or III PFDs.When it is deflated, however, it may not support somepeople.

Figure B5: Type V, Wearable

D. PFD Pointers

The purpose of a PFD is to help save your life. If youwant it to support you when you are in the water, it needsto fit, float, and be in good condition.

1. Try the PFD on and adjust it until it fits comfortablyin and out of the water. Mark your PFD if you arethe only wearer.

2. To make sure the PFD works, wear it in the water.This will show you how it works and give you confi-dence when you use it.

3. Teach children how to put a PFD on and allow themto try it in the water. That way, they know what thePFD is for and how it works. They will feel morecomfortable with it if they suddenly find themselvesin the water.

4. If the PFD is wet, allow it to dry thoroughly beforestoring it. Do not dry it in front of a radiator or heater.Store it in a well ventilated area.

5. Keep PFDs away from sharp objects which can tearthe fabric or puncture the floatation pads.

6. For their own safety and the safety of others, allnonswimmers, poor swimmers, and small childrenshould wear PFD’s at all times, whether the boat isstationary or moving.

7. Check the PFD frequently to make sure that it isnot torn, that floatation pads have no leaks, and thatall seams and joints are securely sewn.

8. If a PFD contains kapok, the kapok fibers may be-come waterlogged and lose their buoyancy after thevinyl inserts are punctured. If the kapok becomeshard or if it is soaked with water, replace it. It maynot work when you need it.

E. Fire Extinguisher

As the owner/operator of the boat, you are responsiblefor supplying a fire extinguisher approved by the U.S.Coast Guard.

Hand-held portable extinguisher(s) should be mountedin a readily accessible location(s) away from the enginecompartment. All persons aboard should know thelocation(s) and proper operation of the fireextinguisher(s).

Section BPage 3


G. Visual Distress Signal Devices

Visual distress signal devices approved by the U.S.Coast Guard are required on all recreational boats oper-ating on coastal waters and to boats owned in the UnitedStates when they are operating on the high seas. Coastalwaters include territorial seas and those waters directlyconnected to the Great Lakes and the territorial seas upto a point where the waters are less than two miles(3.2km) wide. Visual distress signal equipment may beof the pyrotechnic or non-pyrotechnic type. Regulationsprohibit display of visual distress signals on the waterunder any circumstances except when assistance isrequired to prevent immediate or potential danger to per-sons on board a vessel.

The equipment must be approved by the U.S. CoastGuard, be in serviceable condition, and be stowed in areadily accessible location. Equipment having a datefor serviceable life must be within the specified usagedate shown. Careful selection and proper stowage ofvisual distress equipment is very important if young chil-dren are aboard.

YLNOESUYADESUTHGIN

YLNODNAYAD

ESUTHGIN

egnaroeerhTslangisekomsdlehdnaheno(

)gnitaolfowtdnaegnaroenorokcalbhtiwgalf

.ksiddnaerauqs

cirtceleS-O-SenO.thgilssertsid

foseralfeerhT,dlehdnaheht

roroetem.epytetuhcarap

Distress Signal Table

The minimum visual distress signals required in coastalwaters for a Class 1 or Class 2 powerboat is the follow-ing:

One orange flag with black square-and disc (day-time); and an S-O-S electric light (nighttime);or three orange smoke signals, hand held orfloating (daytime); or three red flares of handheld, meteor, or parachute type (daytime/night-time).

NOTICENo single signaling device is appropriate for allpurposes. Consider keeping various types ofequipment on board.

Fire!In case of fire do not open the engine compart-ment. Shut down engine(s), generator(s), andblower(s). Models with fixed fire suppressionsystem will automatically discharge its entirecontents. If using portable CO2 fire extinguishercontinuously discharge entire contents. OnEuropean models, discharge contents throughfire port.

NOTICEUsing a portable fire extinguisher with an ac-cess/fire port in the engine compartment is pre-ferred to opening the engine compartment tofight the fire. However, using a portable extin-guisher in this way provides less protectionagainst fire than a fixed suppression system.

NOTICEDo not test fire extinguishers by squirting smallamounts of the extinguishing compound. Thefire extinguisher might not work when you re-ally need it.

The Freedom™ and Horizon™ models that measure 16to less than 26 feet are considered Class 1 powerboats.Since they have permanently installed fuel tanks, theyare required to carry one (1) B-1 type hand portable fireextinguisher. If the boat is equipped with a fixed fire ex-tinguishing system in the engine compartment, one (1)B-1 type hand portable fire extinguisher is still recom-mended.

Horizon™ models that are Class 2 powerboats (26 toless than 40 feet) are required to carry two (2) B-1 typeapproved hand portable fire extinguishers or one (1) B-2type approved hand portable fire extinguisher. When afixed fire extinguishing system is installed in machineryspace(s), at least one (1) B-1 type approved hand por-table fire extinguisher is recommended.

F. Fire Extinguisher System

An automatic FE241 agent fire extinguisher system isoptional on certain models. The equipment utilized hasbeen so chosen, and located, to provide sufficient volumeand coverage of the entire engine compartment. Whilethe system ensures excellent overall bilge fire protection,it does not eliminate the U.S.C.G. requirement forhand-held fire extinguishers. Refer to the manu-facturer’s literature included in the owner’s packet.

Section BPage 4


B - 2 CARBON MONOXIDE

Carbon Monoxide!Carbon monoxide (CO) can be harmful or fatal ifinhaled. Brain damage or death can result fromprolonged exposure to carbon monoxide. Keepexhaust outlets clear of blockage. Provide ad-equate ventilation. Open hatches, doors, win-dows and vents to insure adequate ventilation.Close engine compartment doors and hatcheswhen engine or generator is running. Avoidoperating the boat for extended periods of timeat idle speed, and be sensitive to weather con-ditions that may prevent CO from dissipatinginto the air. Do not stand or swim near engineor generator exhausts when engines are run-ning.

Carbon monoxide accumulation is affected by many vari-ables (e.g., boat geometry, hatch, window and door open-ing, ventilation openings, proximity to other structures,swim platforms, canvas enclosures, location of exhaustoutlets, vessel attitude, wind direction, vessel speed, boatsystems maintenance, etc.) The technical informationincluded in this section is to inform the boat owner ofpossible cause and effects of carbon monoxide expo-sure. This information has been reprinted with permis-sion from the American Boat and Yacht Council’s (ABYC)technical information report: “Educational InformationAbout Carbon Monoxide”. This information pertains to allgasoline powered boats manufactured by Four Winns.

NOTICEThe boat owner should be aware that other fac-tors may contribute to carbon monoxide accu-mulation. The most common ones are listed inthis section. If a person is exhibiting carbonmonoxide-type symptoms (Refer to B-2E Symp-toms), be sure to take the necessary precau-tions as prescribed later in this section.

A. Properties and Characteristics of CarbonMonoxide

1. Carbon monoxide is a colorless, odorless and taste-less gas. It is commonly referred to as CO.

2. Its weight is about the same as air so it cannot beexpected to rise or fall like some other gases, butwill distribute itself throughout the space.

H. Sound Signaling Devices

Class 1 and Class 2 powerboats are required to carry ahand, mouth or power operated horn or whistle. It mustproduce a blast of two-second duration and audible at adistance of at least one-half (1/2) mile.

The following are standard whistle signals:

• One Prolonged Blast Warning Signal• One Short Blast Pass on my Port Side• Two Short Blasts Pass on my Starboard Side• Three Short Blasts Engines in Reverse• Five or More Blasts Danger Signal

I. Navigation Lights

Navigation lights are intended to keep other vessels in-formed of your presence and course. If you are out onthe water between sunset and sunrise, you are requiredto display appropriate navigation lights.

J. Additional Recommended Equipment

Four Winns recommends that you acquire additionalequipment for safe, enjoyable cruising. This list, whichis not all inclusive, includes items you should consideracquiring.

Basic GearFlashlight Spare batteries Tow lineOar, paddle Mooring lines CompassDock fenders Distress signals First aid kitBoat hook VHF radio EPIRB*Sunscreen Extra warm clothing ChartsSecond anchor & lineDewatering device (pump or bailer)

Emergency supply of drinking water and food.*Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacon

ToolsSpark plug wrench Hammer ScrewdriverJackknife Pliers Electrical tapeAdjustable wrench Lubricating oil Prop wrenchDuct tape

Spare PartsExtra bulbs Spare prop Extra fusesExtra drain plug Spark plugs Spare wireExtra prop nut/washer

Gear For Extended CruisesFoul weather gear Parallel rulers DividersLoran or Global Positioning System navigation equipment

Section BPage 5


NOTICEDO NOT rely on the use of smell or sight of othergases to detect CO, because it diffuses in theair much more rapidly than easily detectablevapors (i.e. visible and aromatic vapors).

B. What Makes Carbon Monoxide

Any time a material containing carbon burns such asgasoline, natural gas, oil, propane, coal, or wood, CO isproduced.

Common sources of carbon monoxide are:

1. Internal combustion engines.

2. Open flame devices such as:

a. Cooking rangesb. Central heating plantsc. Space heatersd. Water heaterse. Fireplacesf. Charcoal grills

C. How a Person is Affected by CarbonMonoxide

Carbon monoxide is absorbed by the lungs and reactswith blood hemoglobin to form carboxyhemoglobin, whichreduces the oxygen carrying capacity of the blood. Theresult is a lack of oxygen for the tissues with the subse-quent tissue death and, if exposure is prolonged, deathof the individual.

D. Effects of Carbon Monoxide

Carbon monoxide in high concentrations can be fatal in amatter of minutes. Lower concentrations must not beignored because the effects of exposure to CO are cumu-lative and can be just as lethal.

Certain health related problems and age will increase theeffects of CO. People who smoke or are exposed to highconcentrations of cigarette smoke, consume alcohol orhave lung disorders or heart problems, are particularlysusceptible to an increase in the effects from CO. How-ever, all occupants’ health should be considered. Physi-cal exertion accelerates the rate at which the blood ab-sorbs CO.

E. Symptoms

One or more of the following symptoms can signal theadverse effect of CO accumulation:

1. Watering and itchy eyes2. Flushed appearance3. Throbbing temples4. Inattentiveness5. Inability to think coherently6. Loss of physical coordination7. Ringing in the ears8. Tightness across the chest9. Headache10. Drowsiness11. Incoherence12. Slurred speech13. Nausea14. Dizziness15. Fatigue16. Vomiting17. Collapse18. Convulsions

NOTICEThe order of the above list is generally the se-quence of appearance of symptoms. However,the order of appearance may change for differentpeople.

NOTICEThe symptoms of carbon monoxide poison-ing may easily be mistaken for seasickness.

F. Treatment (Evaluate, Ventilate, Evacuate, Inves-tigate, Take Corrective Action)

1. Evaluate the situation and ventilate the area if pos-sible.

2. Evacuate the area and move affected person(s) to afresh air environment.

3. Observe the victim(s).

4. Administer oxygen if available.

5. Contact medical help. If the victim is not breathing,perform rescue breathing or approved cardiopulmo-nary resuscitation (CPR), as appropriate, until medi-cal help arrives and takes over.

Section BPage 6


NOTICEPrompt action can make the difference betweenlife and death.

6. Investigate source of CO and take corrective action.

G. Inspection

Look and listen for leaks in the exhaust systems of boththe generator and propulsion engine(s). Look for discol-oration around joints in the system (water leaks, carbon,stains, etc.).

1. Make sure all exhaust clamps are in place and se-cured.

2. Make sure ventilation systems work and are not ob-structed or restricted.

3. Make sure gaps around the engine room plumbingand cableways and exhaust system doors, hatches,and access panels are minimized to reduce the op-portunity for CO to enter the accommodation space(s).

H. Operation

Cold Start vs. Warm Start: CO production is greater whilethe combustion chamber surfaces and gas passages arecold versus when they are warm. A boat operator should:

1. Pay attention to ventilating the boat.

2. Orient the boat so it will allow the maximum dissipa-tion of CO.

3. Minimize the time spent on getting underway.

4. In order to minimize CO buildup, do not warm up orrun propulsion engine(s) for extended periods whilethe vessel is stationary.

The following are examples of possible situa-tions where carbon monoxide can accumulatewithin your boat while docked, anchored, or un-derway. Become familiar with these examplesand their precautions to prevent dangerousaccidents or death.

I. Boathouses, Sea Walls and Confined Spaces

A boat operator should be aware that dangerous concen-trations of CO can accumulate when a boat, generator orother engine operated device is operated while the boatis moored in a confined area such as:

1. Boathouses,

2. Proximity to sea walls, or

3. Proximity to other boats.

Keep engine room hatches and doors closed when op-erating engines, including the generator.

Pay attention to prevailing conditions and provide forventilation to induce fresh air and minimize exhaust re-entry. Orient the boat for maximum dissipation of theexhaust. DO NOT run the boat or boat equipment forextended periods under these conditions. See FigureB6.

Be aware that cockpit and deck drains can be a sourceof CO ingress into boats, especially boats with cockpitor decks enclosed with canvas or permanent boat struc-tures.

J. The Effect of Boats Moored Along Side

A boat operator should be aware that carbon monoxide isemitted from any boat’s exhaust. The operation, moor-ing, and anchoring in an area containing other boats maybe in an atmosphere containing CO not of the operator’smaking. An operator likewise needs to be aware of theeffect of their boat on other boats in the area. Of primeconcern is the operation of an auxiliary generator whereboats are moored along side each other. Be aware of theeffect your exhaust may have on other boats and be awarethat the operation of other boats’ equipment may affectthe carbon monoxide concentration on your boat. SeeFigure B7.

Figure B6: The effect of sea walls and other confined spaces.

Section BPage 7


Figure B9: Inefficient trim angles.

3. Canvas Configurations - Under various conditions, add-ing or removing canvas may raise or lower CO levels.See Figures B8, B9 & B11.

Exhaust Fumes!Hull exhaust from your boat can cause exces-sive accumulation of poisonous carbon monox-ide gas within cockpit areas when using protec-tive weather coverings (while underway or whilestationary). Provide adequate ventilation whenthe canvas top, side curtains and/or back (aft)curtains are in their closed protective positions.

4. Opening and closing ports, hatches, doors, and win-dows may raise or lower CO levels on board a boat.When airflow is moving forward inside the boat, COmay be entering the boat. See Figures B10 and B11.

Figure B10: Desired air flow through the boat.

Figure B11: The effect of canvas configurations.

5. Operating a boat at slow speeds with a following windshould be avoided. Consider changing direction,adjusting speed, or both. See Figures B12.

Figure B7: The effect of boats moored along side.

K. Backdrafting (Station Wagon Effect)

Backdrafting or the “station wagon effect” is caused byair movement over or around a boat creating a low pres-sure area or suction area around the stern that can in-crease CO level on the boat. Backdrafting can be af-fected by relative wind direction , boat speed, and boattrim angle. See Figure B8 Backdrafting - Airflows OverBoat and Behind Transom”.

Under certain speed and operating conditions the lowpressure area may form in other regions and permit car-bon monoxide to enter the hull through openings thatare not on the back of the boat. Boat factors which mayaffect CO concentration:

Figure B8: Backdrafting - Air flows over boat and behind transom.

1. Intentional or unintentional excessive trim anglecausing high bow angle. See Figure B9.

2. Excessive or unequally distributed weight.

Section BPage 8


Figure B12: Operating at Slow Speed with Following Wind

6. Be aware that cockpit and deck drains can be asource of CO ingress into boats, especially boatswith cockpit or decks enclosed with canvas or per-manent boat structures.

L. Accumulation of Exhaust Gases-Swim Platform

When the propulsion engine(s) or generator is running,CO is produced and may remain in the vicinity of theexhaust outlet (including underwater exhaust outlets suchas sterndrives and outboards):

1. Do not occupy aft lounging area(s) or swim platform.

2. Do not swim under or around swim platform.

3. Do not swim in the vicinity of the exhaust outlet.

Refer to Figure B13.

Figure B13: Exhaust Gas Accumulation at Swim Platform

M. Dangerous Activity - “Teak Surfing”/“Dragging”

Do not sit on, occupy or hang on any stern appendages(e.g., swim platforms, boarding ladders, etc.) while un-derway. Do not body surf, commonly known as “teaksurfing” or “dragging”, etc. in the wake of the boat. Donot tow persons in close proximity to the stern of theboat. See Figure B14. This activity can also increasethe possibility of injury due to contact with a rotating pro-peller.

Figure B14: Exhaust Gas Accumulation-Dangerous Activity

N. Cabin Appliances

Boats having fuel burning appliances in accommodationareas should be provided with adequate ventilation and theappliance should be maintained to function properly.

O. Ventilation of Accommodation (Occupied) Spaces

Accommodation spaces need to be ventilated to introducefresh air into the spaces. Ventilation methods (e.g. win-dows, hatches, doors, and blowers) used to accomplishthis may, under certain conditions, bring hazardous levelsof CO into the occupied spaces. Care should be taken tobe aware of all prevailing conditions when using these ven-tilating methods.

P. Running of Engines in Idle

Engines running in idle exhaust carbon monoxide thatcan accumulate near the hull of the boat. Do not stand orswim near the engine exhaust or outdrive when enginesare idling or generator is running.

Q. Altitude and Sea Conditions

Operation at altitudes greater than 5,000 feet contributesto inefficient engine performance and may require adjust-ments to the ignition systems, fuel systems, or changingthe propeller’s size or gear ratio.

1. Failure to make adjustments to ignition systems and/or fuel systems for altitude conditions may cause anincrease in CO production.

2. Reduced power resulting from increased altitude mayrequire adjustments to propeller size.

3. Heavy sea or out of trim conditions tend to load en-gines resulting in reduced performance and therebyincreasing their CO production.

Section BPage 9


4. General

a. Worn piston rings and valves

b. Engine temperature - Cold running engines in-crease CO production. Engine cooling water sys-tem design and selection of thermostat(s) areprimary considerations affecting engine operat-ing temperature. Generally, an engine producesless CO if it operates at a relatively high tem-perature within manufacturer’s specifications.

c. Exhaust Back-Pressure - Certain alterations tothe exhaust system may increase engine ex-haust back pressure and CO production.

d. Restricted engine room or compartment ventila-tion

T. Maintenance - External Conditions

External conditions that contribute to inefficient engineperformance can include:

1. Fouled hull bottom

2. Damaged and fouled running gear (i.e., shaft, strutpropeller, rudder and trim tabs)

3. Incorrect selection of propeller size

U. Maintenance - Exhaust System Integrity

Gas tight integrity of exhaust systems must be main-tained to insure that leakage of CO within the boat doesnot occur. Disassembly may be required to carry out athorough inspection. Repair or replace components asindicated. Inspect the following:

1. Gaskets at cylinder head connection

2. Casting and pipe fittings in the dry section

3. All joints

4. Hoses

5. Clamps

6. Mufflers and their drain plugs

7. Thru-hull fittings

8. Hangers and other supports

R. Portable Generator Sets

Never use a portable generator on a boat.

Gasoline powered portable generators are available in themarine market place and are not an option available throughFour Winns. Portable generators will produce CO. Thesesets discharge their exhaust products in locations whichcan cause accumulation of carbon monoxide in the accom-modation space. Do not use gasoline powered por-table generators on Four Winns® boats.

S. Maintenance - Engine Performance

Efficient engine performance is vital to minimizing CO pro-duction. The following items are those considered to havethe greatest effect on increased CO production:

1. Fuel Systems - Fuel that is contaminated, stale orincorrect octane number

2. Carburetors/Injectors

a. Dirty or clogged flame arrester

b. Malfunctioning automatic choke plate or faultyadjustment of manual choke plate

c. Worn float needle valve and seat

d. High float level

e. Incorrect idle mixture adjustment

f. Dirty or worn injectors

3. Ignition System

a. Fouled or worn spark plug.

b. Worn points or incorrect gap on points

c. Shorted or opened circuit high tension spark plugcables

d. Incorrect ignition timing.

Section BPage 10


B - 3 SAFE BOATING PRACTICES

NOTICEYOU are responsible for your own safety, thesafety of your passengers, and the safety offellow boaters.

A. Drugs and Alcohol

Alcohol consumption and boating do notmix! Operating under the influence endan-gers the lives of your passengers and otherboaters. Federal laws prohibit operating aboat under the influence of alcohol ordrugs.

Do not use drugs or drink alcohol while operating a boat.Like driving a car, driving a boat requires sober, attentivecare. Operating a boat while intoxicated or under theinfluence of drugs is not only dangerous, but it is also aFederal offense carrying a significant penalty. Theselaws are vigorously enforced. The use of drugs and al-cohol, singly or in combination, decreases reaction time,impedes judgement, impairs vision, and inhibits yourability to operate a boat.

B. Safe Operation

Safe operation means that you do not misuse your boatnor do you allow your passengers to do so. Safe opera-tion means using good judgement at all times. It in-cludes, without limitation, the following actions:

• Observe all safety signs and warnings both inside the boat and in the immediate boating area.

• Become familiar with, and adhere to, the “Rules of the Road”.

• Maintain boat speed at or below the legal limits. Avoid excessive speed or speeds not appropriate for operating conditions.

• Be sure at least one other passenger is familiar with the operation and the safety aspects of the boat in case of an emergency.

• Load the boat within the limits listed on the capacity plate. Balance loads bow and stern and port to starboard.

V. Maintenance - Ventilation Systems

Boats are equipped with ventilation systems to elimi-nate gasoline vapors. Blowers and fans may also beprovided for ventilation and to mitigate the migration ofCO into occupied compartments. Attention should bepaid to the following:

1. Keeping ventilation intakes clear of debris

2. Replacing damaged hardware

3. Maintaining the integrity of the ducting material andits connections

4. Ensuring that position of ducting intake is not ob-structed or restricted, collapsed, kinked, or crushed

5. Eliminating sags in ducting that can form a watertrap

6. Checking hangers and other supports

7. Ensuring blower/fan is operational

8. Ensuring that airflow is present at discharge

9. Inspecting wiring to equipment

W. Maintenance - Bulkhead and Deck Integrity

1. Seal all visible openings (e.g., cracks, crevices,holes, including openings around wiring and pipingruns) in bulkheads and decks that separate machin-ery compartments from occupied compartments.These openings can permit migration of CO vapors.

2. Check gaskets and sealing surfaces on hatches,doors, and access panels.

X. Maintenance - Liquid Drains

Sink, shower and condensate drains can be a source ofCO ingress. Ensure that water traps are present andcontain fluid. These traps may be in the form of a doubleloop in the drain line or prefabricated p-traps. Any drainthat terminates below the waterline is, by virtue of itsdesign, sealed against CO intrusion. Some drains thatare below the waterline when boat is underway will beabove the waterline when the boat is at rest. The loca-tion of drains, relative to the waterline, can be affectedby the dynamics of boat motion (i.e., underway or atrest).

Section BPage 11


• Do not use the boat in bad weather or sea conditions beyond the skill or experience of the operator or the comfortable capability of the boat or passengers.

• Make sure the passengers and gear do not obstruct the operator’s view or impede his ability to move.

• Do not exceed the maximum engine power rating stated on the certification plate located inside the boat.

C. Passenger Safety

Before getting underway, show all passengers whereemergency and safety equipment is stowed, and ex-plain how to use it. Everyone aboard should wear rub-ber-soled shoes which resist slipping on wet surfaces.While underway, passengers should remain seated in-side the deck rails and gates. Do not allow passengersto drag their feet or hands in the water. Always usehandholds and other safety hardware to prevent falls.All nonswimmers, poor swimmers and small childrenshould wear PFDs at all times.

D. Propeller

Personal Injury!Do not allow anyone near a propeller, even whenthe engine is off. Propeller blades can be sharpand continue to turn even after the engine isshut off. Do not allow anyone near the propellerwhen the throttle is in neutral position. Acci-dently engaging the shift can result in a seriousinjury or death. (See actual ladder warning la-bels and helm boarding ladder warning labelbelow.)

Never approach or use ladder when motor isrunning. Severe injury or death will result fromcontact with rotating propeller.

Ladder Warning Label

Shut off motor when near swimmers. Severeinjury or death will result from contact with ro-tating propeller.

Helm Boarding Ladder Warning Label

When pulling skiers do not turn on the engineuntil you are at least a boat length away fromthe person in the water. When approaching adowned skier, turn off the engine at least oneboat length away before reaching the skier inthe water.

E. First Aid

As a boater, you should be familiar with the basic firstaid procedures that may be needed while you are out farfrom help. Fish hook accidents or minor cuts and abra-sions may be the most serious mishaps on board aboat but you should also learn the proper proceduresand be ready to deal with the truly serious problems likemouth-to-mouth resuscitation, excessive bleeding, hy-pothermia, and burns. First aid literature and coursesare available through most Red Cross chapters.

F. Operation By Minors

Minors should always be supervised by an adult when-ever operating a boat. Many states have laws regardingthe minimum age and licensing requirements of minors.Be sure to check local laws or contact the state boatingauthorities for information.

G. “Rules of the Road”

As a responsible boater, you must comply with the “Rulesof the Road,” the marine traffic laws enforced by theU.S. Coast Guard. Navigating a boat is much the sameas driving an automobile. Operating either one respon-sibly means complying with a set of rules intended toprevent accidents. Just as you assume other car driv-ers know what they are doing, other boaters assumeyou know what you are doing. Information regardingnavigational rules and the “Rules of the Road” are dis-cussed in further detail in C-1 & C-2 of the next section.

Section BPage 12


A. Water Sport Guidelines

Everyone participating in a water sport should observethese guidelines:

1. Allow only capable swimmers to take part inany water sport.

2. Always wear a personal floatation device (PFD)approved by the U.S. Coast Guard. Wearing aproperly designed PFD helps a stunned or un-conscious person stay afloat.

3. Be considerate of others you share the waterwith.

4. Give immediate attention to a person who hasfallen. He or she is vulnerable in the water aloneand may not be seen by other boaters.

5. Approach a person in the water from the lee side(opposite the direction of the wind). Turn offthe motor at least a boat length from theperson.

6. Turn engine off and anchor before swimming.

7. Always participate in water sports in safe ar-eas. Stay away from other boats, beaches, re-stricted areas, swimmers and heavily traveledwaterways.

8. Swim only in areas designated as safe for swim-ming. These are usually marked with a swimarea buoy (see Figure B15). Do not swim aloneor at night.

Figure B15: Swim Area Buoy

Rotating Propeller!Rotating propeller can cut or sever causing seri-ous injury or death. Shut engine off and removeignition key when anyone is swimming nearby.(See Section B-3D.)

H. Voluntary Inspections

State boating officials in many states or the U.S. CoastGuard Auxiliaries offer courtesy inspections to check outyour craft. They will check for compliance with safetystandards and required safety equipment. You may vol-untarily consent to one of these inspections, and you areallowed to make corrections without prosecution. Checkwith the appropriate state agency or the Coast Guard Aux-iliary for details.

I. Safe Boating Courses

The local U.S. Coast Guard Auxiliary and the U.S. PowerSquadrons offer comprehensive safe boating classes sev-eral times a year. You may contact the Boat/U.S. Foun-dation at 1-800-336-BOAT (2628) or, in Virginia, 1-800-245-BOAT (2628) for a course scheduled in your area.Also contact the U.S. Coast Guard Auxiliary or PowerSquadron Flotilla for the time and place of their next sched-uled class.

B - 4 WATER SPORTS

Personal Injury!Four Winns® boats are not designed for andshould not be used for pulling parasails, kites,gliders or any device which can become airborne.Use boat only for appropriate water sports. (SeePreface for actual warning label.)

Water skiing, kneeboarding, wakeboarding or riding atowed, inflatable apparatus are some of the more popularwater sports. Taking part in any water sport requires in-creased safety awareness by the participant and the boatoperator. If you have never pulled someone behind yourboat before, it is a good idea to spend some hours as anobserver, working with and learning from an experienceddriver. It is also important to be aware of the skill andexperience of the person being pulled. Always have asecond person on board to observe the person in the wa-ter so the driver can concentrate on operating the boat.

Section BPage 13


7. Give immediate attention to a person who has fallen.He or she is vulnerable in the water alone and maynot be seen by other boaters.

8. Approach a person in the water from the lee side(opposite the direction of the wind). Stop the motorat least a boat length from the person.

9. Turn off engine and anchor your boat before swim-ming.

Rotating Propeller!Rotating propeller can cut or sever causing seri-ous injury or death. Switch engine off before ski-ers enter the water and before taking skiers aboard.Do not leave engine running in neutral. Ac-cidently engaging shift can seriously injure skier.

10. Do not water ski between sunset and sunrise. It isillegal in most states.

For more information about water skiing, please contactthe American Water Ski Association, 799 Overlook Drive,Winter Haven, FL. 33884 or call 1-800-533-2972.

9. Do not allow anyone near the propeller(s), evenwhen the engine is off. Propeller blades are sharpand can continue to turn even after the engine isoff. Stay at least 150 feet away from areasmarked by diver down float. See Figure B16.

Figure B16: Diver Down Float

10. Do not drive the boat directly behind a waterskier. At 25 miles per hour, the boat will over-take a fallen skier who was 200 feet in front inabout 5 seconds.

B. Water Skiing

The popular sport of water skiing has brought a spe-cial set of safety precautions to observe in boating.The following guides help prevent accidents while wa-ter skiing.

1. Water ski only in safe areas, away from otherboats and swimmers, out of channels, and inwater free of underwater obstructions.

2. Allow no one who can not swim to water ski.Skiers must wear a USCG approved floatationdevice. A Type III water-ski vest is an approvedand practical PFD.

3. Have a second person aboard to observe theskier and inform the driver about the skier’s handsignals (Figure B17). The driver must give fullattention to operating the boat and the watersahead.

4. Give immediate attention to a fallen skier. Becareful not to swamp the boat while taking theskier on board.

5. Always participate in water sports in safe areas.Stay away from other boats, beaches,swimmers, and heavily traveled waterways.

6. Be considerate of others you share the waterwith.

Section BPage 14


Figure B17: Skiing Signals

Section CPage 1


C - 1 GENERAL

Basic rules of seamanship, general information aboutnavigational aids, and sources for additional reading andboater education are presented in this portion of yourowner’s manual.

A. Boating Regulations

The U.S. Coast Guard is the authority of the waterways.State boating regulations are enforced by local authori-ties. Your boat is subject to the marine traffic laws knownas “Rules of the Road,” which are enforced by the U.S.Coast Guard. You are subject to marine traffic laws and“Rules of the Road” for both federal and state water-ways; you must stop if signaled to do so by enforce-ment officers, and permit them to board if asked. The“Rules of the Road” can be obtained from the local U.S.Coast Guard Unit or the United States Coast GuardHeadquarters by calling (202) 512-1800 or faxing yourrequest to (202) 512-2250, and asking for the publica-tion titled “Navigational Rules, International-Inland.

Many pamphlets prepared by the Coast Guard are avail-able. They explain signal lights, buoys, safety, interna-tional and inland regulations and other information whichgoes beyond the scope of this manual. “Aids to Naviga-tion” (U.S. Coast Guard pamphlet #123) explains thesignificance of various lights and buoys. Because ofproposed alterations to buoys and markers, contact theU.S. Coast Guard to stay informed of changes. Otherpamphlets, including the “Boating Safety TrainingManual” and “Federal Requirements For RecreationalBoats,” are also available from the U.S. Coast GuardHeadquarters.

NOTICEThe spoken word “MAYDAY” is the internationalsignal for distress. “MAYDAY” should NEVERbe used unless there is grave or imminent dan-ger, and you are in need of immediate assis-tance.

Figure C1: Meeting Head-On

B. Rules of Seamanship

1. Right-of-way

In general, boats with less maneuverability have right-of-way over a more agile craft. You must stay out ofthe way of the following vessels:

dnammocrednutonlessevA.dnuorgaro

onevahslessevesehT.ytilibarevuenam

stinidetcirtserlessevA.ytilibarevuenam

gnimrofreperalessevesehTriehtstimilhcihwkrow

sahcusytilibarevuenamgniyal,gnigderd,gniyevrus

gnicivres,elbacroepipgnomasrekramlanoitagivan

.srehto

.gnihsifnidegagnelessevA gnihsifstaobedulcniesehTtontub;stenrolwart,senilhtiw

.senilgnillort

staobliaS yaw-fo-thgirehtevahstaobliaSfi,revewoh;staobrewoprevorelleporpagnisusitaobliasa

siti,drawrofevomotnevetaobrewopaderedisnoc

.puerasliasstifi

2. Meeting Head-On

When two boats meet head-on neither boat has right-of-way. Both boats should decrease speed, sound oneshort blast and pass; port to port. For starboard to star-board passing, each vessel should sound two short hornblasts and pass starboard to starboard. See Figure C1.

BASIC SEAMANSHIP

HonkHonk

HonkHonk

Honk

Honk

Honk

Honk

Section CPage 2


3. Crossing Situations

In a crossing situation, the boat on the right from the 12-4 o’clock position has the right-of-way. It must holdcourse and speed. The boat without the right-of-waymust keep clear and pass to the stern. See Figure C2.

Figure C2: Crossing Situation

4. Overtaking

The boat overtaking the one ahead must yield the right-of-way to the boat being passed. The overtaking boatmust make necessary adjustments to keep out of itspath. The boat being passed should hold its course andspeed. See Figure C3.

Figure C3: Overtaking

5. The General Prudential Rule

The general prudential rule regarding right-of-way is thatif a collision appears unavoidable, neither boat has right-of-way. As prescribed in the “Rules of the Road”, bothboats must act to avoid collision.

6. Night Running

Boats operating between sunset and sunrise (hours varyby state), or in conditions of reduced visibility, must usenavigational lights. Nighttime operation, especially dur-ing bad weather or fog, can be dangerous. All “Rules ofthe Road” apply at night, but it is best to slow down andstay clear of all boats regardless of who has right-of-way.

To see more easily at night, avoid bright lights whenpossible. Also, it is helpful to have a passenger keepwatch for other boats, water hazards, and navigationalaids.

To determine the size, speed and direction of other ves-sels at night, you should use running lights. A greenlight indicates the starboard side, and the red light indi-cates the port side. Generally, if you see a green light,you have the right-of-way; if you see a red light, give wayto the other vessel. See Figure C4.

Figure C4: Night Running

7. Whistle Signal

Out on the water, whistle signals are commonly used.Although using a whistle signal is not necessary everytime a boat is nearby, operators must signal their inten-tions when necessary to avoid potentially confusing or

Inland Rules

“I want to pass you on yourport side.

2 short blasts (1 sec.)

“Proceed”


International Rules

“I am altering my course to port.”


International Rules inNarrow Channels

“I intend to pass you on your portside.”

2 prolonged blasts (4-6 sec.)2 short blasts (1 sec.)

“Proceed.”

1 prolonged, 1 short1 prolonged, 1 short

Inland Rules

“I want to pass you on yourstarboard side.

1 short blast (1 sec.)

“Proceed”


International Rules

“I am altering my course tostarboard.”


International Rulesin Narrow Channels

“I intend to pass you on yourstarboard side.”

2 prolonged blasts (4-6 sec.)1 short blast (1 sec.)

“Proceed.”

1 prolonged, 1 short1 prolonged, 1 short blast

Give-way (Burdened)Vessel Overtaking

Stand-on (Privileged)Vessel Being Overtaken

Danger Zone112.5o

Section CPage 3


Buoys are red or green floating ATONS. If lighted, theyhave either red or green lights. Unlighted green buoys,called cans, look like cylinders. Unlighted red nun buoyshave a cone shaped top with their points cut off. Donot pass too close to a buoy. You may foul the propellerin its chain.

NOTICEBuoys are anchored floating objects and maynot always be in exactly the same position.

Daymarks are red or green boards with numbers. Theyare on posts or groups of pilings tied together and calleddolphins. Daymarks and their supports are daybeacons.Daybeacons may or may not have lights. If a red orgreen daybeacon has a light, it is the same color as themarker-red or green. Red daymarks are triangular andhave even numbers. Green daymarks are square andhave odd numbers.

Red, Right, Returning is a basic rule to assist you inusing lateral markers. When you are returning fromseaward , keep red markers on the starboard (right) sidewhen you pass them. Keep green markers to the portside.

Returning from seaward is very clear if you have been onthe ocean. You are returning to port. By agreement,going upstream on a navigational river is returning fromseaward. The outlet ends of the Great Lakes are alsothe seaward ends. Traveling from a large body of waterto a smaller one is considered returning from seaward.

C. Safe Water Markers

Safe water markers have vertical red and white stripesand mark the center of navigable channels and fairways.Safe water markers included both lighted and unlightedbuoys and daymarks. If a marker is lighted, the light iswhite and flashes the letter “A” is Morse Code.

Preferred Channel markers have horizontal red and greenbands. If lighted, the color of the light is the same asthe top of the band. They show the preferred channel foryou to use at a junction point. Be sure to notice thecolor of the top of the band, and treat it as any othermarker you would of that color. If the band is red andyou are returning from seaward, keep the marker to theright.

Most lights on markers flash on and off. Others such aslights on aids with no lateral significance are fixed. Theystay on all night. ATON lights flash in regular patterns.

hazardous situations. Use whistle blasts early enoughto be noticed and understood by other boaters.

It is customary for the privileged boat to signal first andthe yielding boat to return the same signal to acknowl-edge she understands and will comply. Use the dangersignal (five or more short and rapid blasts) if intent is notclear. A short blast is one (1) or two (2) seconds long. Along blast is four (4) to six (6) seconds long. The Navi-gational Aids Chart at the end of this section lists themeanings of the various whistle signals.

C - 2 NAVIGATIONAL AIDS

Aids to navigation (ATONS) help you to travel safely onthe water. They help you get from one place to anotherand are most helpful if you have a nautical chart. Anavigational aids chart is at the end of this section.

NEVER tie your vessel to an ATON. It is illegalbecause it blocks the ATON from view of otherboaters. Decreased visibility can contribute toa serious accident which may result in propertydamage, personal injury, or death.

There are two ATON systems. The system used onfederal waters is known as the International Associationof Lighthouse Authorities System B (IALA-B). The CoastGuard maintains this system. The second system isthe Uniform State Waterway Marking System (USWMS).This system is maintained by state authorities.

A. International Association of Lighthouse Authorities System B (IALA-B)

IALA-B uses four types of ATONS. This section dis-cusses the two most common markers: lateral markersand safe water markers. Other federal markers includespecial markers and isolated danger markers. The Navi-gational Aids Chart at the end of this section showsthese aids.

B. Lateral Markers

Lateral markers indicate the sides of navigable chan-nels. They consist of lighted can or nun buoys anddaymarks. Each has a number and is either red or green.The numbers on the green markers are odd. Red mark-ers have even numbers.

Section CPage 4


G. Anchoring

The weight of the anchor and diameter of anchor lineshould be governed by the size and weight of your boat.Keep anchor secure while underway to prevent damageor injury due to sudden shifting in the boat’s attitude.

Use two or more anchors if anchoring overnight or forextended periods. If not using two anchors, make cer-tain there is sufficient clearance for your boat to swingin a full circle to prevent damage in case of shifting winds.

Make certain you have enough anchor line (or scope) forthe depth of water. Your anchor line should be 6 to 7times the depth of water anchored in. For example, ifyou are in 20 feet of water, use 120 to 140 feet of anchorline.

Secure anchor line to bow eye or deck cleat.Never tie anchor line to a rail, rail fitting or otherhardware not designed to support this stress.

To drop anchor:

Approach your selected anchoring site from downwindand come to a dead stop over the spot where you wantto drop anchor. Lower the anchor manually or by usingthe windlass if applicable.

Maneuver the boat slowly backwards until length of an-chor line is 6 or 7 times the depth of the water.

Fasten the anchor line around the bow eye or deck cleat.Anchor flukes should dig in and catch. Watch for an-chor drag by checking shoreline landmarks at the timethe anchor is dropped and one-half hour later. If the boathas drifted away from these reference marks, the an-chor is dragging and must be reset.

To weigh anchor:

Start the engine running before pulling in anchor.

Slowly maneuver the boat forward to reduce tension onthe line and make retrieval of the anchor line easier.

Raise the anchor manually or by using the windlass ifapplicable. Make sure the chain stop is engaged if wind-lass is used. Properly stow anchor and anchor line.

For example, they may flash every three seconds, or ingroups such as two flashes and a pause. There are anumber of flashing patterns, which help you identify thelight at night. To identify a light, note its color and pat-tern or timing of flashes, and compare it to your chart tofind its location.

D. The Uniform State Waterway Marking System

This section discusses three kinds of markers in thissystem: Regulatory, Informational, and Lateral.

Regulatory markers in this system are either signs orbuoys. Signs are square with orange borders. Regula-tory buoys are white and shaped like cylinders. Theyhave horizontal orange bands near their tops and justabove the water’s surface. An orange circle on a markermeans a controlled area. A message such as ”No Wake,Idle Speed, No Skiing, or 5 M.P.H.” may appear on amarker. An orange diamond means danger. If a dia-mond has an orange cross inside it, do not enter thearea. The reason you should stay out, such as “SwimArea” may be printed in black on the marker.

Informational Markers are white signs with orange bor-ders. They give information such as direction, distance,and location.

Lateral markers in the USWMS system are either num-bered red or black buoys. Black buoys may have greenreflectors or lights. They are the equivalent of greenbuoys in the IALA-B system. Red buoys may have redreflectors or lights. They are the same as red buoys inthe IALA-B system. Red or black buoys are usuallyfound in pairs - pass between them.

E. A Special Sign

In Florida, you may see a special sign: “Caution, Mana-tee Area”. When you see this sign, slow down to idlespeed. Manatees, an endangered species, are pas-sive, large, slow-moving mammals. Many Manatees areseriously injured or killed each year by boat propellers.

F. Noise

Always be aware of local laws on noise limits. Noisemeans engine noise, radio noise or even yelling bypeople on your boat. Good seamanship demands thatyou operate your boat quietly so as not to infringe onthe rights of others. Do not use thru-hull exhaust unlessyou are well offshore.

Section CPage 5


Chapman, Charles F. and Maloney, E.S. Chapman’sPiloting, Seamanship and Small Boat Handling. (illus.).62 p. (ISBN 0-87851-814-2, Pub. by Hearst Bks.); de-luxe ed. (ISBN 0-87851-815-0). Morrow.

National Fire Protection Association. Fire ProtectionStandard for Pleasure and Commercial Motor Craft.(ISBN 0-317-07388-5, NFPA 302). National Fire Protec-tion Association.

Brotherton, Miner. Twelve- Volt Bible. (ISBN 0-915160-81-1). Seven Seas.

C - 4 CONTACTS

There are many good boating publications that have in-formation about your area and what other boats are do-ing, such as clubs and other activities. Education pro-grams are sponsored by publications and organizationssuch as the U.S. Power Squadron, U.S. Coast GuardAuxiliary and the American Red Cross. See your dealerabout special courses available in the area. For de-tailed information contact:

American Red CrossLocal address (see local telephone directory)

Boat U.S. Foundation for Boating Safety Hotline1-800-336-BOAT1-800-245-BOAT (in Virginia)

U.S. Coast Guard Info Line1-800-368-5647

NMMA Sources of Waterways Information - NationalMarine Manufacturers Association has five (5) bookletswhich list sources for safety, cruising, and local water-way information. Each covers a different region of theU.S. (North Central, South Central, Northeastern, South-eastern and Western). For single copies, write Sourcesof Waterways information, NMMA, 401 N. Michigan Av-enue, Chicago, Illinois 60611. Ask for the booklet foryour region.

Skippers CourseGPO Superintendent of DocumentsWashington, DC 20012202-512-1800202-512-2250 (fax)

United States Coast Guard AuxiliaryLocal Flotilla or contact appropriate Coast GuardDistrict Headquarters

Always be sure to raise and secure the an-chor prior to operating your boat. Failure toraise and secure anchor before getting under-way could result in severe injury or damage toboat from rebounding anchor.

Always utilize the chain stop provided with thewindlass/bow roller combination. The chain stopprevents the anchor from accidently releasingwhile the boat is moving thus preventing dam-age to the boat or possible injury or death toindividual(s) aboard the boat.

If the anchor becomes stuck, attach the vertical line tothe mooring cleat. Wave action on the bow may lift flukesfrom the bottom and free the anchor. If the anchor is stillstuck, feed out a few feet of line and attach it to the bowcleat. Maneuver the boat around the anchor, keepingthe line firm. Determine the angle that will work to pullthe anchor free.

Anchors are available in different shapes, sizes andweights to fit different boats, uses, and conditions. YourFour Winns dealer can tell you which anchor will workbest for your boat.

C - 3 RECOMMENDED READING

We recommend that you read the boating literature pub-lished by your state boating agency and the U.S. CoastGuard. Other suggested reading includes the following:

Damford, Don. Anchoring. (ISBN 0-915160-64-1). SevenSeas.

United States Coast Guard Auxiliary. Boating Skills andSeamanship. LC74-164688.(illus.). (ISBN 0-930028-00-7). U.S. Coast Guard.

Bottomley, Tom. Boatman’s Handbook, (illus.). 316 p.(ISBN 0-688-03925-1, Hearst Marine Book). Morrow.

Whiting, John and Bottomley, Tom. Chapman’s Log andOwner’s Manual. 192 p.(ISBN 0-686-96737-2). HearstMarine Book.

Section CPage 6


United States Coast Guard Headquarters2100 2nd St., SWWashington, D.C. 20593-0001202-267-1060

United States Power SquadronP.O. Box 30423Raleigh, NC 27617

C - 5 OWNER’S LOGS AND RECORDS

At the end of this owner’s manual are several forms whichyou will find very helpful.

The Float Plan provides a record of your destination,departure and return times, boat description, passengerlist, and other information about the trip you haveplanned. At the bottom of the form is space for listingemergency telephone numbers in case your return isdelayed past the expected time. It also has space forindicating information about the person filing this report.Leave the completed form ashore with a responsibleperson. We recommend you make several copies ofthis form each boating season to assure an ample sup-ply.

The Fuel Log is a handy way to record information cov-ering engine hours, fuel consumption, miles traveled, aswell as RPM (revolutions per minute), average M.P.H.(miles per hour) and GPH (gallons per hour).

The Service/Maintenance Log provides a record ofmaintenance work completed, the date of completion,and the engine hour reading. This log also helps youidentify the frequency of routine maintenance work, suchas engine oil changes. If you should decide to sell yourboat, it demonstrates to perspective buyers that youhave done a good job taking care of it.

The Service Information Sheet allows you to recordall the pertinent information regarding your Four Winns®boat. This sheet will be extremely helpful when orderingadditional/optional parts for your boat or when havingservice work done.

C - 6 NAVIGATIONAL AIDS CHART

The illustrated Navigational Aids Charts contain infor-mation concerning whistle signals, storm warnings,bridge signals, and buoy descriptions. See Figure C5on the following page.

Section CPage 7

Freedom™/Horizon™ Owner’s ManualFigure C5: Navigational Aids Chart

Section DPage 1


D - 1 FOUR WINNS WARRANTY POLICY

The Four Winns Winning Edge™ Owner Protection Plan,provides the new Four Winns purchaser with one of themost comprehensive corporate commitments in themarine industry today. The Four Winns Owner Protec-tion Plan defines the warranty coverage on all unitsmanufactured by Four Winns. It thoroughly describesthe warranty policies and those procedures to be fol-lowed to obtain warranty coverage. Review the FourWinns Owner Protection Plan and limited warranty state-ments carefully.

All engines utilized in the Four Winns® product arewarranted by the engine manufacturer. Your Four Winnsdealer is authorized to repair your engines and will workclosely with the engine manufacturer to resolve any prob-lems you have.

D - 2 DECK/HULL STRUCTURE WARRANTY

Each unit manufactured by Four Winns is encompassedby a separate warranty providing specific coverage onthe deck/hull structure. The Four Winns Owner Protec-tion Plan thoroughly describes this coverage.

D - 3 WARRANTY REGISTRATION

A Four Winns Warranty Registration Card is attachedto the Four Winns Owner Protection Plan statement.Your Four Winns dealer is responsible for completingand mailing the warranty card at the time of purchase.The receipt of the warranty card is the sole basis forestablishing proof of ownership of the boat and corre-sponding warranty validation.

By signing the warranty registration card you, the newowner, indicate an understanding of the terms and con-ditions of the Limited Warranty. The warranty registra-tion card should be properly completed by the dealer,signed by the new owner, and returned to us within fif-teen (15) days after the original purchase in order tovalidate the warranty. This is a dealership’s responsibil-ity. Be sure to keep the Owner’s Registration Card foryour records.

All boat manufacturers are required by The Federal BoatSafety Act of 1971 to notify first time owners in the eventany defect is discovered “which creates a substantialrisk of personal injury to the public.” In order for us tonotify you if necessary, be sure to verify the accuracy ofthe embossed Winning Edge™ card upon receipt. Youshould receive your Winning Edge™ card within approxi-mately 30 days from the day of your boat purchase. Ifyou have not received your Winning Edge™ card withinthis time frame please contact your Four Winns sellingdealer for resolution. If upon receipt of the card youdiscover a discrepancy, please notify Four Winns L.L.C.at 231-775-1343. A corrected Winning Edge™ card willthen be sent to you.

Other equipment manufacturers also require that theirproducts be registered with the respective companies.Warranty registration cards are provided in the owner’sinformation packet.

D - 4 TRANSFER OF WARRANTY

Four Winns confidence in the product and our warrantycommitments can extend after the original purchaser maychoose to move on to a new boat. The remainder of theFour Winns warranty coverage is transferable to the sec-ond owner of the boat for a fee. The warranty may betransferred only once. Registration of the second owneris required and the amount of the transfer fee is indi-cated on the warranty statement of the Warranty Regis-tration Card. Transfer of the remainder of the warrantymust occur within five (5) years of the original retail sale.The transfer fee must be paid within fifteen (15) days ofpurchase of the used boat by check, money order orcashier’s check payable to Four Winns. Proof of pur-chase date is required. We will notify the appropriateengine manufacturer of the boat warranty transfer. TheFour Winns Owner Protection Plan thoroughly describesthe action required to transfer warranty coverage.

D - 5 PRE-OWNED UNIT REGISTRATION

Section D-4 Transfer of Warranty discusses the need toproperly register the purchase of a pre-owned boat withFour Winns in order to transfer applicable warranty cov-erage.

WARRANTY AND SERVICE

Section DPage 2


Purchasers of all Pre-Owned Four Winns® models, re-gardless of the decision to transfer warranty coverage,are encouraged to register ownership with Four Winns.To register ownership of a “Pre-Owned Four Winns®boat,” provide Four Winns with your name, address,daytime phone number, e-mail address, purchase date,and hull serial number of the boat purchased. The hullserial number plate is permanently affixed to the star-board side of the transom.

Registration of a Pre-Owned Four Winns® boat doesnot extend or in any way affect or modify the specificterms of the Four Winns Owner Protection Plan or Lim-ited Warranties.

We provide this service to the purchasers of Pre-OwnedFour Winns® boats in the interest of better boating. FourWinns welcomes every purchaser of a Four Winns® boat,new or used, to our family.

D - 6 INSURANCE COVERAGE

One of your responsibilities as a new boat owner is toacquire proper insurance protection. Insurance shouldinclude comprehensive and general liability coverageappropriate to your financial needs. Please contact yourlocal agent for assistance on insurance coverage.

D - 7 SERIAL NUMBER RECORD

The manufacturer, model, and serial number of majorcomponents are recorded during the assembly of eachFour Winns® boat. A copy of this form is included inthe owner’s packet. Using this form, you may want tohave your dealer help you complete the service informa-tion form at the back of this manual. A copy of the serialnumber record should be made and kept by the dealerin his records. This can assist the dealer in processingwarranty claims, or obtaining necessary information. Theoriginal copy of the serial number record should be keptin the owner packet. The service information form shouldremain in the owners manual for easy reference.

D - 8 PRE-DELIVERY SERVICE

Four Winns makes every effort to deliver your boat in“turn key” condition to the dealer. The process of trans-porting and handling the boat necessitates certain in-spections and adjustments prior to delivery to you. Also,various aspects of operation must be checked and ad-justed immediately prior to final delivery and use.

The selling Four Winns dealer must perform this thor-ough review of the boat and its numerous systems dur-ing the commissioning or “dealer pre-delivery service” ofthe craft.

A Four Winns Pre-Delivery Inspection Form is part ofthe Warranty Registration Card. It lists the many itemsencompassed by the pre-delivery service previously de-scribed. The dealer is to check off the items as they arecompleted, and complete the form as indicated provid-ing specific performance related information appropri-ately.

Your Four Winns dealer will sign the Pre-Delivery In-spection Form of the Warranty Registration Card uponcompletion of the work. You will also be asked to signthe Pre-Delivery Inspection Form upon accepting deliv-ery of the boat. You are to retain the two copies marked“Boat Owner”. Your dealer is to retain the copy marked“Dealer copy” for his records. The Manufacturer’s copyis to be mailed to the Four Winns Customer ServiceDepartment.

D - 9 REPLACEMENT PARTS

Four Winns dealers are equipped with a Four Winnsparts manual that details the components of each modeland their appropriate part numbers. Many Four Winnsdealers inventory common replacement components.

In addition, Four Winns maintains specific records onthe components used in the manufacture of each unitand makes a concerted effort to maintain componentsspecifically to fill replacement part needs.

The Four Winns dealer from whom you purchased yourboat is in the best position to meet your needs. If thedealer does not have the needed item, the dealer hasthe capability, through direct contact with the Four WinnsCustomer Service Department, to obtain it quickly. FourWinns will only sell replacement parts to establishedFour Winns dealers. If you relocate and cannot find aFour Winns dealer close to you, contact the Four WinnsCustomer Service Department for information on thenearest dealer in your area.

Section DPage 3


D - 10 OWNER’S RESPONSIBILITIES

1. Sign the warranty registration card verifying your ad-dress, model and hull serial number. The dealer is re-sponsible for mailing the warranty registration card tous.

2. Inspect the boat at the time of delivery to verify thatall systems and components are operating safely andacceptably. Read all manuals and instructions.

3. Operate all equipment in compliance with themanufacturer’s instructions.

4. Review the pre-delivery checklist for the boat andengine with your dealer when you take delivery.

5. Schedule your 20-hour boat and engine checkup withyour dealer.

6. Know how to safely operate your boat and the rulesof the road before you use your boat.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that your dealer checks theengine alignment during your boat’s 20-hour checkup.The engine alignment check should be performed inaccordance with recommended procedures as statedby the engine manufacturer in your engine owner’smanual. Failure to do so could result in drive train dam-age which is not covered under the warranty.

7. We recommend that you review your engine ownersmanual and warranty certificate for break-in advice, ini-tial inspection and service requirements.

8. Perform or provide for the scheduled maintenancechecks outlined in this manual and all related serviceguides and manuals.

9. You are responsible for any modifications made tothe boat or its equipment that could affect the safe op-eration of the boat.

Along with boating, comes responsibility. Responsibil-ity for safety, boating laws, and the environment. Pleasethink about the future of our waterways, oceans andmarine life while you’re out enjoying them and take allnecessary measures to help protect what natural habi-tats we have left. Keeping our waterways and marinehabitats free from debris, and showing consideration forthe creatures who thrive in these environments are someways you can help assure the pleasure of boating foryears to come.

The operator is also responsible for complying with thefollowing procedures and operational requirements:

• State registration• Insurance• Warranty registration• Warranty terms and conditions• Rules of the road• Break-in procedure• Proper maintenance of the boat and its systems• Safety equipment• Safety training of passengers and crews• Knowledge of boat systems• Seaworthiness/operational inspection• Safe operating practices• Avoiding use of drugs/alcohol• Environmental regulations• Accident reporting

D - 11 CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS

All our boats meet or exceed the construction standardsset by the U.S. Coast Guard and the American Boatand Yacht Council (ABYC) concerning:

• Navigational lights• Factory installed fuel systems• Engine and fuel tank compartment ventilation• Flotation• Steering systems• Backfire flame arresters

We recommend that you see your dealer if you wish tomodify factory-installed equipment or add new equip-ment. Your dealer is qualified to make such modifica-tions or additions without placing the safety or designintegrity of your boat at risk and without invalidating thewarranty.

D - 12 WINN GEAR™

Show your colors! Four Winns offers a complete line ofsports clothing designed to complement your new boat.Your Four Winns dealer has a complete catalog andpricing. Our Winn Gear™ line is also on display on ourwebsite at www.fourwinns.com.

Section EPage 1


ENGINES AND INSTRUMENTATIONE- 1 GENERAL

DO NOT attempt to service any engine withoutbeing totally familiar with the safe and properservice procedures. Do not attempt to main-tain or adjust an engine while it is running.Certain moving parts are exposed and failingto shut off the engine can result in seriousinjury or death.

Four Winns does not manufacture engines. Becauseof the technical nature of the engines, all manufacturersof these items require that warranty and service prob-lems be taken directly to an authorized dealer for reso-lution. The Four Winns dealer from whom you purchasedyour boat will handle all warranty and service matterswith the engine manufacturer for you.

In compliance with the Federal Boat Safety Act of 1971,all engine manufacturers require their products to beregistered. A registration card is furnished with eachnew engine. When selling a Four Winns® boat, thedealer, along with the purchaser, should complete theinformation requested on these cards and return themto the respective engine manufacturers. Engine regis-tration cards are provided with the engine and will usu-ally be found with the owner’s information packet.

Each manufacturer of the various marine power compo-nents provides an owners information manual with theirproduct. This publication is included with this manual.It is important that you read the manual(s) carefully andbecome completely familiar with proper care and op-eration of the engine system. Be sure to read the sec-tion on winterization. Replacement costs associatedwith frozen engine components are quite substantial.

Also review the other sections in this manual, espe-cially Sections I on Fuel Systems, and Section F onControl Systems.

E - 2 ENGINE EXHAUST

The carbon monoxide in exhaust fumes can be hazard-ous. It is important for you and your passengers to beaware of the potential safety hazard created by exhaustfumes. Familiarize yourself with the symptoms of indi-viduals overcome by carbon monoxide, and most impor-tantly, ways you can protect yourself and your guests.

DO NOT inhale exhaust fumes! Exhaust con-tains carbon monoxide which is colorless andodorless. Carbon monoxide is a dangerous gasthat is potentially lethal.

Persons overcome by carbon monoxide mayexhibit the following symptoms:

a. Watering and itchy eyesb. Flushed appearancec. Throbbing templesd. Inattentivenesse. Inability to think coherentlyf. Ringing in the earsg. Tightness across the chesth. Headachei. Drowsinessj. Incoherencek. Nauseal. Dizzinessm. Fatiguen. Vomitingo. Collapsep. Convulsions

IF YOU THINK EXHAUST FUMES ARE ENTERINGYOUR BOAT, DETERMINE THE CAUSE AND HAVEIT CORRECTED IMMEDIATELY!

The following suggestions can help prevent exhaust fumesfrom entering the boat:

1. DO NOT allow the boat to remain stationary withthe engine running for an extended period of time. Donot stand or swim near the exhaust output or outdrivewhen the engine is idling.

Section EFreedom™/Horizon™ Owner’s Manual

B. Pitch

Pitch is a measure of helix angle, or angle of attack, ofthe rotating blade. Pitch is easily understood if one imag-ines the propeller rotating through a semisolid such asbutter or jello. The distance the propeller will travel in onerevolution is called “Pitch.” Increasing or decreasing pitchwill also have a direct bearing on engine rpm’s becauseof the greater bite taken by the blade with each rotation.See Figure E1.

Figure E1: Propeller Pitch & Diameter

C. Prop Slip

When traveling through water a propeller is unable to geta complete bite because of the fluidity of water. “PropSlip” is usually expressed as a percent of the computedtheoretical speed. Fifteen to twenty-five percent prop slipis common for a sport-type boat operating at cruisingspeed.

Changing either diameter or pitch will have an effect onengine speed and prop slip, and in turn, directly affect theperformance of a boat. The propeller(s) included with each

2. Use extreme caution while operating the engine inconfined areas such as enclosed slips or congestedpiers. Operation under such conditions could easilylead to exhaust gasses (carbon monoxide) enteringeven though you may have all the hatches, windows,doors and portholes closed.

3. Persons sleeping can be easily overcome by carbonmonoxide because they are unaware of its presence.Sleeping while the engine is running is not recom-mended. If persons are sleeping aboard while under-way, those awake should monitor for carbon mon-oxide accumulation in the cabin; especially the sleep-ing areas.

NEVER operate the propulsion engine while ev-eryone on-board is sleeping. Fatal carbon mon-oxide poisoning can occur.

For additional information, refer to Section B-2 CarbonMonoxide.

E - 3 ENGINES

Consult the Engine Owners Manual included in theowner’s packet for additional operation and maintenanceinformation.

E - 4 PROPELLERS

Knowledge of the propeller is most easily gained throughbetter understanding of the terminology used to refer tothe aspects of propeller size and performance.

NOTICENever run with a damaged propeller. You candamage the engine or drive unit. Keep a sparepropeller on board.

A. Diameter

Diameter is twice the distance from the center of the propshaft to the extreme tip of a propeller blade. Increasing ordecreasing propeller size will have a direct bearing on therpm’s (revolutions per minute) an engine will develop. Thisis due to the greater amount of propeller blade surface incontact with the water. See Figure E1.

Section EPage 3


Four Winns® boat provide the best general performancebased on data obtained from on-the-water testing of thatmodel. Variations in load, operating conditions, envi-ronment, the individual engine and hull performance maynecessitate the purchase and use of another propeller(s).

Under your normal load conditions the engine(s) shouldturn within the maximum rpm range when at full throttle.If the engine(s) exceeds the recommended rpm, an in-crease in pitch and/or diameter is required. If the en-gine rpm is too low, a decrease in pitch and/or diameteris required.

An engine that is not developing full power and the loadcarried in a boat will directly affect performance of theengine. Always be sure the engine is properly tunedand load conditions are those normally experienced,before changing propellers.

For additional information on factors affecting perfor-mance, please consult your Four Winns dealer.

E - 5 RUNNING ANGLE & POWERTRIM/TILT

Hull planing surfaces have the least amount of drag at athree to five degree angle with the water. This is thepreferred running angle when boating. The running anglehas a significant impact on top speed and handling.See Figure E2. Heavy load or certain water conditionsmay make it difficult to achieve the optimum runningangle. The running angle can be controlled through theuse of the power trim.

A. Power Trim

Trim angle is how far in or out, the drive or outboardmotor is positioned in relation to the bottom of the boat.The trim angle of the drive has a distinct affect on therunning angle of the boat.

The power trim system permits control of the trim angleof the drive relative to the boat, at the touch of a button.It allows the drive to be raised for shallow water opera-tion. Power trim also allows the operator to adjust thedrive while underway to provide the ideal running anglefor a given load and water condition. Additional infor-mation can be found in the engine operator’s manualincluded in the owner’s packet.

30

TO50

Boat Properly Trimmed

Boat Too High - Trim Bow “Down”

Boat Too Low - Trim Bow “Up”

Figure E2: Running Angle

B. Power Tilt

Power tilt allows the operator to raise and lower the drivefor trailering, launching, and beaching. Additional infor-mation on power tilt can be found in the engine operator’smanual included in the owner’s packet.

NOTICEDO NOT operate the motor with the water in-takes out of the water. Severe damage to theengine systems can result. Consult the engineoperator’s manual for specific information.

E - 6 TRIM TABS

Electric/hydraulic trim tabs are available on certainmodels. Trim tabs help provide maximum control of thehull in all water and load conditions. Used properly, trimtabs can:

a. Compensate for wind and load listing (level the boatside to side).

b. Induce faster planing and help achieve optimum run-ning angle (see Section E-5 - Running Angle & PowerTrim/Tilt).


After stabilization of speed and direction, press the up-per half of the appropriate trim tab switch to achieve alevel side to side running attitude. Be sure to press thecorrect trim tab switch to obtain the desired result.

After pressing a trim tab switch, always wait and allowtime for the change in trim tab position to take effect. DONOT continue to press the trim tab switch while awaitingtrim tab reaction. By the time the effect is noted, the trimtab will move too far and thus overcompensate.

B. Induce Planing & Controlling Trim Angle

Trim tabs can also be used to facilitate faster planing andallow better control of the running angle.

Before accelerating and trying to gain plane, press bothupper trim tab switches. This will cause both trim tabs tomove downward and force the bow down when running.This can also be used when running the boat with a heavyload aboard.

Moving the trim tabs downward will increase the lift andthe boat will achieve plane faster, or stay on plane at alower engine and boat speed.

After gaining plane and establishing cruising speed, press-ing both lower trim tab switches will cause both trim tabsto move upward and will allow the bow to rise. This shouldbe used to adjust the running attitude of the boat to de-crease the drag at cruising speed or above, or when run-ning in a following sea.

When running at an engine speed that results in the boatfalling off plane or causes the boat to plane inefficiently,lowering both tabs slightly (bow down) will improve therunning angle and improve operating efficiency.

Optimum efficiency is obtained when operating at a 3 to5 degree running angle. Utilizing too much “Bow Down”trim tab can reduce operating efficiency and causesubstantial steering and handling difficulties. Be extremelycareful when running in a following sea. The effect of trimtabs is amplified under such conditions. Steering andhandling difficulties can result from improper trim tab us-age, especially in a following sea. If unsure of proper trimtab positioning, raise the trim tabs to the full-up position.

The proper use of electric/hydraulic trim tabs requires abasic understanding of trim tab operation and some prac-tice in calm water. Be sure to read the manufacturer’sliterature included in the owner’s packet.

The trim tab control uses two (2) momentary-type rockerswitches. The trim tab switches control the attitude orposition of the boat. The trim tab switches are labeled byposition such as “Bow Up” and “Bow Down”. They arealso labeled for “Port” and “Stbd”. When pressed, thelabel indicates what happens to the bow of the boat.

Before leaving the dock and utilizing the trim tabs, ensurethe trim tabs are in the full up position. Press both lowerhalves of the trim tab switches and hold (for approximately10 seconds) until the tabs are full up.

A. Control Listing

Wind, loading and many other factors can result in theboat tilting or leaning towards one side while running. Thisis called listing and can be negated using trim tabs.

Pressing the lower port trim tab switch will move the star-board trim tab upward. This will result in the port bow ofthe boat being allowed to rise.

Pressing the lower starboard trim tab switch will causethe port trim tab to move upward and will result in thestarboard bow being allowed to rise.

Pressing the upper port trim tab switch will cause thestarboard trim tab to move downward and will force theport bow downward.

Pressing the upper starboard trim tab switch will causethe port trim tab to move downward and will force thestarboard bow downward.

Always establish your intended heading and attain de-sired cruising speed before trying to adjust running atti-tude (using the trim tabs).

Always press the trim tab switches in short one(1) second bursts. If pressed too long, you canovercompensate, and potentially lose control. DONOT try to correct the situation by pressing theother upper trim tab switch. Instead, raise thetab slightly by pressing the appropriate lower halfof the trim tab switch.

Section EPage 5


Figure E4: Helm Station - Twin Engine

A. Tachometer

The tachometer indicates the speed of the engine in revo-lutions per minute (rpm). This speed is not the boat speedor necessarily the speed of the propeller. The tachometermay not register zero with the ignition key in the OFFposition. Note: Some models come with a tachometer/hour meter combination gauge which allows for hour meterviewing at the helm. Please refer to Section E-7K - En-gine Hour Meter for information regarding the engine hourmeter.

NOTICENever exceed the maximum recommendedoperating rpm of your engine. Maintaining maxi-mum, or close to maximum rpm for extendedperiods can reduce the life of the engine.

Some engines are equipped with devices that limit enginerpm in accordance with the oil pressure, or engine tem-perature. Refer to the engine manual included in the owner’packet for additional information.

The tachometer must be set for different engines installed.This is typically done at the factory. The tachometergauge is shown along with the table detailing the tachom-eter settings. See Figure E5.

When running at high engine speeds, be surethe trim tabs are in the full up position. Trim tabaction should be only enough to compensatefor any listing. Trim tab adjustments at highspeeds are extremely critical. Be prepared toslow down should handling difficulties arise.

When running in a displacement (very slow speed) mode,better efficiency will be obtained with the trim tabs in thefull-up position.

C. Trim Tab Maintenance

Check the fluid level of the trim tab reservoir often. Al-ways keep the fluid level between the designated markson the trim tab pump-reservoir. Refer to the manufactur-ers information for specifications on the type of fluid tobe used and other operation and maintenance infor-mation.

E - 7 INSTRUMENTATION

The helm station on Freedom™/Horizon™ models areequipped with a complete set of individual engine instru-ment gauges. These instrument gauges allow the boatoperator to constantly monitor the operational conditionof the engine. Close observation of these instrumentgauges could save the engine from damage. See Fig-ures E3 & E4 for examples of helm layouts.

Figure E3: Helm Station


If the pick-up becomes clogged, the speedometer willnot register. Clean the opening with a piece of wire ordisconnect the tubing and blow out the pick-up with com-pressed air.

When winterizing the boat, the speedometer tubing mustbe drained of water. Disconnect the speedometer hoseat the pick-up assembly and at the gauge and blowthrough the tubing to remove the water.

NOTICESpeedometers are not precision instruments.The indications are relative and should never beused for navigational purposes or similar criticalsituations.

DO NOT rely on the speedometer when tryingto achieve a “NO WAKE” condition in a harboror other enclosed waterway. ALWAYS reducethrottle! Speedometers are not effective at mea-suring low operational speeds. You are respon-sible for damage caused by the wake of yourboat.

C. Temperature Gauge (4-in-1 Gauge)

The temperature gauge included in the 4-in-1 gaugesmonitor the cooling system of the engine. A sudden in-crease in the temperature could be a signal of a blockedcooling passage or a water pump malfunction.

NOTICEOperation of an overheated engine can result inengine seizure. If an unusually high tempera-ture reading occurs, shut the engine off immedi-ately.

D. Oil Pressure Gauge (4-in-1 Gauge)

The oil pressure gauge indicates the pressure in the en-gine lubrication system. A significant drop in oil pres-sure is a possible indication of an oil pump or other leak-age problem.

If the engine has been equipped with an audible enginealarm, the alarm should sound if the oil pressure dropsbelow the normal operating range of the engine. Pleasesee your engine owner’s manual for specific engine in-formation.

B. Speedometer

The speedometer is a water pressure sensitive unit. Ithas a pick-up (pitot tube) assembly mounted on the tran-som and a small plastic hose (speedo tube) that con-nects it to the speedometer gauge on the dash. SeeFigure E6. The pitot tube extends below the hull. Waterstrikes the tube inlet and creates positive pressure. Thefaster the boat speed, the greater the pressure, and thehigher the speed indication on the speedometer.

Figure E6: Speedo Sender

Figure E5: Tachometer - Rear View

Section EPage 7


NOTICEOperation of an engine with abnormally low oilpressure can lead to engine damage and pos-sible seizure. Have the engine serviced immedi-ately upon a reduced oil pressure indication.

E. Voltmeter (4-in-1 Gauge)

The voltmeter monitors battery condition and thus alter-nator performance. See Section H for additional informa-tion regarding electrical systems.

F. Fuel Gauge (4-in-1 Gauge)

The fuel gauge displays the level of fuel that is present inthe fuel tank. The fuel gauge will operate when the igni-tion switch supplying power to the fuel gauge is in theRUN position.

Due to the mechanical nature of the fuel sender, varia-tions in readings during various speeds of operation mayoccur. This system is merely a relative indication of theavailable fuel supply and not a calibrated instrument.Refer to Section I-1E - Fuel Senders for additional infor-mation.

NOTICEUse only clean fuel of the type and grade recom-mended by the engine manufacturer. The use ofincorrect or contaminated fuel can cause enginemalfunction and serious damage. Refer to Sec-tion I - Fuel Systems for additional information.

G. Power Trim Gauge

Boats equipped with stern drives also have a “power trimgauge.” This gauge provides a visual indication of theinward-outward (trim angle) position of the outdrive. Thereis not a trailer travel mode on the gauge.

H. Depth Sounder

The depth sounder is standard equipment on most mod-els. It consists of two main components, the trans-ducer and the depth sounder. The transducer is mountedto the hull and the depth sounder is installed in the dash.The transducer and depth sounder communicate bymeans of a cable, and are powered by your boat’s 12-volt DC battery. The transducer and depth sounder usethe basic principle of sonar to indicate the water’s depth.Please read the manufacturer’s literature included withthe owner’s packet for information regarding operationand maintenance.

Do not rely on depth sounder to avoid submergedobjects. Depth sounders provide a relative indica-tion of water depth only.

NOTICEDO NOT depend solely upon the depth sounderfor water depth. It is important to have navigationalcharts of the waters in which you are operating.

I. Four Position Ignition Switch

Most models use an ignition switch with four positions:OFF, RUN, ACCESSORIES, and START. Just like thethree position switch, the START position is spring loadedand the key should be held in this position until the en-gine starts. The key will return to the RUN position oncereleased. Always turn the key to the OFF position whenthe engine is not running. This will prevent discharging ofthe battery(s). The ACCESSORIES position allows theoperator to run the stereo without activating the othership’s systems. Additional information on ignition switchoperation is covered in Section A Operation, of this manual.

J. Emergency Stop Switch

This safety device automatically stops the engine if thelanyard is attached to the operator and the operator fallsfrom his work station. Refer to the engine manual fordetailed information about using this switch.

The emergency stop switch (Figure E7) incorporates ashutoff switch, switch clip, lanyard, and lanyard clip.The lanyard clip must be securely attached to theoperator’s PFD, clothing, arm, or leg. Be sure to attachthe lanyard to a place where it is free of obstructionsand to something that will move with the operator if he orshe leaves the helm station. If the engine shuts downbecause this switch was activated, the clip may have tobe reinstalled on the interrupter switch before the en-gine can be started.

Keep emergency stop switch lanyard free fromobstructions that could interfere with its opera-tion. Do not modify or remove emergency stopswitch or bypass its safety features. The properuse of the emergency stop switch will prevent arunaway boat situation which can cause severepersonal injury or death.


The hour meter is connected to the ignition switch. Thehour meter will be energized when the ignition switch isin the RUN position. Be sure the ignition switch is inthe OFF position when the engine is not operating orthe hour meter will record additional time. Turning theignition key to the ACCESSORY position will not acti-vate the hour meter.

L. Alarm Systems

Engine alarm systems are available on certain engineoptions. The alarm is audible and is actuated by variousengine sensors. The sensors monitor such things lowoil pressure, high water temperature levels and high ex-haust manifold temperatures. Consult your engineowner’s manual for information regarding the specificsystems monitored by the alarm if so equipped.

M. VHF Radio - (Optional)

Also available for certain specific models is an optionalVHF radio. The VHF radio option consists of a VHFradio, console mounting kit, an antenna, and antennamount. Please consult the manufacturer’s literature in-cluded in the owner’s packet for operation and mainte-nance of this communication system.

NOTICEFour Winns continually strives to improve its prod-ucts. Unit specifications, including standard andoptional equipment are constantly being modi-fied. Equipment availability is also subject tochange without notice. The most current andaccurate information available at the time of pub-lication is included in this manual. Some varia-tion in equipment, description, location, and de-tails can result.

N. Compass

A compass is available on many Four Winns® models.The compass can provide directional information whenoperating offshore, in unfamiliar waters, or in adverseweather conditions.

The compass must be properly calibrated after all per-sonal equipment is installed including all electronics (ra-dio, depth sounder, etc.). DO NOT rely on the compassreadings until initial adjustment (compensation) has beenperformed. The boat has a factory installed compass,the manufacturer’s instructions are provided in the owner’spacket. Most areas have local companies that special-ize in compass adjustment. If unsure of the proper com-

Figure E7: Emergency Stop Switch

The emergency stop switch can only be effective when ingood working condition. Observe the following:

1. Lanyard must always be free of entanglements thatcould hinder its operation.

2. Once a month, check the switch for proper opera-tion. With engine running, pull lanyard. If the enginedoes not stop, see your Four Winns dealer.

3. Once a month, inspect both the clip and lanyard forcuts, breaks or wear. Replace worn or damaged parts.

In an emergency situation, any occupant of the boat canrestart the engine. Just press in and hold the emergencystop switch button, then follow normal starting procedures.When the button is released, the engine will stop.

Avoid knocking or pulling the clip or lanyard fromthe switch during regular boating operation. Occu-pants may be thrown forward or possible enginedamage may occur by the sudden loss of en-gine power.

K. Engine Hour Meter

Engine hour meters are available on certain models andprovide a numeric record of elapsed engine operatingtime. This information is important in determining sched-uled maintenance intervals, ships log data, cruise infor-mation, etc. If so equipped, the hour meter will be lo-cated at the helm with the tachometer/hour meter com-bination gauge.

Section EPage 9


pensation techniques, consider having the adjustmentdone professionally to ensure accuracy and confidencein the compass.

NOTICEDuring use, keep all extraneous metal objectsaway from the compass. The close proximity ofmetal objects (e.g., beverage cans) can causecompass deviation.

O. Fish Finder

The fish finder is standard equipment on models withFish & Ski package options. The fishfinder mounts infront and to the right of the starboard helm console. Itcan swivel from helm seat to forward fishing seat allow-ing viewing from either position. If equipped, please re-fer to the manufacturer’s literature, included in the owner’spacket, for operational information.

P. Instrument Maintenance

Electrical protection for instruments and ignition circuitryis provided by fuses. The fuse block is located under-neath the starboard dash on most models or on the star-board side, below the throttle control, near the floor onother models.

Periodically, spray the ignition switch with a contactcleaner. The ignition switch and all instruments, con-trols, etc. should be protected from the weather whennot in use. Four Winns offers appropriate weather cov-ers for each model. Excessive exposure can lead togauge and ignition switch difficulties.

DO NOT use a product such as WD-40 as acontact cleaner. Be sure to read the label be-fore using any product.

Electronic gauges are affected by static electricity thatbuilds-up on the glass face. Periodic washing on thegauge face with warm water and mild liquid detergentwill help eliminate the static electricity problem and im-prove gauge accuracy.

Section FPage 1


F - 1 GENERAL

Control systems permit operation of the engine’s throttleand shift mechanisms. They consist of three major com-ponents; the shift control, throttle control, and the throttleand shift cables. Additional information on shift controloperations can be found in Section A-9.

Most Freedom™/Horizon™ models are equipped with asingle lever concealed side mount control. A gaffrig styleshift and throttle controls are featured on certain Hori-zon™ models only. See Figure F1 & F2. These con-trols allow you to select forward or reverse gear, regulateengine speed, and ensures shifting is done at low enginespeeds.

Figure F1: Gaffrig Shift and Throttle

A “start-in-neutral-only” feature which prevents starting ingear is included on both styles of controls. Refer to F-3Neutral Safety Switch in this section.

Also, the side mount control and gaffrig shift control hasa neutral lock button to prevent accidental shifting. Itmust be depressed to permit shifting from neutral to for-ward or reverse.

Built into the side mount control is a trim control switchwhich you can use to adjust the position of the out drive.This trim control switch is mounted in the gaffrig’s throttlecontrol. A twin engine application would have two trimcontrol switches. Pressing the switch in the UP posi-tion moves the outdrive out and away from the transom.Pressing the switch in the DOWN position moves theoutdrive in closer to the transom. The switch returns toits center neutral position when released. For additionalinformation see Section E-5.

CONTROL SYSTEMS

Throttle Control

Trim Switches

Shift Control

Figure F2: Side Mount Control Operation

Detent Switch

Neutral is in the center or straight up position on the sidemount control. Placing the gaffrig shift control to thecenter or straight up position also places the engine(s)in neutral. Rotating the shift control forward shifts theengine into forward. Rotating the shift control aft shiftsthe engine(s) into reverse. Moving the lever further for-ward or aft increases engine speed on the side mountcontrol while an individual throttle control lever is usedon the Horizon™ models with gaffrig style controls .

NOTICEWhen shifting, ensure engine speed is below800 RPM to avoid damaging the shifting mecha-nism.

NOTICEAllow the engine to warm up before engagingthe shift control. Monitor all instruments whileengine is idling during warm-up.

Specific information on controls and their operation canbe found in the section on “Starting and Operation” in theengine manufacturer’s manual included in the owner’spacket.

F - 2 SIDE MOUNT CONTROL OPERATION

A. Carbureted Engines

The shift mechanism on the controls can be disengagedto allow for easier starting and engine warm-up. See Fig-ure F2. To disengage:

1. Place control handle in neutral position (B).

2. Press both neutral lock button (A) and shift disen-gage button (C).

3. Move control handle forward to increase throttle.

Section FPage 2


The neutral lock and shift mechanism will automaticallyengage when the control handle is returned to the neutralposition.

4. Shift Mechanism Engaged (D).

5. Shift Mechanism Disengaged (E).

6. Reverse Shift Range (F).

7. Reverse Throttle Range (G).

8. Forward Shift Range (H).

9. Forward Throttle Range (I).

Refer to the engine manual, included in the owner’spacket, for additional information on control operation.

B. Fuel Injected Engines (EFI)

On fuel injected engines, starting the engine is mucheasier and faster. It is not necessary to use the throttlewhile in neutral to cold-start the engine. Simply turn thekey and allow the engine to warm up.

For additional information, refer to the section on “Start-ing and Operation” in the engine manufacturer’s manualincluded in the owner’s information packet.

F - 3 NEUTRAL SAFETY SWITCH

Control systems usually incorporate neutral safety switch-es within their design. This device prevents the enginefrom being started while the shift lever is in any positionother than the neutral position. If the engine will not start,slight movement of the shift lever may be necessary tolocate the neutral position and disengage the safety cut-out switch. Control or cable adjustments are required tocorrect this condition should it persist. See yourFour Winns dealer for necessary control and cable ad-justments.

F - 4 CONTROL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

Periodic inspections of the control, cables, and all con-nections should be made. Signs of looseness, rust, cor-rosion, wear, cable jacket cracks or other deteriorationrequire immediate system servicing. Replace all dam-aged components.

Generally, periodic lubrication of all moving parts and con-nections with a light, waterproof grease is in order. Cablescan be lubricated by positioning them to their fullest ex-tension and applying light grease to the inner cable nearthe jacket. Working the cables back and forth will distrib-ute the grease in the inner cable. Reapply the grease ifnecessary.

Lubrication should be performed as often as necessaryto keep the system operating smoothly. Cable manufac-turers such as Teleflex® and Morse® often offer specialtools to make cable lubrication easier.

Cable and control adjustments may become necessary.Adjustment screws in the control, on the cables and inthe linkage are provided.

DO NOT attempt control adjustments unless youare familiar with control systems service proce-dures. Control misadjustment can cause lossof control.

Other lubrication, adjustment and maintenance instruc-tions are provided by the control manufacturer and areincluded in the owner’s information packet.

Section GPage 1


STEERING SYSTEMS

The tilt mechanism is spring loaded. Due to thevariation in steering wheel offerings, the wheelmay spring up rapidly when depressing the re-lease lever. ALWAYS KEEP ONE HAND ONTHE WHEEL DURING TILT ADJUSTMENT ORINJURY MAY OCCUR.

C. Power Steering

Power steering, featured on most models, is comprisedof an engine mounted pump, hoses and steering cylin-der. Power steering works in conjunction with the helmand steering cable to move the transom mount tiller armand vertical drive more smoothly.

This is a “power assist” system and can greatly reducesteering effort required. It is not, however, a full powersteering system as is used in automobiles. Some steer-ing tension remains in the system.

On models with power steering, restricting movement ofthe steering cable will limit or stop the steering system’shydraulic assist.

NOTICEDO NOT interfere with or restrict steering cablemovement through the last 90o of bend at theengine. DO NOT use cable retainers, clampsor tie straps. Using one or all of these couldrestrict the cable movement near the engine.DO NOT tie wiring harnesses or other controlcables to the steering cable. Make sure the deckcoaming pads and bulkheads allow for steeringcable movement in all positions of trim.

If the power steering becomes inoperative, steering willbe harder and more effort will be needed to steer theboat. Check for a broken or loose belt on the powersteering pump. Also, low fluid levels in the power steer-ing pump reservoir will cause hard steering. If theseitems are not the source of the problem, check for equip-ment or other items lying on or up against the steeringcable at the back of the boat. The cable must be freeand clear to slide back and forth. Any item blocking freemovement of the cable will result in harder steering andpossible damage to the steering cable.

G - 1 GENERAL

Four Winns® boats are equipped with rotary or hydrau-lic-type steering systems. Tilt and power steering areavailable on most models.

A. Rotary Steering

In the rotary system, a rotary drum assembly is mountedunder the dash behind the steering wheel with a onepiece cable running through the boat into the enginecompartment. At the transom, the cable turns and isconnected to the engine. Additional information on steer-ing operation can be found in Section A-9.

B. Tilt Steering

If equipped with tilt steering, depress the release lever(adjusting tab) with your thumb to tilt the steering wheel.Be sure to hold the top of the wheel to assist in position-ing. Release the lever once the steering wheel is in theposition desired. See Figure G1. Refer to the steeringmanufacturer’s literature, included in the owner’s packet,for additional information.

Figure G1: Tilt Steering Option

The tilt mechanism should not be adjusted whenthe boat is moving. Sudden boat movementmay cause loss of balance resulting in loss ofcontrol and/or injury.

Section GPage 2


Figure G2: Hydraulic Steering

Upon commissioning the boat, it is necessary to purgethe system of air. This is performed by your Four Winnsdealer during pre-delivery service. Should steering diffi-culty increase with time, it is possible additional bleedingof the system is required. See your Four Winns dealerfor assistance. This and other adjustments on powersteering units are critical and should be performed onlyby a qualified service technician.

NOTICEIf equipped with the hydraulic system, a slightclicking sound may be heard as the wheel isturned. This sound is the opening and closingof valves in the helm unit; this is normal.

G - 2 PROPELLER TORQUE

The propeller rotation of a single engine installation willexert a directional force on the steering system. Thiscan cause the steering to be harder in one direction thanthe other, and is called propeller torque. If this occurs,adjust the drive or outboard’s trim tab (when applicable).Refer to the engine manual, included in the owner’spacket, for information on adjusting the trim tab.

Propeller torque can also cause the boat to wander (notfollow a straight line) when operated at low speeds. Thiscondition is normal and can be corrected only by increas-ing engine rpm. Wind, water currents and play in steer-ing components can cause equivalent effects.

If the power steering system cannot be corrected onboard, proceed at a reduced speed. The boat will besteerable, but with increased effort. Return the boat toyour Four Winns dealer as soon as possible to correctthe power steering system.

If equipped with power steering, check the fluidlevel in the reservoir periodically. Low powersteering fluid levels may increase steering diffi-culty.

After the first two hours of running time, checkthe entire steering system for loose bolts, nutsand fasteners which could adversely affect steer-ing control.

NOTICEWhen storing equipment in the engine compart-ment, be sure to avoid contact with the steeringcable. Cables may become kinked or damagedand may increase steering effort.

NOTICEDO NOT force the steering unit to either ex-treme. This can place undue strain on the unitand can lead to hydraulic line or seal failure.

It is important that the power steering fluid be maintainedat the proper level. Do not over fill the power steeringpump reservoir. Please consult the section in the en-gine manual regarding steering system and mainte-nance. The engine manual is included in the owner’spacket. Also included in you owner’s packet is the steer-ing manufacturer’s literature.

D. Hydraulic Steering

The hydraulic steering system is comprised of the helmpump and reservoir, hydraulic hoses, and the hydrauliccylinder. The helm assembly acts as a pump to movethe oil through the system. In many aspects this type ofsteering is similar to the mechanical system. Instead ofactivating a cable, turning of the helm causes fluid in thehydraulic hoses to flow and activate the hydraulic cylin-der causing the rudders or outboards to turn. See Fig-ure G2.

Hydraulic Steering

Piston Rod

Section GPage 3


Steering effort can vary significantly with engineacceleration, steering angle, trim angle, and seacondition. Be prepared for additional steeringloads at all times.

G - 3 STEERING SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

A. General Maintenance

A periodic inspection of all steering cables, linkage andhelm assemblies should be made. Signs of corrosion,cracking, loosening of fastenings, excessive wear, ordeterioration should be immediately corrected. Failureto do so could lead to steering system failure and corre-sponding loss of control.

NOTICECheck all bolts, nuts and fasteners for tightness.

B. Rotary System Maintenance

The helm and cable assembly should be so adjustedthat the steering wheel is centered with the drive or out-board engine in the straight ahead position. There shouldbe an equal number of turns to port and starboard fromthe straight ahead position. If adjustment becomesnecessary, see your Four Winns dealer.

Check all metal parts at the cable output end for corro-sion. Remove any old grease from the cable ram andmotor swivel connections using a mild solvent such asWD-40. Spray the cleaned areas with a moisture-dis-placing lubricant and apply a light coat of good qualitymarine grease. Do this with the ram fully extended. SeeFigure G3.

Figure G3: Steering Cable

C. Hydraulic System Maintenance

Hydraulic steering systems must periodically have all airpurged from the system. Review the information provid-ed by the hydraulic steering manufacturer for properspecifications and details on system service and mainte-nance.

D. Winter Storage

If the boat is placed in winter storage or used infrequently,clean the cable ram as instructed earlier. Cycle the steer-ing several times when applying lubricant. If at any timethe steering system becomes stiff, has an excessiveamount of freeplay or shows any change in its operatingcharacteristics, contact your Four Winns dealer to havethe system inspected.

Section HPage 1


H - 1 GENERAL

All electrical equipment on Four Winns® boats operateon 12 volt DC electrical power.

Fire or Explosion Hazard!Electrical system parts are designed by andmanufactured to comply with the U.S. CoastGuard requirements to minimize risks of fireor explosion. Never substitute automotiveparts for marine parts. Automotive parts donot provide the necessary ignition spark pro-tection.

To prevent equipment or electrical wiring dam-age, DO NOT tamper with any electrical con-nection, panel or harness, or attempt installa-tion of any electrical equipment unless thor-oughly familiar with the systems and are experi-enced in making such installations.

For detailed information on the electrical system wiring,electrical schematics are located in the back of thismanual.

H - 2 BATTERY SYSTEM

A. Single Battery System

On most models, a single battery is provided as stan-dard equipment (12 volt DC) per Section H-1 above. Thedash components are protected by a fuse panel eitherlocated below the helm or starboard of the helm, belowthe throttle shift control. Refer to Figure H1 and to thewiring schematics located in the back of this manual.

When installing the battery, proceed as follows:

1. Connect the red (positive) cable running from theengine starter solenoid to the positive (+) battery ter-minal.

2. Connect the black (negative) battery cable runningfrom the engine block to the negative (-) battery ter-minal.

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

BLACKBATTERYCABLE

ENGINE

STARTERSOLENOID

BATTERY

RED BATTERY CABLE

When disconnecting the cables from the battery,make sure all switches are off and disconnectthe black negative cable first to prevent spark.

NOTICEDO NOT disconnect the battery while the en-gine is running. Alternator damage could result.

Monitor the battery’s condition regularly with the voltme-ter in the dash panel. For additional information, refer toSection H-6 - Electrical System Maintenance.

Figure H1: Single Engine-Single Battery Installation

B. Dual Battery System

A battery selector switch is provided on single engine ortwin engine dual battery installations. This allows DCpower to be used from either one or both batteries. Re-fer to Figure H2.

Section HPage 2


to the “OFF” position when the boat is removed from thewater.

NOTICEDO NOT turn the battery selector switch to the“OFF” position while the engine is running. Al-ternator and wiring damage could result.

“1” - Turning the switch to position “1” will use battery #1to power the engine and 12 volt equipment. Battery #2will be isolated and remain in reserve. Only battery #1will be charged by the alternator.

“2” - Turning the switch to position “2” will use battery #2to power the engine and 12 volt equipment. Battery #1is isolated and remains in reserve. Only battery #2 willbe charged by the alternator.

“BOTH” - With the battery selector switch in the “BOTH”position, the batteries are connected in parallel. Bothbatteries will be used by the engine and all 12 volt equip-ment. Both batteries will be charged by the alternator.However, the batteries will charge at a slower rate com-pared to setting the switch in the other positions.

The use of one battery at a time is recommended. Posi-tion the battery selector switch to either the #1 or #2position.

Under normal conditions, avoid using the “BOTH” posi-tion. Use the “BOTH” position only when a single bat-tery is not capable of starting the engine.

Four Winns recommends alternating between batteriesduring boating. Depending upon boating use, this mayincrease battery longevity. Use battery #1 for the firstday of a cruise and switch to battery #2 on the secondday.

Position the battery selector switch to the battery thathas sufficient power to start the engine (normally posi-tion “1”). After the engine is running, turn the batteryselector switch to the battery that has the lowest charge.This will allow the alternator to charge the low battery.Utilizing the battery selector switch in this manner (in-stead of using the “BOTH” position) will supply a greatercharge to the battery.

FOR EXAMPLE: If battery #1 is fully charged and bat-tery #2 is in need of a charge, use battery #1 to start theengine. After the engine is running and warmed-up, turnthe battery selector switch to the #2 position. This willpermit the alternator to charge the low, #2 battery.

7A

AUTUBILGESWITCH

RED BATTERY CABLE

BLACK BATTERY CABLE

BLACKBATTERYCABLE

ENGINE

STARTERSOLENOID

REDBATTERYCABLE R

ED

BA

TT

ER

Y C

AB

LE

BA

TT

ER

Y

BA

TT

ER

Y

When installing dual batteries, proceed as follows:

1. Connect each of the red battery cables leading fromthe battery selector switch to the positive (+) termi-nal on each of the two batteries.

Figure H2: Single Engine-Dual Battery Installation

NOTICEBe sure both cables are installed on the posi-tive (+) battery terminals.

2. Connect the black battery cable to the port negative(-) battery terminal (see Section H-2). Connect theother black battery cable to the starboard negative(-) battery terminal.

When disconnecting the cables from the bat-tery, make sure all switches are off and discon-nect the black negative cable(s) first to preventspark.

C. Battery Switch Operation - (Specific Models Only)

Dual batteries with a selector switch is optional on cer-tain models only. Power to the engine and all 12 voltelectrical equipment with the exception of the automaticbilge pump is controlled by the battery selector switch.See Figure H2.

Dual battery selector switch positions:

“OFF” - With the battery selector switch in the “OFF”position, all 12 volt power to the boat is shut off com-pletely except to the automatic bilge pump. A separatefuse is provided on the battery switch panel for the auto-matic bilge pump. Always turn the battery selector switch

Section HPage 3


E. Battery Charger - (Excludes Fish & Ski Packages)

A battery charger is available on certain Horizon™ mod-els only and is located in the engine compartment. Thebatteries will be charged by the battery charger whenthe boat is connected to dockside power and the chargercircuit breaker is in the “ON” position.

Additional information on the battery charger can be foundin Section H-5B 110 Volt AC Equipment in this manualand refer to the manufacturer’s literature included withthe owner’s packet.

F. Fish & Ski Package

Certain Freedom™/Horizon™ models are available witha Fish & Ski package option. This includes a 12-volttrolling motor, a separate battery for trolling motor, abuilt-in battery charger, aft livewell, rod holders, ski py-lon (outboard models only), forward casting platform,fishing seats that double aft jumpseats, removable wind-shield wings and separate electrical console at the bow.

To charge the batteries using the built-in battery charger:

1. Using a grounded, extra heavy duty, marine gradeextension cord, plug the female end into the bat-tery charger inlet. See Figure H3.

2. Plug male end of extension cord into the 110 voltAC receptacle that is protected by a Ground FaultCircuit Interrupter (GFCI) breaker.

Figure H3: Fish & Ski Built-In Battery Charger Inlet

To disconnect the cord to the charger:

1. Unplug male end of extension cord from the 110volt AC receptacle.

D. Battery Switch Operation with “Emergency StartOnly” Position

The battery selector switch with “Emergency Start” po-sition is standard on certain models only. A descriptionof the various positions for the battery switch is as fol-lows:

“OFF” - With the battery selector switches in the “OFF”position and the “SHIPS SYSTEMS” circuit breaker inthe “OFF” position, all 12 volt power to the boat is shutoff except to the automatic bilge pumps, stereo and wind-lass (if applicable). Always turn the battery selectorswitch to the “OFF” position when the boat is unattend-ed for an extended period.

NOTICETwelve volt power to the cabin panel is suppliedby the “SHIPS SYSTEMS” circuit breaker onthe battery selector panel. This must be turnedon to operate any 12 volt accessories on thecabin panel. The bilge pumps and stereo re-ceive power from the ships system battery andremain on at all time regardless of battery selec-tor or ship systems switch position.

NOTICEDO NOT turn the battery selector switch to the“OFF” position while its corresponding engineis running. Alternator and wiring damage couldresult.

“ON” - Turning the switch to position “ON” will use theengine battery to power the engine and 12 volt enginerelated equipment. The ships system battery will notbe used for any engine related equipment, but will powerall other 12V equipment on the boat (when “SHIP SYS-TEM” circuit breaker is on). The isolator will allow thealternator to fully charge the two batteries, but not al-low the operator to drain down the engine start battery.“ON” is the recommended switch position for normalboat operation. This position allows maximum use of12V equipment on the boat and leaves a full charge inthe engine battery(s) for starting.

“EMERGENCY START ONLY” - With the battery se-lector switch in the “EMERGENCY START ONLY” po-sition, the engine and ships systems battery are con-nected in parallel. Both batteries will be used by theengine and all 12 volt equipment. Both batteries will becharged by the alternator through the isolator.

Battery Charger Inlet

Section HPage 4


On the Freedom™/Horizon™ models, the aft bilge pumpis equipped with an automatic bilge switch and will oper-ate whenever bilge water rises above the pump stop level.This will cause the internal float to move upward andactivate the pump.

On models with battery selector switches, the automaticbilge pump will be active when the battery selector switchis in the “OFF” position. The automatic bilge pump cir-cuitry is connected to a circuit breaker on the batteryswitch panel. Refer to Sections H-2C & H-2D for addi-tional information on battery switch operation.

When leaving your boat unattended for an extended pe-riod, check the charge on the battery(s) periodically. Alsocheck the water level in the bilge and make sure thefloat switch is functional.

If the automatic bilge pump must be disabled, discon-nect the wiring plug near the bilge pump.

Bilge Blower- The BLOWER switch is used to activatethe bilge blower. The bilge blower is used to removeany gas vapors that may have accumulated in the bilgeor engine areas.

Gasoline vapors can explode resulting ininjury or death.

1. Before starting the engine, check the enginecompartment bilge for gasoline or vapors.

2. Operate blower for four (4) minutes, and verifyblower operation. Run blower when vesselis operating below cruising speed.

To verify blower is operating place your handover the vents. DO NOT rely on the sound ofthe blower. Be sure a substantial amount of airis being exhausted by the bilge blower. Checkthe bilge blower system often, preferably beforeeach cruise.

Navigation & Anchor Lights - Moving the NAV/ANC LTSswitch towards the NAV position activates the bow lightsand the all-around light or both portions of the mast light.Move the switch to the ANC position to activate the all-around light or both the fore and aft portion of the mastlight. The center switch position is OFF.

Wipers - The WIPER switch activates the windshieldwiper. This feature is available on many of our Four

2. Unplug female end of extension cord from thecharger inlet.

NOTICEThe alternator, when engine is running, willcharge the engine/boat systems battery only.The battery charger does charge both trollingmotor and engine battery as needed and whenpower cord is plugged in.

NOTICEFour Winns continually strives to improve itsproducts. Unit specifications, including standardand optional equipment are constantly beingmodified. Equipment availability is also subjectto change without notice. The most current andaccurate information available at the time of pub-lication is included in this manual. Some varia-tion in equipment, description, location, and de-tails can result. Please refer to themanufacturer’s literature in the owner’s packet.

H - 3 12 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

A. Helm Equipment

The ignition, DC outlet, and dash panel switches are pro-tected by a separate fuse panel located either below thedash at the helm station, or on the starboard side, be-low the throttle shift control, near the floor. Descrip-tions of individual switches are described in the follow-ing:

To avoid equipment damage or electrical fires,use only replacement fuses that are of equalrating to the original fuse. Refer to the electricalschematic included with this manual for propersizes.

Horn - To sound the horn, push the HORN button.

12 Volt DC Receptacle - Permits the use of additional12 volt equipment such as a cell phone. Using the ap-propriate adaptor, the equipment draws power from theboat’s battery.

Aft Bilge Pump - The BILGE PUMP switch at the dash isused to manually activate the bilge pump in the enginecompartment. The bilge pump is used to remove waterfrom the bilge (bottom of the hull) area of the boat bypumping that water overboard.

Section HPage 5


It is activated by the FRESH WATER switch located onthe refreshment center or on the starboard helm con-sole.

B. Installation of Additional 12 Volt Equipment

On the fuse panel, non-factory installed 12 volt acces-sory equipment can be connected to the “ACC” termi-nal. Accessory equipment can also be wired directly toa newly installed “ACC” switch on the dash.

Be sure to provide proper fuse protection for all12 volt equipment that is installed. Accessorycurrent should be limited to 15 amps if the con-nection is made to the fuse block. If an “ACC”switch is used, again the current should be lim-ited to 15 amps. Gauge(s) and/or 12 volt equip-ment may operate improperly and cause possi-ble internal damage at higher levels.

C. Interior Equipment

Four Winns offers a CD stereo as standard equipmenton the Freedom™/Horizon™ models. The stereo mayinclude a remote display at the helm depending on themodel. An optional stereo remote may be installed atthe swim platform on certain models. Please consultwith your Four Winns dealer regarding availability.

Generally, the stereo is mounted either on the starboardhelm or port console. On some models the stereo isconcealed in the glovebox for added security and pro-tection. The stereo’s microprocessor is coated to helpprotect it from the elements. The stereo’s faceplate iswater resistant and the quick release door has a water-tight seal. For stereo operation, please refer to themanufacturer’s manual included in the owner’s informa-tion packet.

On certain models only, an optional 6-disc CD changeris available and is usually located in the starboard walk-thru storage compartment. For instructions on both thestereo and optional 6-disc CD changer, refer to themanufacturer’s operation manual included in the owner’sinformation packet.

Additionally, certain Freedom™/Horizon™ modelscome equipped with a satellite stereo receiver. Pleasesee your Four Winns dealer for information and activa-tion.

Winns® sportboat models. The wiper is mounted onthe starboard (driver’s) side.

Trim Tabs - If the boat is equipped with electric/hydraulictrim tabs, the trim tabs are controlled by the TRIM TABswitches. Refer to Section E-6 Trim Tabs for moreinformation.

Refrigerator (certain specific models only) - The circuitbreaker on the AC panel protects the refrigerator. Therefrigerator will automatically operate on the 12 volt sys-tem or on the 110 volt system when using the docksidepower. Using the 12 volt system can deplete the bat-tery quickly, and excessive drain on the battery maycause irreparable battery damage. Dual battery instal-lation is required for this feature. Refer to Section H-2D- Battery Switch Operation with “Emergency Start Only”Position and the owner’s packet for the refrigerator op-erating instructions.

Accessories - Additional 12 volt equipment may be addedto the boat using an accessory switch. Certain acces-sories may be wired directly to the fuse block below thedash. For more information, refer to Section H-3B - Instal-lation of Additional 12 Volt Equipment.

Cabin Lights - Cabin lights are equipped with remoteswitches and are standard on all cabin models.

Cockpit Lights - The CKPT LTS switch is used to acti-vate the cockpit (courtesy) lights.

Docking Lights - The DOCKING LTS switch is used toactivate the docking lights.

Engine Hatch - The ENGINE HATCH switch is used toraise and lower the engine lid by activating a linear screwjack(s). Pressing the upper portion of the switch marked“UP” allows the engine lid to be raised. Pressing thelower portion of switch marked “DOWN” lowers theengine lid.

Windlass (If applicable) - The WINDLASS switches ac-tivates the windlass. Refer to the Section M-7 in thismanual and the manufacturer’s literature for additionalinformation.

Refreshment Center Sink - The cockpit sink water pumpis activated by the FRESH WATER switch located onthe refreshment center or on the starboard helm con-sole.

Transom Washdown - A water pump is installed in theengine compartment for the transom washdown system.

Section HPage 6


H - 4 110(220) VOLT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Certain Freedom™/Horizon™ models are equippedwith 30 amp, 110 volt, 60 Hertz (or 15 amp, 220 volt, 50Hertz) AC electrical wiring. When the boat is connectedto a shore power outlet, the AC system supplies electri-cal power to the following items if so equipped: batterycharger, refrigerator, and outlet(s). The dockside sys-tem uses three-wire, color-coded circuitry. The black orhot wire is the ungrounded current carrying conductor.The white or neutral wire is the grounded current carry-ing conductor. The green wire, referred to as the “equip-ment ground,” is a grounded conductor, and under nor-mal conditions is not a current carrying wire. The neu-tral wires are connected together at a buss bar. Theequipment grounds are similarly connected together atanother buss bar. Each hot wire is connected to, andprotected by, a circuit breaker in the AC panel. The ACpanel is located inside the head or starboard walk-thruhelm storage compartment.

Certain models equipped with a dockside system havea main circuit breaker which protects the overall distri-bution network. The MAIN dockside inlet is usually lo-cated on the transom. The MAIN circuit breaker pro-tects both the hot and neutral input leads. This breakeris sensitive. The resulting power surge which occurswhen connecting the shore power cord may cause theMAIN breaker to trip. To avoid this power spike, turn offthe MAIN breaker before plugging in the shore powercord. Securely connect the power inlet of the boat andthe shore power receptacle. Once the shore power issecurely connected, turn the MAIN breaker back on. Ifthe connection is broken and later re-secured, the cir-cuit breaker may trip. Connections must be secure foruninterrupted dockside service.

H - 5 DOCKSIDE OPERATION

If any abnormalities appear during dockside op-eration, DISCONNECT the system immediatelyto prevent electric shock hazards! Have theboat’s electrical system and the shore sidereceptacles checked as soon as possible.

A. Shore Power Connections

To prevent electric shock hazards, use only equ-ipment with approved three wire electrical plugconnections. Be sure each item being used hasbeen tested and is free of electrical shorts andground faults.

Fifty foot, ten gauge, three wire, shore power cords areprovided with dockside wiring. The shore power cordson 60 Hertz systems have 30 amp twistlock-type con-nectors. They have a power ”ON” indicator light to easein connecting and troubleshooting. This connector com-plies with the American Boat and Yacht Council (ABYC)standards.

Some marinas are not equipped with approved twistlock-type receptacles. An adaptor is available from FourWinns which converts the twistlock shore plug to a threewire grounded household type plug. Use only an ap-proved adaptor when an adaptor is necessary.

DO NOT use a two-wire adaptor to connect to athree-wire system. These adapters do not pro-vide adequate grounding.

Shore power connection procedure is as follows:

1. Turn off the boat’s main breaker switch before con-necting or disconnecting the shore power cable.

2. Connect shore power cable at the boat first, thenconnect it to dockside shore power outlet.

NOTICEAlways connect the cord to the power inlet recep-tacle of the boat before making connections tothe shore power source.

3. Check for reversed polarity before turning on themain breaker. If the reversed polarity light is acti-vated, immediately disconnect the shore power cord.See Section H-6C Reverse Polarity Indicator.

4. To disconnect shore power, turn off the main breakerswitch on the AC electrical panel and disconnectthe power cord from the shore power dockside re-ceptacle first. Then, disconnect the cord from theboat.

Section HPage 7


C. Reverse Polarity Indicator

Improper grounds or reversed polarity at shore powerare a source of serious electrical hazard. The reversepolarity light will indicate if a problem exists at the 110AC electrical system shore connection.

If a problem exists, the Reverse Polarity Indicator Lightwill come on when the shore power cable is attached tothe inlet. DO NOT activate the shore power breakerswitch in the cabin when the Reverse Polarity light ison.

ALWAYS check the Reverse Polarity IndicatorLight in the AC distribution panel immediatelyupon connecting the shore power cord beforeturning on the AC SHORE POWER circuit bre-aker. If the light is on, a problem with a reversedelectrical connection exists. Disconnect theshore power cord immediately. Notify the mari-na and have the dock’s shore power connec-tion inspected.

Under proper operating conditions, the Reverse Polar-ity Indicator Light will not be on. A green light is pro-vided for the shore power and will be ON when docksidepower is being used.

NOTICEAlways disconnect the shore power cord fromthe dockside first before disconnecting from theboat.

B. 110 Volt AC Equipment

All 12 volt equipment is isolated from the 110 volt ACsystem (except the refrigerator which is dual voltage).Appropriately labeled circuit breakers protect all AC sys-tems on the boat. The receptacles can be used for 110volt (220 volts on 50 Hertz models) household appli-ances. Refer to the following list for information on ap-pliances and other equipment.

Battery Charger - On models with battery charger, thebattery charger is controlled by a circuit breaker on theAC electrical panel and is labeled CHARGER/REFRIG-ERATOR. The circuit breaker must be on the “ON”position in order for the charger to charge the batterieswhen connected to shore power.

Refrigerator - The CHARGER/REFRIGERATOR circuitbreaker must be on to operate on 110 voltage. If thisbreaker is off, the refrigerator will automatically operateon the 12 volt system. This can deplete the battery.Excessive drain on the battery may cause irreparablebattery damage. The refrigerator will automatically op-erate on 110 volts when provided (with the circuit breakerin the ON position). Please refer to manufacturer’s op-erating instructions included with the owner’s packet.

Receptacles - The OUTLETS circuit breaker must beswitched to the “ON” position to supply power for thecorresponding receptacles in the AC system. (For thosemodels with the receptacles built into the AC panel,power is supplied to the receptacles when shore poweris provided.)

Most receptacle circuits are capable of handling 15 am-peres. Refer to Table III for a list of equipment and theelectrical currents usually required to operate theseitems. For 220 volt, 50 Hertz models, divide all of thecurrent ratings below by 2. Usually, the power require-ment is specified on the electrical item. This is only anapproximation of the electric current usage normallyexperienced.

Table III: Electrical Equipment

EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL LOADS

Air Conditioners See motor load plate

Battery Chargers Up to 800 watts (7.3 amps)

Blankets (Electric) 50 to 200 watts (2 amps)

Coffee Makers 550 to 700 watts (6.3 amps)

Electrical Drills See motor load plate

Fans 25 to 75 watts (0.7 amps)

Fry Pan 1350 watts (12.3 amps)

Heater 1500 watts (13.7 amps)

Lights Wattage as marked

Television 1500 watts (10.5 amps)

Vacuum Cleaners See motor load plate

Section HPage 8


NOTICESome marina shore power systems may be im-properly grounded to retard electrolysis (seeSection H-7 Stray Current Corrosion). Beforeusing any 110 volt equipment, make sure thereverse polarity light does not activate when con-necting the cord to the inlet.

D. Ground Fault Current Interrupters (GFCI)

The Ground Fault Current Interrupter (GFCI) is a devicewhich protects against hazardous electrical shock fromimproper ground. An appliance electrical cord with worninsulation or damp equipment may have stray currentwhich will run through electrical grounds. Stray currentas above will result in an electrical shock.

One GFCI receptacle will protect all of the receptacleson the circuit. A GFCI may be used as a receptacle aswell as an interrupter.To test:

Push the black test button and the red reset button shouldpop out from the inner surface. The receptacle and thecircuit are now off.

Push the red reset button in until it clicks to reset it. If itdoes not reset, there is either a short in the circuit or theequipment being used, or a ground fault in the equip-ment. Unplug all appliances and reset the GFCI. Oneat a time, plug the equipment back in and turn it on. Theitem that causes the GFCI to trip is the problem item andshould not be used.

H - 6 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

A. Battery Maintenance

Be sure to keep the batteries charged. Also, keep thebatteries clean, especially the terminals and connectionlugs. The battery cables must be fastened securely whilein use.

Check the battery fluid level often, especially when acharger/converter is being used. Recharge a batteryindicating a low voltage. Determine the reason for thedischarge. Alternating battery usage with dual batteriesis important. Refer to the engine manufacturer’s manualfor additional information on care and maintenance ofbatteries.

Batteries produce hydrogen and oxygen gaseswhen being charged. These explosive gasesescape through the vent/fill caps and may forman explosive atmosphere around the battery ifthe ventilation is poor. This gas may remainaround the battery for several hours after charg-ing. Sparks or flames can ignite the gas andcause an explosion.

Fire or Explosion Hazard!Only qualified personnel should install batter-ies and perform electrical system maintenance.Do not expose batteries to open flame orsparks. Do not smoke near batteries.

Poison!Sulfuric acid in batteries can cause severeburns. Avoid contact with skin, eyes, or cloth-ing. Wear goggles, rubber gloves and protec-tive apron when working with batteries. In caseof skin contact, flush with water at least 15 min-utes. If swallowed, drink large quantities ofwater or milk. Follow with Milk of Magnesia,beaten egg or vegetable oil. Get medical at-tention immediately.

Disconnect the battery before working on elec-trical or ignition system to prevent electricalshock and accidental ignition.

B. Electrical Wiring Maintenance

Periodically, inspect all wiring for nicks, chaffing, embrittle-ment, improper support, etc. Spraying the electrical con-nections with an electrical connection cleaner will reducecorrosion and improve electrical continuity.

DO NOT allow corrosion to build up on connec-tions. This can cause equipment to operate im-properly.

Section HPage 9


H - 7 STRAY CURRENT CORROSION

A. General

Electrically induced underwater corrosion occasionallyaffects boats and their related components. This is re-ferred to as “Stray Current Corrosion” and appears assurface pitting or deterioration. Stray current corrosionis the decomposition of chemical compounds by electriccurrent.

Stray current corrosion can be caused by the polarity ofthe dockside wiring system of the boat being reversedfrom the power source (reversed polarity) or surround-ing boats, an improperly wired battery installation, otherboats that are in close proximity that have electrical powerleakages, or any other source close to the boat that haselectrical power leakage into the water. Stern drive unitsare especially vulnerable to stray current corrosion.

Periodically inspect the drive components and thru-hullfittings to determine if stray current corrosion damageexists. If corrosion damage is found, determine and cor-rect the cause of stray current to prevent further dam-age. Consult an experienced marine electrician or con-tact your Four Winns dealer for assistance.

The use of some shore power battery chargers, whilethe boat is in the water and the battery is connected tothe system, can cause stray current corrosion. Have anexperienced marine electrician review any batterycharger installation to ensure a stray current corrosionproblem will not develop. An improper battery connec-tion is a common cause of stray current corrosion.

NOTICEUse only “Coast Guard” approved battery charg-ers. Consult your Four Winns dealer for his rec-ommendations.

Corrosion is usually more prevalent in polluted or saltwater than in clean water. It is also more likely to occurwhen dockage is in an area with steel piers, large metalboats, or where shore power is in use.

Note: Some of these colors can serve more than onetype of circuit.

Wiring Color Code

roloCeriW noitangiseDeriW

deRotogtahtyrettabfoedis)+(evitisopnoseriW

.detcetorp-nonsieriwsihT.retrats

elpruP/deRepirtS

ehtmorfsnurtahteriwdetcetorppma05.mlehehttalenapesufehtotenigne

htiwwolleYepirtSdeR

.dionelosretratsothctiwsretratsmorferiW

wolleYroesufamorfrewolbeglibotdaelrewoP

.hctiws

yarGkraDotrednesretemohcatmorferiwrosneS

.retemohcat

deR/nworB .hctiwsmorfpmupeglibotsdaeL

egnarO/nworB .pmupeglibotuaotsdaeL

elpruPeriW.liocdnahctiwsnoitingineewteberiWnoitubirtsidhguorhthctiwsnoitingimorf

.stnemurtsnilacirtceleotlenap

egnarO seirosseccA

eulBkraD .sthgiltnemurtsniothctiwsmorferiW

eulBthgiLredneserusserplioenignemorferiwrosneS

.eguagerusserplioot

naTotredneserutarepmetretawmorferiwrosneS

.eguagerutarepmetretaw

kniPleufotredneslevelknatleufmorferiwrosneS

.eguag

etihW/elpruP noitisopmirT

neerG/etihW nwodmirT

eulB/etihW pumirT

deR/etihW rewopmirT

kcalB dnuorG

neerG/yarG thgilwoB

eulB/yarG thgilnretS

The American Boat and Yacht Council (ABYC) has pub-lished a standard for the color coding of boat wiring.Four Winns voluntarily complies with these standardsso the owner of the new boat can install new equip-ment or troubleshoot the electrical system. The follow-ing table summarizes the color code system

Section HPage 10


B. Galvanic Corrosion

Galvanic corrosion results from a potential electrical dif-ference existing between dissimilar metals immersed ina conductive solution (e.g., salt or brackish water). Ifthese metals touch or are otherwise electrically con-nected, this potential difference produces an electronflow between them. The attack on the more active metalis usually increased and the attack on the less activemetal is decreased, as compared to when these metalsare not touching.

C. Corrosion Prevention

Anti-corrosion anodes are attached to the bottom of thegimbal housing to prevent corrosion to your stern driveand underwater parts. These anodes will be slowlyeroded away by galvanic action and require periodic in-spection. Please refer to the section on “Anti-CorrosionAnodes” in your engine manufacturer’s manual for ad-ditional information. The engine manual is included inthe owner’s packet.

Section IPage 1


The fuel fill fitting allows for venting below the fill cap.While the tank is being filled, the air displaced by the fuelescapes through the fuel fill/vent. This reduces theamount of fuel spillage. Always open the lid slowly toallow air to escape. See Figure I1.

Figure I1: Fuel Fill

The gasket seal on the fuel fill cap assists in sealingwhen closed. A missing or damaged gasket can allowwater on the surrounding surfaces to run into the tank.Periodically inspect the gasket and the fuel deck platefor damage.

DO NOT confuse GAS deck fill plate with WA-TER or WASTE deck plates. Deck fill platesare labeled according to the intended use.

Spilled fuel is a fire hazard. DO NOT overfill oroverflow the tank, or allow fuel spills into the hullor bilge. If spillage occurs, clean up immedi-ately and dispose of soiled rags/towels in a pro-per container.

NOTICEWhen fueling at a marina, DO NOT overfill. Fuelmay spill into the water.

I - 1 GASOLINE FUEL SYSTEMS

Gasoline fuel systems used in Four Winns® boats aredesigned to meet or exceed the requirements of the U.S.Coast Guard, the National Marine Manufacturers Asso-ciation, and the American Boat and Yacht Council in ef-fect at the time of manufacture.

Tanks on Four Winns® boats are located forward of theaft bilge compartment below the floor. Please see theFreedom™ or Horizon™ specifications included in yourowner’s packet for fuel tank capacities or visit ourwebsite at www.fourwinns.com.

NOTICEUse only clean fuel of the type and grade recom-mended by the engine manufacturer. Enginedamage resulting from the use of a lower oc-tane gasoline is considered misuse of the en-gine and will void the engine warranty. Refer tothe section on Gasoline Requirements in theengine manual for information on octane specifi-cations.

A. System Testing

All gasoline fuel systems have been factory inspectedand pressure tested in accordance with regulations ineffect at the time of manufacture. Additionally, each fueltank must pass rigid tests and inspections performed bythe fuel tank manufacturer.

Prior to taking delivery, it is important that a full inspec-tion be made of the entire fuel system by the sellingdealer. An entry on the Four Winns® Pre-Delivery In-spection Form portion of the Warranty Registration Cardwill attest to the dealer’s performance of this service.

B. Fuel Fills

Fuel fill deck plates are located either on the aft deck orside decks, and are marked “GAS”. To open, insert thedeck plate key into the holes on the cap and rotate coun-terclockwise. A bead chain connects the cap to bodyto help prevent loss overboard. Be sure to utilize theproper type and grade of fuel as recommended by theengine manufacturer. See Section I-3 for additional infor-mation.

FUEL SYSTEMS

Check Valve preventsspills from fuel surge.

Baffles allow air ventilationbut trap water

Splash Shield sends overflowfrom vent back to tank

Section IPage 2


E. Fuel Senders

The fuel sender consists of a float which travels up anddown a stationary tube. The float measures the level ofthe fuel in the tank and sends a signal to the fuel gauge.See Figure I3.

Figure I3: Fuel Sender Operation

Due to the mechanical nature of the fuel sender, varia-tions in readings during various speeds of operation mayoccur. This system is merely a relative indication of theavailable fuel supply and not a calibrated instrument.With this type of sending unit a more accurate mea-surement of fuel level is obtained with the boat in alevel position.

The gauge readings will also vary with the trim angle ofthe boat. When sitting at a dock and the boat is nearlylevel, the fuel gauge will register accurately. Refer toFigure I3. When boating, the trim angle of the boatchanges and affects the gauge readings. Under theseconditions, the fuel sender will register “full” for the firstfew hours of running time until the fuel level drops belowthe 3/4 or 1/2 mark. This is caused by the angle of thefuel in the tank as shown in Figure I4.

Figure I4: Effects of Trim Angle

It is very important to keep track of hours and fuel con-sumption to obtain an average gallon per hour consump-tion figure. Refer to the fuel log located at the back ofthis manual. This will prevent any problems with run-ning out of fuel on the water.

After fueling, replace the fill cap, and wash the areasaround the fuel fill plate. Residual fuel left on the deckand hull sides can be dangerous, and will yellow the fiber-glass. It will also damage the tape stripes and logos.

C. Anti-Syphon Valves

The fuel withdrawal line is equipped with an anti-syphonvalve where the line attaches to the fuel tank. This valveprevents gasoline from syphoning out of the fuel tankshould a line rupture. See Figure I2 for anti-syphon lo-cation.

Figure I2: Fuel Tank Fittings

The fuel withdrawals are positioned in the fueltanks to achieve optimum fuel usage, and fuelline routing. At certain speeds and hull trimangles, the fuel supply at the withdrawal tanklocation can increase or decrease accordingly.Be extremely careful when attempting to oper-ate the boat on a minimum amount of fuel.Though some fuel may be in the tank, the rela-tive trim angle of the boat may cause the fuel toflow away from the withdrawal.

NOTICEAccess plates or lids are provided in the floorfor easier access to the fuel pick-up, anti-syphonvalve and sender.

D. Fuel Gauge

The fuel gauge indicates the amount of fuel in the tank.See Section E-7F - Fuel Gauge for additional informa-tion on fuel gauge use.

Section IPage 3


Dealers are equipped with some general figures on con-sumption which can be used as a guide until specificinformation on your boat is determined. Because of boat-ing conditions, speed, weight and other factors commonto your situation, fuel consumption will vary between yourboat and consumption figures developed by Four Winns.

When the fuel gauge begins to register below the “full”mark, the gauge readings will drop much faster until itreads” empty”. When this occurs, the trim angle hasaffected the sender reading. When the gauge registers“empty”, the sender has bottomed out and there may be3 to 4 gallons of fuel in the tank. See Figure I5.

Figure I5: Trim Angle Effect with Low Fuel

F. Fuel Filters

Fuel filters are installed on each engine. Filters shouldchanged frequently to assure an adequate supply of fuelto the engine. Refer to the engine manual for additionalinformation. The engine manual is included in theowner’s information packet.

NOTICECanister-type filters should be changed annu-ally.

G. Use and Maintenance

DO NOT let the odor of gasoline go unchecked.If the odor of gasoline is noted, DO NOT STARTENGINE. If engine is running, SHUT OFF EN-GINE, ELECTRICAL AND HEAT GENERATINGEQUIPMENT. Investigate and correct the situa-tion immediately! Have all passengers put onpersonal flotation devices and keep fire extin-guishers at hand until the situation is resolved.

Avoid serious injury or death from fire or ex-plosion resulting from leaking fuel. Inspect sys-tems for leaks at least once a year.

To help guard against damage, avoid the stor-age or handling of gear near the fuel lines, fit-tings and tanks.

The warning label below is placed in aft areas of out-board boats that are large enough to accommodate asix gallon portable fuel tank.

No ventilation is provided. Fuel vapors are afire and explosion hazard. To avoid injury ordeath do not store fuel or flammable liquidshere.

I - 2 FUEL STANDARDS

Be cautious when using gasoline that contains alcohol.Refer to the section on gasoline requirements in yourengine manual for additional information.

To conform to Federal Air Quality Standards, thepetroleum industry reduced the amount of tetra-ethyl lead in gasoline. Alcohol is being blendedwith gasoline to help restore the octane ratinglost when the lead was removed. While blend-ing alcohol with gasoline increases the octanelevel of the fuel, it can also create certain safetyand performance related problems for boaters.

A. Problems With Alcohol In Gasoline

Below is a list of problems which may be experiencedwhen using blended gasoline.

1. Premature deterioration of fuel system componentsmay occur. Alcohol will attack rubber fuel hoses,fuel tanks, fuel filters, fuel pumps and rubber gas-kets. This deterioration will lead to fuel system leak-age.

2. Phase separation of fuel will cause contamination.Water which accumulates in the tank through con-tamination or condensation will be absorbed by thealcohol. This water-heavy alcohol will settle at thebottom of the tank. This phase separation will leadto fuel tank corrosion. This may also result in a leanmixture to the carburetor and cause engine stallingor possible engine damage.

Section IPage 4


c. Put out all lights.

3. Before starting to fuel:

a. Ensure that boat is moored securely.

b. Be sure the proper type and grade of fuel asrecommended by your Engine Owners Manualis used.

c. Determine how much additional fuel is requiredto avoid overflow.

4. During fueling:

Keep the fill nozzle in contact with the fuel openingat all times to guard against possible static spark.See Figure I6.

Spilled fuel is a fire or explosion hazard. DONOT overflow the tank or allow fuel spills intothe hull or bilges. Avoid overboard spills. Visu-ally monitor the fuel vent located on either thetransom or side of the hull. When the tank isfull, fuel will flow from the fuel vent.

Figure I6: Grounding Fuel Hose

The use of alcohol additives in gasoline has become morewidespread. Regulations on public notification of the ex-istence of additives is currently controlled by the Environ-mental Protection Agency (EPA). Some states do re-quire that gasoline pumps display information on addi-tives (especially alcohol). If alcohol content is not posted,ask and avoid using fuel containing alcohol if possible.

B. Recommendations

Assume blended gasoline is being used and follow theserecommendations below.

1. Inspect fuel hoses often. A deteriorated hose con-taining alcohol blended gasoline will normally be softand swollen. A deteriorating hose containing no fuelwill normally be hard and brittle. In both cases thehose should be replaced.

2. Ventilate the engine compartment before starting theengine(s). Operate the engine compartment blowerfor four (4) minutes. Then, prior to starting theengine(s), check the bilge area for the scent of gaso-line fumes; DO NOT start the engine(s) if the odor ofgasoline is detected.

3. Frequently inspect the fuel system fittings. Inspectthe fuel tank, pump and filter for signs of leaks orcorrosion. Visually inspect for deteriorating metal fit-tings at the fuel hose connections.

Avoid serious injury or death from fire or explo-sion resulting from leaking fuel. Inspect sys-tem for leaks at least once a year.

If areas are found within the fuel system that appear ques-tionable, have a qualified marine technician inspect thesystem. A thorough fuel system examination should bemade by an experienced marine technician at least oncea year.

I - 3 FUELING INSTRUCTIONS

1. Avoid fueling at night except in emergencies.

2. When moored at fueling pier:

a. Do not smoke, strike matches, or throw switches.

b. Stop all engines, motors, fans, and devices thatcould produce sparks.

(Nozzle in contact with fuel opening)

(Nozzle not in contact with fuel opening)

Section IPage 5


5. After fueling:

a. Replace all fill caps securely.

b. Wipe up any spilled fuel.

c. Determine that there is no odor of gasoline inthe engine compartment or below decks beforestarting machinery, turning on lights or lightingstove. Operate the bilge blower system for atleast four (4) minutes before engine start-up.

d. Be prepared to cast off moorings as soon asengine is started.

Section JPage 1


WASTE AND WATER SYSTEMSNOTICE

DO NOT overfill the water tank. Tank damagemay result. Water capacity and tank location mayvary due to other equipment that may be instal-led on the boat.

For information concerning fresh water tank capacities,please refer to the specification sheet or visit our websiteat www.fourwinns.com.

The materials from which the components of the watersystem are made may give the water supply a peculiartaste, especially when new. This condition is normal andcan be reduced somewhat through the use of a waterfilter; such as that produced by PuriTec™. The tasteshould completely dissipate in time.

J - 2 DISINFECTING THE FRESH WATER SYSTEM

The fresh (potable) water system should be dis-infected prior to initial use.

The water system should be disinfected before first useand at the beginning of each season. The following infor-mation is a general guide to disinfecting the fresh watersystem.

1. Flush the boat’s water system thoroughly with freshwater. Make sure all non-toxic antifreeze is removedfrom the system.

2. The water system should be drained completely.

3. To disinfect the water system, use one gallon of wa-ter and 1/4 cup of Clorox® or Purex® householdbleach (5% sodium hypochlorite solution). This isrecommended for each 15 gallons of tank capacity.

4. Allow to stand for three (3) hours. If time is a factor,greater concentrations of chlorine solution will beneeded to disinfect the water system.

5. Drain the system.

J - 1 GENERAL

Some Four Winns® models are equipped with a freshwater supply system. This system consists of a watersupply tank, water distribution lines and a distributionpump. Refer to Figure J15 at the end of this section forgeneral water system diagram. The water fill deck plateis located either on the aft deck or side decks, and ismarked “WATER”. The location of the water fill deckplate for the fresh water system may vary depending uponthe model and optional equipment installed. See Fig-ure J1.

Figure J1: Water Fill

The water deck plate is appropriately labeledWATER. DO NOT fill the system with anythingother than water. Should the system becomecontaminated with fuel or other toxic solution,complete system or component replacementmay be necessary.

The water tank is equipped with an overboard vent. Main-tain a close visual watch on the overboard vent while fill-ing the water tank. Always fill the tank slowly. When thetank is almost full, water will spurt out of the vent.

NOTICEWhen filling the tank, never seal the hose to thedeck plate. The tank would become pressur-ized and could rupture.

Water Fill

Section JPage 2


6. Flush the system thoroughly with fresh water.

7. Fill the system with fresh water.

To remove excessive chlorine taste or odor which mightremain in the system, prepare a solution of one quartvinegar to five gallons water and allow this solution toagitate in the tank for several days during boating. Thendrain tank and refill with fresh water.

The cockpit sinks are equipped with traps, and the waterwill drain slowly. If the system is not operating properly,have it checked by your authorized Four Winns dealer.

J - 3 FRESH WATER SYSTEMS

A. Head Sink

Certain models have a sink placed in the enclosed headcompartment. Water will be drawn when the switch isoperated. See Figure J2. The switch to operate thefresh water system is located on the starboard helmand is marked FRESH WATER. After the tank has beenfilled, operate the pump switch until water comes out ofthe faucet. After all the air has been purged from thesystem and a steady flow of water is coming from thefaucet, turn off the pump.

Figure J2: Head Sink (Specific Models Only)

NOTICEIf the line is routed improperly, kinked or is dislo-cated, the water pump may not operate prop-erly. Inspect and correct the hose routing (ifnecessary). If a problem still exists, contact yourFour Winns dealer for assistance.

NOTICEDO NOT operate the pump with an empty tank.Damage to the water pump may result. Be surethe pump switch is off when not in use.

B. Cockpit Refreshment Center

Certain models come equipped with a refreshment cen-ter located inside the cockpit. The refreshment centerincludes common features such as a trash receptacle,sink with pressurized water system and Corian® countertop. Other features, on certain specified models only,include 110 volt ground fault current interrupter recep-tacle, refrigerator, drink holders and dual batteries. Theswitch to operate the fresh water system is located onthe refreshment center or starboard helm and is markedFRESH WATER. The same fresh water pump is uti-lized by both the head sink, cockpit sink, and transomwashdown. See Figure J3.

Figure J3: Typical Refreshment Centers

Sink

Section JPage 3


C. Transom Washdown

The transom washdown is available on certain models.The washdown unit is typically located on the starboardside of the transom. The water supply system can beused for showering or washdown purposes at the tran-som. The switch to operate the water pump is locatedon the refreshment center or starboard helm and ismarked FRESH WATER. See Figure J4.

Figure J4: Transom Shower

The fresh water tank which supplies water to the tran-som washdown is usually located in the rear engine com-partment on the port side of the boat. Other specificmodels have the fresh water tank located on the star-board side. The fresh water fill deck plate is usuallylocated on the same side as the tank. The fresh waterdeck fills are clearly mark “WATER”.

A separate toggle switch to operate the pump is locatedat the helm or refreshment center and is wired directly tothe battery. An in-line fuse is included to protect the wa-ter pump. The pump is located in the rear engine com-partment usually near the vicinity of the fresh water tank.

Models equipped with the transom washdown option willuse the same fresh water pump used for the cockpitsink. With the “FRESH WATER” switch “ON”, push thespray nozzle button to purge any air that may be in thesystem. When a steady flow of water is coming from thewashdown nozzle the air has been purged. Release thespray nozzle when finished. As the pressure builds, thepump will automatically shut off at 35 psi.

When properly primed and activated, the pressurized watersystem can be used in the same manner as the watersystem in a home. An automatic pressure sensor in thewater pump keeps the system pressurized. Simply op-erate the spray nozzle and water will be delivered. If thesystem has been recently filled, or has not been used foran extended period of time, air bubbles may accumulateat the pump. If this should happen, re-priming may benecessary.

J - 4 HEADS

A. Enclosed Heads

On certain models, a fully enclosed fiberglass head is astandard feature built into the port console. These roomyheads offer an opening port light with screen, fiberglassliner, and overhead lighting. Depending on the model, aporta potti or Vacu-flush® toilet is available. Also foundin certain models with enclosed heads is a sink withpressurized water, 110 volt receptacle, storage locker,tissue holder and removable carpet. See Figure J2. Re-fer to the manufacturer’s literature included in the owner’spacket regarding the use, care and maintenance of thevarious toilets used.

B. Porta Potti

Preparation:

Separate unit by sliding the locking lever to the left“unlocked” position and hold (Figure J5-A). Separate theunits (Figure J5-B).

Figure J5 (A & B): Separate Porta Potti

With the waste tank (lower section) sitting flat, open valveby pulling handle out (Figure J6-A).

Add deodorant through the valve opening (Figure J6-B).Use Thetford Holding Tank Deodorant (sample included)in built-in storage compartment (Figure J6-C).

Add water to cover tank bottom. Close valve and replacedeodorant (Figure J6-D).

Figure J6 (A - D): Porta Potti Preparation

Section JPage 4


Figure J9: Removing Fresh Water Tank

4. Remove waste holding tank from hold down brackets.

5. Carry the waste holding tank to any permanent toiletfacility. Rotate the pour-out spout to the desiredposition. Remove the cap. Depress the air reliefvalve with your thumb while emptying (Figure J10).

Figure J10: Emptying Waste Holding Tank

6. Rinse waste holding tank and recharge as describedunder Preparation portion of this section.

7. Reassemble unit and fasten to floor or deck.

C. Vacu-flush® Sanitation System - (Specific Models Only)

The Vacu-flush® sanitation system eliminates the un-pleasant sulfide odors which plague saltwater systems.Flush water is no longer drawn through the through-hullfittings, seacock, and vented loop. It also extends thelife of the system components by eliminating salt waterand impurities from accumulating in the system overtime.

The Vacu-flush® toilet operates in a different way fromother marine toilets. Vacu-flush® systems use a smallamount of water (a little more than a pint) per flush inaddition to a simple vacuum. The toilet is connected tothe fresh water system. Fresh water is the key to anodor free bathroom compartment. Vacu-flush® toiletsare equipped with an intergrade vacuum breaker whichprevents the possible contamination of the potable/freshwater supply. See Figures J11 & J12. Also refer to themanufacturer’s literature included in the owner’s packet.

Recombine the unit. Align hinge with front interlockingtabs. To secure unit, press downward…it should click intoplace.

Fill fresh water tank by removing the water fill cap andfilling the tank with fresh water (Figure J7). (NEVER addholding tank chemical to the fresh water tankassembly.) Replace and tighten the cap securely.

Figure J7: Filling Fresh Water Tank

NOTICEBefore each use: With seat cover closed, openand close the holding tank valve (Figure J8) tovent any pressure that may have built up as aresult of heat or altitude. This prevents upwardsplashing of bowl contents when toilet is flushed.

Figure J8: Porta Potti - Bellows Flush Operation

Bellows Flush Operation:

1. Pull out holding tank valve handle (Figure J8).

2. Push down on bellows to rinse the bowl.

3. Push valve handle all the way in to insure an odor-tightseal.

Emptying of Portable Models:

1. Empty when waste holding tank level appears full.DO NOT ALLOW THE TANK TO BECOMEOVERFILLED.

2. Make sure waste valve handle is in the closed position.

3. Remove fresh water tank from waste holding tank(Figure J9).

Section JPage 5


D. Head Pump Out

The waste holding tank should be emptied when wasteholding tank level gauge indicator on the porta potti (mod-els with pumpout option only) has changed from greento red (Figure J13) or when the waste level indicator forthe Vacu-flush system reads almost full. DO NOT AL-LOW THE TANK TO BECOME OVERFILLED.

Figure J13: Porta Potti

If equipped with the head pump out, the waste can beremoved from the tank at a pumping station. A deck platefitting labeled WASTE, is provided for this purpose. Mostmarina fueling facilities provide service for waste pumpout. For waste holding capacities, please refer to thespecification sheet, manufacturer’s literature and/or ourwebsite.

To pump out the holding tank:

1. Connect the dockside pump out connection to theWASTE plate located on the deck.

NOTICEUsually the dockside pump out connection willscrew into the waste deck plate or has a rubbersleeve that inserts into the plate and must beheld in position during the pump out operation.

2. Have the pumping station operator activate the pump-ing equipment. The waste will be drawn from theholding tank and into the pumping stations disposaltank.

3. Remove the pump out connection from the deck plate.Add 1 gallon of clean water to the holding tank throughthe waste deck fitting using a dockside water hose.

4. Repeat steps 1 & 2 above to pump out the waterused in step 3 to flush the holding tank.

5. Add waste holding tank treatment chemical availablefrom the dockside pumping station operator to thehead. Flush at least twice.

NOTICEThe Vacu-Flush switch located in the head mustbe ON in order for the toilet to flush & recharge.

To operate:

1. To add water to the toilet before using, raise flushlever until desired water level is reached. Gener-ally, more water is required only when flushing sol-ids. See Figure J11.

2. To flush toilet, press flush lever sharply down to thefloor until contents clear bowl. A sharp popping noiseis normal when the vacuum seal is broken and theflushing action begins. Be sure to hold lever downfor 3 seconds. If flush lever is accidentally releasedbefore waste clears bowl, do not attempt to flushtoilet again until vacuum pump stops running. Asmall amount of water should remain in the bowlafter flushing.

3. Do not dispose of sanitary napkins or other non-dissolving items in toilet, such as facial tissue orpaper towels. These items can cause plugging ofthe system. Refer to the “Deodorants and SpecialTissue” section in the manufacturer’s manual formore information.

Figure J12: Vacu-flush™ Vacuum Generator

1. Add Water

2. Flush For 3 Seconds

3. Do Not

Lift Press

Figure J11: Vacu-flush™ Operations

Section JPage 6


Livewell

Tailpiece

Drain

Aerator Pump

Aerator Head 90 Degree

Figure J14: Fish & Ski Livewell

Be careful when handling and storing treatmentchemicals. Not only are they toxic, but they willalso stain and damage surrounding surface.

It will be necessary to remove the top holding tank of theportable head to fill with water. Refer to the manufacturer’sliterature included in the owner’s packet regarding theuse, care and maintenance of the porta potti.

J - 5 GRAY WATER SYSTEM - OPTIONAL

The gray water system is optional on certain models only.The water from the galley sink and head sink drains intoa holding tank. The waste level indicator is located inthe head compartment. A pumpout fitting labeled WASTEbut designated for gray water is provided on the star-board side of the deck. The gray water tank is locatedin the engine compartment, center aft. See the specifi-cation sheet or our website for capacity.

NOTICECertain geographical areas have restrictions ongrey water being pumped or drained overboard.Be sure to check all local, state and federal lawsin the boating area.

J - 6 LIVEWELL

An aft livewell is available on models with Fish & Skipackage options. The livewell has a capacity of approxi-mately 7 gallons and comes equipped with an aeratorpump which is operated from a switch on the dash. Thewater is aerated as it is pumped into the tank. A hatch isincluded for access and the tailpiece regulates the waterlevel. To drain, remove the tailpiece as shown in FigureJ14.

Be sure the batteries in the boat are properly charged.Operating the pressure pump from a battery with a lowcharge will result in pump cycling. This could lead topremature pump failure.

NOTICEFailure to keep the livewell tank vent fitting cleanwill cause excessive pressure buildup within thetank during filling. This can cause water tankdamage.

Winter lay-up service procedures should include a thor-ough draining of the livewell system. Disconnect all ac-cessible fittings. Blow out all lines. Be sure the livewelltubs, aerator pump, and lines are completely dry. Freez-ing water can cause severe damage to all water systemcomponents.

J - 7 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

Be sure the batteries in the boat are properly charged.Operating the pressure pump from a battery with a lowcharge will result in pump cycling. This could lead topremature pump failure.

The decomposition of waste produces a color-less, odorless gas, methane, that is lighter thanair, combustible, and extremely lethal. Alwaysprovide sufficient ventilation when effecting repairsto the waste system and allow no odor from thewaste system to go unresolved.

A. Clean Vents and Screens

Periodically, inspect the water tank vents and thru-hullvent fittings for any dirt, wax, etc. Carefully remove anyobstruction with a pipe cleaner or similar device. Besure not to puncture any screens. The stainless steelvent cap is not removable.

NOTICEFailure to keep the water tank vent fitting cleanwill cause excessive pressure buildup within thetank during filling. This can cause water tankdamage.

Section JPage 7


NOTICEBe sure to wipe up any antifreeze that has beenspilled on the fiberglass surfaces to prevent pos-sible discoloration or damage to the gel coat.

Depending upon options and model, additional informa-tion by the equipment manufacturers is included in theowner’s packet. Also, refer to Section R for Maintenance.

B. Winterizing the Water System

Winter lay-up service procedures should include a thor-ough draining of the water system. Disconnect all ac-cessible fittings. Blow out all lines. Be sure the watertank, waste tank, pumps and lines are completely dry.Freezing water can cause severe damage to all watersystem components.

NOTICEIt may be necessary to disconnect the hose be-low the faucet to remove excess water in thelines to prevent freeze damage.

NOTICEAlways winterize the fresh water system prior towinterization of the hull drainage (bilge pump)system.

Draining the system as mentioned can be very tediousand an incomplete job can result in expensive repairs.The use of nontoxic antifreeze (such as R.V. antifreeze)designed for fresh water systems considerably reducesthe work necessary and is a more positive means ofwinterizing the system. Follow the directions includedwith the antifreeze solution.

To winterize:

1. Turn on the water pump/faucet and drain the watertank. The water tanks on some models can bedrained by removing the withdrawal hose from thetank and allowing water to drain into the bilge.

NOTICEDO NOT run the water pump without water inthe system. Pump damage can result. Bewatchful and turn the pump off as soon as thetank becomes empty.

2. Add 1/2 gallon of R.V. non-toxic antifreeze to thewater tank.

3. Turn ON the pump until undiluted antifreeze is seen.

Use only nontoxic antifreeze solutions such asR.V. antifreeze. DO NOT use ethylene glycolsolutions; the type that is used in engine cool-ant systems. These are toxic.

Section JPage 8


Figure J15: General Water System Diagram

WATER SYSTEM

Section KPage 1


K - 1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT VENTILATION

All Four Winns® stern drive models are equipped withengine compartment ventilation. This system is designedto meet or exceed the requirements (in effect at the timeof manufacture) of the U.S. Coast Guard, the NationalMarine Manufacturers Association, and the American Boatand Yacht Council.

A. Gravity Ventilation System

This system includes air intake and exhaust components.The exhaust ducting reaches to the lower bilge area. Thisprovides adequate air movement while underway and dur-ing bilge blower operation.

B. Forced Air Ventilation

All Four Winns® models except outboards are equippedwith an electric bilge blower. The bilge blower providesthe ventilation required prior to starting the engines andwhile at idle. See Section H - Electrical Systems forblower operation instructions.

Gasoline vapors can explode resulting in injuryor death. Before starting the engine, check theengine compartment bilge for gasoline or vapors,and operate blower for four (4) minutes, and verifyblower operation. Run blower when vessel isoperating below cruising speed. ALWAYS oper-ate the bilge blower while the engines are at idle.

C. Engine Ventilation System Maintenance

Periodic inspection and cleaning of the ventilation ductsis necessary to ensure adequate air circulation. A buildupof leaves, twigs, or other debris can severely reduce ven-tilation. Be sure bilge water does not accumulate to alevel that would obstruct the ventilation ducts.

Blower operation can be tested by placing a hand overthe vents. DO NOT rely on the sound of the blower. Besure a substantial amount of air is being exhausted bythe bilge blower. Check the bilge blower system often,preferably before each cruise.

Should blower noise and vibration be excessive, loosen-ing the bilge blower mounting screws and then tighteningevenly usually reduces noise considerably.

K - 2 HULL DRAINAGE SYSTEMS

A. Transom Drain

A transom drain with plug is provided in the engine com-partment to allow water drainage. When the boat is outof the water, the boat and trailer should be positioned soany bilge water accumulation during dry storage will flowtowards the transom.

Be sure the drain plug is securely in place priorto launching the boat. Upon shipment of the boat,the drain plug is usually taped to the steeringwheel.

B. Bilge Pumps

Bilge pumps are provided in the bottom of the hull to re-move miscellaneous water accumulations that might oc-cur during normal boating or weather conditions. Thebilge pump is controlled by the bilge pump switch on thedash panel. See Section H-3 for a detailed description ofthe bilge pump switches.

Bilge pumps equipped with automatic switches are stan-dard on all Freedom™ and Horizon™ models. As thewater level rises, the automatic float switch will activatethe pump.

When leaving the boat unattended for long periods of timeor during excessive rain storms, it is a good idea to checkon the boat for excessive water accumulation. Be sureboth the bilge pump and automatic float switch are oper-ating properly. The operating time of the bilge pump willbe limited to the battery capacity.

VENTILATION & DRAINAGE SYSTEMS

Section KPage 2


NOTICEWhile at rest, any bilge water accumulation mayflow forward. Therefore, operate the bilge pumpshortly after getting underway and while the boatis at a substantial running angle. DO NOT allowbilge water to accumulate. Damage to the en-gine or other components may result.

Periodically, clean the bilge pump strainers. DO NOTallow dirt and debris to clog the bilge pump intakes. Checkoperation of the bilge pump float switch often to ensuremovement of the switch is not restricted by debris, por-tions of the hull, etc.

Wipe up any oil accumulation in the bilge prior to activa-tion of the bilge pump. Pumping oil overboard will pollutethe water, and is subject to fine.

After winterization of the fresh water systems, be surethe bilge area, bilge pump and associated hoses are thor-oughly dry. Damage to the hull, bilge pump and otherequipment could occur if water is allowed to freeze in thebilge.

C. Liner Drains

Fiberglass liners are typically standard on most Free-dom™ and Horizon™ models. Liner drains are providedon these models with fiberglass liners. Fiberglass linerscan be cleaned easily by hosing the floor. The water willdrain into the bilge and be pumped overboard by the bilgepump.

D. Bilge Compartment Drainage

Certain bulkhead areas of Four Winns® boats are sealedin accordance with U.S. Coast Guard regulations effec-tive at the date of manufacture. Drainage is provided andwater can be removed with the bilge pump.

Section LPage 1


L - 2 GLOVEBOX OR STORAGE COMPARTMENT

A glovebox or a storage compartment is available onmany for these models and is usually built into the portconsole. It allows for storage of valuables under lock andkey. See Figure L2.

Figure L2: Port Helm Glovebox & Storage Compartment

L - 3 IN-DASH COOLER

Some models are equipped with an in-dash cooler forstorage of soft drinks. The excess water from melting icedrains overboard. See Figure L3.

L - 1 COCKPIT REFRESHMENT CENTER

Certain Horizon™ models come equipped with a refresh-ment center located in the cockpit either on the port orstarboard side depending upon which model you have.The refreshment center includes a trash receptacle, sinkwith pressurized water system, Corian™ counter topand drink holders. Additional features on certain Hori-zons™ may include 110 volt ground fault current inter-rupter receptacle, refrigerator, and dual batteries. Fea-tures listed may be subject to change without notice.See Figure L1.

INTERIOR EQUIPMENT

Refreshment CenterCorian™

CountertopFaucetSink

RefrigeratorTrash

ReceptacleRefrigerator

Vent

Drink Holder

Corian™Countertop

Swivel Faucet

Sink

TrashReceptacle Drink Holder

GFCIReceptacle Rai l

Figure L1: Refreshment Centers

Glovebox

Storage Compartment

Figure L3: In-Dash Cooler

Section LPage 2


L - 4 REMOVABLE COOLER

A 36-quart “carry-on” cooler is available on some mod-els. The removable cooler stows beneath the U-wrap orC-wrap lounge hinged seat in the cockpit. See FigureL4.

Figure L4: 36-Quart “Carry-On” Cooler

L - 5 HEADS

On certain Horizon™ models, a fully enclosed fiberglasshead is a standard feature built into the port console.These roomy heads offer an opening port light withscreen, fiberglass liner, and overhead lighting. Depend-ing on the model, a porta potti or Vacu-flush® toilet isavailable. Also found in certain models with enclosedheads is a sink with pressurized water, 110 volt recep-tacle, storage locker, tissue holder and removable car-pet. See Figure L5. Refer to Section J-4 and themanufacturer’s literature included in the owner’s packetregarding the use, care and maintenance of the varioustoilets used.

Figure L5: Horizon™ Enclosed Head

L - 6 STEREO

Four Winns offers a CD stereo as standard equipmenton the Freedom and Horizon™ models. The stereo mayinclude a remote display at the helm depending on themodel. An optional stereo remote may be installed atthe swim platform on certain models.

Generally, the stereo is mounted either on the starboardhelm or port console. On some models the stereo isconcealed in the glovebox for added security and pro-tection. The stereo’s microprocessor is coated to helpprotect it from the elements. The stereo’s faceplate iswater resistant and the quick release door has a water-tight seal. For stereo operation, please refer to themanufacturer’s manual included in the owner’s informa-tion packet.

The speakers are installed within the side bulkheads orseat bases.

For additional information on stereos, refer to Section H-3C of this manual and the manufacturer’s literature in-cluded in the owner’s packet.

L - 7 BURLWOOD HELM ENHANCEMENTS

A standard feature on the Freedom and Horizon™ mod-els is the burlwood wood grain accent. This consists offinished synthetic burlwood mahogany for the instrument,switch and ignition panel. For care and upkeep infor-mation, refer to Section Q-3 - Burlwood Mahogany inthis manual.

L - 8 ANCHOR STORAGE OR ANCHOR LOCKER

Certain Freedom and Horizon™ models have either stor-age for an anchor under the bow seat or have built intothe bow an anchor locker. Some models have a hiddentelescoping ladder also located inside the anchor lockerfor boarding at the bow.

To access the anchor locker simply lift the anchor lidusing the pull handle. Certain models have a notch inthe lid allowing the anchor line to pass through while theanchor lid is closed. See Figure L6. The anchor lockerhas an overboard drain to remove any water that mightotherwise accumulate. The compartment should be in-spected after each use and kept clean of dirt and debristo prevent plugging of the drain hole. For information onanchors, refer to Section M-5.

Section LPage 3


Figure L6: Anchor Locker

L - 9 SKI STORAGE LOCKER

A standard feature on the Freedom and Horizon™ mod-els is a ski storage locker. The ski storage locker isusually located in the cockpit floor, between the driverand passenger seats. The locker allows for storage ofskis, knee boards, tow ropes, personal floatation de-vices, etc. The ski storage lid is hinged and may in-clude a gas assist shock for ease of use. See FigureL7.

Figure L7: In-Floor Ski Locker

L - 10 AFT DECK STORAGE LOCKER(S) &SUNDECK COMPARTMENTS

Certain Horizon™ models have storage locker(s) locatedat the transom. Access may be gained from the swimplatform area. Depending on which style of flush pullused, you may open the locker by either lifting the flushmounted pull handles or you may have to first rotate thepull handle 180 degrees and then lift. See Figure L8.

Figure L8: Aft Storage Lockers

Additional storage compartments on certain models arelocated beneath the sundeck pads. See Figure L9.

Pull HandleFlush Mount

Notch for Line

Port Aft Storage Stbd Aft StorageWalk-ThruTransom Storage

Gas Assist Shock

Figure L9: Storage Locations - Example View OnlyNote: Quantity, locations, size & availabilty of storage com-partments/lockers & equipment vary from model to modeland is subject to change without notice.

Stbd BowStorage

Port BowStorage

Anchor/BowLadder Storage

Ski Storage

TrashReceptacle

Stbd HelmCompartment

Storage

Stbd CockpitSeat Storage

Port CockpitSeat Cooler

StoragePort Aft

Cockpit SeatStorage

Port SundeckStorage

Compartment

Stbd SundeckStorage

Compartment

Port AftDeck Storage

Locker

Stbd AftDeck Storage

LockerStern Ladder

Locker

Walk-Thru TransomStorage Locker

TelescopingBow Ladder

Section LPage 4


L - 11 BOW STORAGE

Underneath the port and starboard bow cushion is addi-tional storage for all types of gear. The port and star-board bow seat cushions are hinged on many of themodels. See Figure L10. On other models the port &starboard cushions may be removed for storage access.Additionally, a bow storage compartment is located inthe floor on certain larger models.

Figure L10: Bow Storage

L - 12 HELM STORAGE

Helm storage is available on certain models. Depend-ing on the model, access may be gained either by liftingup on the hinged starboard bow backrest or by openingthe walk-thru storage locker door. A gas assist shock isused to hold the backrest cushion in the raised positionwhile accessing the helm console locker. See FiguresL11 and L12. Note: Some models may include a portconsole storage locker. Access to the port console lockeris identical to the starboard console locker.

Figure L12: Walk-Thru Helm Console Storage

L - 13 BOW FILL-IN CUSHIONS

With the optional bow fill-in cushion(s) available on mostmodels you can turn the bow into a sundeck. See Fig-ure L13. These bow fill-in cushions can be easily re-moved or installed in a matter of minutes. Dependingon the model, the bow fill-in cushions may be stored inthe various storage areas of the boat or underneath thestarboard helm or port consoles. Please contact yourFour Winns dealer regarding inquiries about this option.

Figure L13: Bow Fill-In Cushions

GasAssist Shock

Figure L11: Starboard Helm Console Storage

Walk-Thru Storage Door

Bow Fill-In Cushion - Forward Bow Fill-In Cushion - Aft

Section LPage 5


L - 14 WALK-THRU DOOR

An optional walk-thru door is available on many of theopen bow models. The walk-thru doors are designed tokeep out the wind and weather, making for a warmercockpit area. See Figure L14. Follow the cleaning di-rections for plexiglass described in Section Q-6 - AcrylicPlastic - (Plexiglass). Please see your Four Winnsdealer for information and availability.

L - 15 AFT FILL-IN CUSHIONS (U-WRAP or C-WRAP)

Available on certain models with a U-wrap or C-wrapseating configurations are optional aft fill-in cushions.Just like the bow fill-in cushions, you can turn your sterninto a sundeck or berthing space. These aft fill-in cush-ions can be easily removed or installed in a matter ofminutes. Please check with your Four Winns dealer foravailability and other additional information with regardto this option. See Figure L15.

L-16 ADDITIONAL COCKPIT STORAGE

Additional storage is available under the aft seat cush-ions on certain models with U-wrap and C-wrap seatingconfigurations. See Figure L9. Storage and cooler ac-cess can be gained by lifting up the various cushions.Use of both hands when lifting up on a cushion will makefor an easier operation. On certain models only, quickinspection access to the engine compartment can begained by lifting up and out on the center cockpit cush-ion.

L-17 PORT SETTEE LOUNGER - (Certain Models Only)

The settee lounger not only provides a comfortable andelegant seating arrangement but offers additional stor-age space underneath. To gain access to the storagebelow, lift up on the settee cushion and pull out. SeeFigure L16.

Figure L16: Port Settee Lounger

Port SetteeLounger

Figure L14: Walk-Thru Door

Aft Fill-In Cushion

Figure L15: Aft Fill-In Cushion - C-Wrap Seating

Section LPage 6


L-18 INTEGRATED TACKLE BOX & LIVEWELL -(FISH & SKI STERN DRIVES)

As an added convenience, an integrated tackle box islocated on the starboard side of the transom decking ofthe stern drive Fish & Ski models. Built into the porttransom decking is a livewell with circulating pump andoverboard drain, perfect to keep your catch or store livebait. See Figures L17 and L18.

Figure L17: Integrated Tackle Box

Figure L18: Integrated Livewell

L - 19 COCKPIT TABLES

An optional aft cockpit table with a flush mount is avail-able on certain models. See Figure L19. Rotating thetable top while lifting will ease the removal of the tablefrom the leg. Table legs are removable for easy storageby unscrewing or unlocking the leg from the flush mountedfloor base.

Figure L19: Aft Cockpit Table

Section MPage 1


M - 1 RAILS & DECK HARDWARE

A. Rails

Grab handles have been installed to provide security forpassengers in the cockpit. Limiting passenger move-ment while underway is recommended. All those on boardshould be safely seated whenever possible. Additionalcare must be taken when in rough seas or foul weather.

The rail system and hardware fittings have been selectedand installed to perform specific functions. Fenders ormooring lines should not be secured to the rails or stan-chions. Be certain that a clear lead exists when runningdock lines or an anchor line. A line inadvertently threadedaround a stanchion or over the rail could cause damage.

B. Cleats

The cleats that have been installed are specifically de-signed and are intended to be used as mooring cleats.Their purpose is for securing the vessel to a dock, pier,mooring, or anchor.

An optional pull-up style cleat is available on certainmodels. The pull-up cleat gives your boat a more sleekstyle. When you desire to use the cleat, simply pull upon the cleat. When finished with the cleat, push in andthe cleat will remain in its retracted position until thenext time you desire to use it. See Figures M1 and M2.Please consult your Four Winns dealer for details.

Figure M1: Pull-Up Cleat - Extended

EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT

Figure M2: Pull-Up Cleat - Retracted

Four Winns® Boats are not equipped with anyhardware designed for towing purposes. The moor-ing cleats that are installed on the boat are notto be used for towing another vessel or havingthe boat towed. Refer to Section A - Operationfor additional precautions regarding grounding andtowing.

C. Transom Ski Tow Ring

The transom ski tow ring or in some cases a stern railwith ski eye, is mounted on the transom above the ex-tended swim platform. All Freedom and Horizon™ mod-els should be able to tow two skiers under normal boat-ing conditions. However, Four Winns recommends nomore than two skiers be pulled behind the boat at anytime.

Do not use ski tow fitting for lifting or parasail-ing. Fitting could pull out of deck resulting inserious injury or death.

To prevent personal injury or damage to the boat,DO NOT tow more than two water skiers withthe transom mounted ski tow ring.

NOTICESkier’s weight, boating conditions, amount of gear,and operator’s experience will affect the numberof skiers which can be pulled.

Section MPage 2


D. Stainless Steel Package Option

Available on certain models is an optional stainless steelpackage which includes a bow scuff plate, pull-up cleatsand docking lights. The bow scuff plate adds extra pro-tection for your hull and the docking lights will makedocking your boat easier during periods of reduced vis-ibility. See Figure M3.

Figure M3: Bow Scuff Plate

E. Maintenance

The majority of the hardware installed is made of stain-less steel. Regardless of the type of hardware used,periodic maintenance is necessary.

The manufacturer of our hardware recommends the fol-lowing when washing your boat:

1. Rinse the hardware with fresh water after each expo-sure to saltwater.

2. Periodically wash the hardware with mild soap, warmwater, and a sponge. Then dry it with a soft cloth.

3. Avoid cleaners, abrasives, waxes, and most of all,do not use steel wool.

NOTICEAll fittings must be periodically inspected for loos-ening, wear, and damage. Problems should becorrected immediately!

S.S. Supports

M - 2 WINDSHIELDS

A windshield is standard equipment. Windshields con-sisting of tempered safety glass and the windshield frameconsists of a painted or polished aluminum. For easyaccessibility to and from the bow, a walk-thru centerwindshield is standard. Stainless steel supports orbraces are used in all of the windshield assemblies. SeeFigure M4.

Figure M4: Windshield

We recommend you close and secure the walk-thru windshield while underway. Damage to thewindshield could result.

Secure windshield with strap when in open po-sition. Securing the walk-thru windshield willhelp prevent the windshield from accidentlyslamming closed due to high wind and/or wakecondition, thus reducing the chance of damageto windshield or injury.

Most of our Fish & Ski models come equipped with re-movable side windshield wings. See Figure M5. Re-moving these side windshield wings allows you to dropa line over the boat’s side. The removable windshieldwings should be placed in the accompanying storagebag and stowed away for safe keeping.

To remove the windshield wing, simply remove the pinwith lanyard and gently slide the wing up, out of thetrack.

Stbd W/SCorner

Port W/SCorner

CenterWalk-ThruW/S Door

W/SStrap

Section MPage 3


Figure M6: Extended Swim Platform

The ladder is “deep” and “angled” mounted which makesit easier to climb. Its starboard location means you’renot approaching a down skier on your “blind side”. SeeFigure M7.

.

Figure M7: Stern Boarding Ladder

Keep hands and fingers away from ladder hingesto prevent injury.

To install, reverse the process. Slide the wing onto thetrack and insert the pin with lanyard through the deckhinge and windshield wing.

Figure M5: Fish & Ski Removable Windshield Wing

Windshields made of tempered glass can be cleanedwith automotive glass cleaners or dishwashing soap andwater. Ensure that a clean cloth is used to preventscratching the glass.

Aluminum can be cleaned with similar products or withnonabrasive cleaners such as Fantastik™.

NOTICERead the label before using any product. DONOT use abrasive cleaners.

M - 3 EXTENDED SWIM PLATFORM - LADDER

Four Winns provides an extended fiberglass swim plat-form on certain Freedom and Horizon™ models. SeeFigure M6. The extended platform is either integratedinto the deck or extends the existing swim platform bymounting to the hull to create more space for water sportactivities. The extended swim platform has a skid-re-sistant surface and may include a self-draining storagetub. The swim platform is also recessed for the ladderand a hinging ladder lid is provided. With this design,the ladder is concealed and you do not lose valuableplatform space. In addition, a hand hold has been placedin the ladder lid to assist in boarding.

Deck Hinge

Section MPage 4


Prevent falls overboard. Secure transom walk-thru backrest and stay inside cockpit while un-derway.

To prevent personal injury, swim platform mustnot be occupied and transom walk-thru backrestdoor must be in place while engines are run-ning.

To prevent personal injury, DO NOT sit on thetransom walk-thru backrest door.

M - 5 ANCHOR & ANCHORING

Anchors are available in different shapes, sizes andweights to fit different boats, uses, and conditions. Theweight of the anchor and diameter of anchor line shouldbe governed by the size and weight of your boat. FourWinns recommends a “Danforth style” 8-pound, Attwood®“Penetrating” anchor, with a 3/8” line be used on mostthe Freedom and Horizon™ models. The recommendedline length is 100-150 feet. Larger Horizon™ models(28 feet or larger) require the 13-pound Attwood® “Pen-etrating” anchor, with a 1/2” line. The recommended linelength is 150-300 feet. A Horizon™ equipped with thewindlass option (certain models only) receives a 14-poundDelta Fast Set™ by Simpson Lawrence® with 150 feetof rope and chain. Because of differences in style, a largeranchor may be needed for different bottom or boating con-ditions. Your Four Winns dealer can tell you which an-chor will work best for your boat.

Keep anchor secure while underway to prevent damageor injury due to sudden shifting in the boat’s attitude.

Use two or more anchors if anchoring overnight or forextended periods. If not using two anchors, make cer-tain there is sufficient clearance for your boat to swingin a full circle to prevent damage in case of shifting winds.

Make certain you have enough anchor line (or scope) forthe depth of water. Your anchor line should be 6 to 7times the depth of water anchored in. For example, ifyou are in 20 feet of water, use 120 to 140 feet of anchorline.

SupportCleats

Removable CockpitAft Fill-In

Backrest (Door)

RemovableCockpit Aft

Fill-In Cushion

BackrestL-Brackets

Never approach or use ladder when the motoris running. Severe injury or death will resultfrom contact with rotating propeller.

Shut off motor when near swimmers. Severeinjury or death will result from contact with ro-tating propeller.

To prevent personal injury, swim platform andtransom entry area must not be occupied whileengine(s) are running and/or boat is underway.

NOTICE Always secure the ladder before boating.Damage to the ladder may otherwise result.

M - 4 COCKPIT AFT FILL-IN BACKREST (DOOR)

A cockpit aft fill-in backrest (door) and aft fill-in cushionare removable to allow walk-thru access from the swimplatform to the cockpit. The backrest and cushion areavailable on certain models only. To secure the aft fill-inbackrest (door) to the transom, simply slide thebackrest’s L-brackets onto the support cleats and pushdown into place. To prevent a possible man overboardsituation, make sure the swim platform area is unoccu-pied and the cockpit aft fill-in backrest (door) is in placebefore each cruise. See Figure M8.

Figure M8: Transom Walk-Thru Backrest Door

Section MPage 5


M - 6 BOW ROLLER

The bow roller assembly is standard equipment on se-lect Horizon™ models only. The bow roller extends be-yond the bow and is integrated with the anchor chute.The function of the bow roller is to allow easier retrieval ofthe anchor. It also protects the hull/deck from surfaceabrasions or gouges while either anchored or when re-trieving the anchor. Refer to Figure M9. Refer tomanufacturer’s literature for operation, care and mainte-nance included in the owner’s packet.

To prevent a possible man overboard situation,NEVER stand on, or try to utilize the bow plat-form area in any way while the boat is underway.

Figure M9: Bow Roller

M - 7 WINDLASS OPTION - (Specific Models Only)

The windlass is optional on certain Horizon™ models.A windlass is an electrically controlled winch mechanismutilized in conjunction with the bow roller for the retrievalof the anchor. The mechanical winch portion is mountedinside the anchor locker. The windlass can be controlledby either a set of switches mounted on the helm con-sole or by the foot pedals at the anchor locker. SeeFigure M10. The windlass option also comes with arope, chain, and anchor. Refer to the manufacturer’sliterature included in the owner’s packet for operatinginstructions. Please contact your Four Winns dealerfor more information.

Secure anchor line to bow eye or deck cleat.Never tie anchor line to a rail, rail fitting or otherhardware not designed to support this stress.

To drop anchor:

Approach your selected anchoring site from downwindand come to a dead stop over the spot where you wantto drop anchor. Lower the anchor.

Maneuver the boat slowly backwards until length of an-chor line is 6 or 7 times the depth of the water.

Fasten the anchor line around the bow eye or deck cleat.Anchor flukes should dig in and catch. Watch for an-chor drag by checking shoreline landmarks at the timethe anchor is dropped and one-half hour later. If the boathas drifted away from these reference marks, the an-chor is dragging and must be reset.

To weigh anchor:

Start the engine running before pulling in anchor.

Slowly maneuver the boat forward to reduce tension onthe line and make retrieval of the anchor line easier.

Raise and secure the anchor.

Always be sure to raise and secure the an-chor prior to operating your boat. Failure toraise and secure anchor before getting under-way could result in severe injury or damage toboat from rebounding anchor.

If the anchor becomes stuck, attach the vertical line tothe mooring cleat. Wave action on the bow may lift flukesfrom the bottom and free the anchor. If the anchor is stillstuck, feed out a few feet of line and attach it to the bowcleat. Maneuver the boat around the anchor, keepingthe line firm. Determine the angle that will work to pullthe anchor free.

Anchors are usually a dealer installed option. Pleasecheck with your Four Winns dealer for recommendations.

Section MPage 6


Figure M12: Docking Light

M - 9 THRU-HULL EXHAUST

Available on certain specified models only is an optionalthru-hull exhaust system. With a flick of the helmmounted control switch the exhaust system changesfrom standard operation to a full throaty rumble. An-other flick of the switch returns the exhaust system backto standard exhaust. See Figure M13. For inquiriesregarding the thru-hull exhaust option, please contactyour Four Winns dealer.

Figure M13: Thru-Hull Exhaust

NOTICEAlways be aware of local laws on noise limits.Noise means engine noise, radio noise or evenyelling by people on your boat. Good seaman-ship demands that you operate your boat qui-etly so as not to infringe on the rights of others.Do not use thru-hull exhaust unless you are welloffshore.

Figure M10: Windlass

Always utilize the chain stop provided with thewindlass/bow roller combination. The chain stopprevents the anchor from accidently releasingwhile the boat is moving thus preventing dam-age to the boat or possible injury or death toindividual(s) aboard the boat. See Figure M11.

Figure M11: Chain Stop

M - 8 DOCKING LIGHTS

Certain specific Horizon™ models are available withoptional docking lights. Equipped with these lights, dock-ing your boat becomes easier during periods of reducedvisibility. Please see your Four Winns dealer for infor-mation and availability. See Figure M12.

Bow Roller

Windlass

FootPedals

Section MPage 7


M - 10 WAKEBOARD TOWER - Certain Models Only

Certain Horizon® models have an optional wakeboardtower available. See Figure M14. The towers comewith a variety of features which will sure to please thewakeboard enthusiasts. Please see your Four Winnsdealer for information regarding this option. Refer to Sec-tion B-4 - Water Sports of this manual for safety guide-lines.

Figure M14: Wakeboard Tower

Do not use ski tow fitting or wakeboard towerfor lifting or parasailing. Fittings could pull outof deck resulting in serious injury or death.

Section NPage 1


N - 1 SEATING

A. Bow Seating

Bow seating is provided on the sportboat models. Cer-tain bow cushions have hinges or are removable to al-low for access to storage areas below. See Figure N1.

Figure N1: Hinged Bow Cushion

Bow fill-in cushions are optional. When installed, the fill-in cushions help form a berth across the bow area. Thesecushions may be stored below the port and starboardconsoles or in head compartment if applicable.

B. Loungers

The back-to-back loungers may be available on cer-tain Freedom™ and Horizon™ models. These loungersmay either be adjustable or non-adjustable dependingon the model. The loungers consist of two major com-ponents. These components are the lounger backrestand the lounger seat cushion. The lounger has beendesigned so that each component is serviceable. SeeFigure N2.

UPHOLSTERY

Figure N3: Back-to-Back Lounger - Reclining Position

Figure N2: Lounger - Seat Position

The lounger will extend into a reclining position. SeeFigure N3. A headrest brace on each end will allow fora “kickup” headrest to be created when in the reclining(lounge) position on certain models. Refer to FiguresN41, N42 & N43 at the end of this section for additionalinformation on lounger operation.

Do not sit on the headrest when in elevatedheadrest position. The headrest brace may be-come damaged, break or suddenly give waycausing loss of balance and possible injury.

NOTICEDo not sit on the very end of lounger whenplaced in the “reclining” position. Excessiveforce on ends of the loungers can bend thetrack and/or hinges, not allowing proper opera-tion.

In addition, the “adjustable” lounger is adjustable for-ward and back. To adjust, typically rotate the forwardhandle and push/pull the seat assembly. The total traveldistance or adjustment is approximately six (6) inches.

Section NPage 2


Figure N6: Bucket Seat Slider

The driver’s side bucket seat and the port side bucketseat (if applicable) can swivel and face toward the sternof the boat. When pulling a water skier, this permitsthe spotter to be in the proper position to observe. De-pending upon which model you have, the bucket seat(s)may be limited in the amount and direction of swivelpossible.

The bucket seat generally comes standard with flip-upbolster. By simply flipping up the bolster the driver isable to sit higher in the seat. This is designed to givethe driver greater flexibility, increased visibility, and ridingcomfort. See Figure N5.

NOTICEThe bucket seats may or may not rotate com-pletely 180o. The amount and direction ofswivel available depends on the model youhave.

NOTICEWhen rotating the bucket seat, damage to seat,steering wheel (if applicable), and/or coamingpad may result if attempting to rotate in thewrong direction or over-rotating. DO NOT USEFORCE to rotate the chair.

To rotate the bucket seat to face the aft position:

1. Tilt the steering wheel (if applicable) as far forwardas possible.

2. Slide the seat completely forward or rearward (asneeded to clear coaming/side pad or seat cushion)by using the lever located underneath the seat. SeeFigure N6.

3. Locate the lever on the right side of the bucket slidermechanism and lift upward to release the pin fromthe pedestal. This will allow you to rotate the seat.See Figure N7.

C. Aft Fill-In Seating

For certain boats having a U-shaped seating and C-shaped seating configurations, optional aft fill-in cush-ions may be available. You can turn your stern into asundeck or berthing space. These aft fill-in cushionscan be easily removed or installed in a matter of min-utes. See Figure N4. Please see your Four Winnsdealer for details.

Figure N4: Aft Fill-In Cushions

D. Bucket Seats

Adjustable bucket seat(s) are available on most of theseating configurations for Freedom™ and Horizon™models. See Figure N5.

Figure N5: Bucket Seat with Flip-Up Bolster

To adjust, lift up on the seat adjustment lever under theseat. Slide the seat forward or aft to the desired posi-tion. The seat will adjust approximately six (6) inches.See Figure N6.

Lift adjustment lever upto move forward and back.

Flip-Up Bolster

Section NPage 3


4. Position the seat forward or aft according to theneeds of the individual by using the lever locatedunderneath the seat. See Figure N6.

5. Tilt the steering wheel (if applicable) to the desiredposition using the tilt lever knob on the steering col-umn.

DO NOT sit on the backrest portion of any cock-pit seat. The operator could lose control of boator passengers could be thrown from boat. Also,the seat may be damaged from improper use.

E. Double-Wide Helm Seat

On certain Horizon™ models, a standard double-widehelm seat with a flip-up bolster is standard. To adjustthe helm seat push out on the locking lever under theseat, on the right. Slide the seat forward or aft to thedesired position. The seat will adjust approximately six(6) inches. This helm seat does not swivel.

F. Stern (Jump) Seats

On certain standard interiors, the motorhood and twojumpseats are installed at the stern. The jumpseats, inthe lower positions are supported by the motor hood baseand ski rack (lower upholstered pad) and/or liner. Onlyon certain models can the jumpseat be placed in anupper position to create a sunpad.

To install the jumpseats in the upper position (if appli-cable):

1. Remove the jumpseat from the lower position.

2. Place the cleat of the jumpseat into the upper re-cessed portion of the motorhood.

3. Push opposite end of the jumpseat into position.The fit should be snug and relatively flush withmotorhood pad.

To prevent personal injury, be sure the jumpseats are secure before use. Do not step orwalk on jumpseats. Jumpseats could moveand cause loss of balance.

4. Rotate the bucket seat inboard (towards the cen-ter of the boat) until it faces as far aft as possible ordesired. Once in position, push down on lockinglever to lock seat in position. See Figure N8.

After rotating, lock seat in place securely. Sud-den acceleration with seat unlocked couldcause loss of balance and possible injury.

Figure N7: Swivel Position

Figure N8: Locking Position

To return the bucket seat to the bow facing position:

1. Slide the seat completely forward or rearward (asneeded to clear coaming/side pad or seat cushion)by using the lever located underneath the seat. SeeFigure N6.

2. Locate the lever on the right side of the bucket slidermechanism and lift upward to release the pin fromthe pedestal. This will allow you to rotate the seat.See Figure N7.

3. Rotate the bucket seat inboard until it is in the for-ward facing position. Once in position, push downon locking lever to lock seat in position. See Fig-ure N8. In addition, DO NOT USE FORCE to rotatethe chair.

Pull lever toup positionto rotate seat.

FrictionAdjustmentKnob

Once in desiredposition pushlever downto lock seatin place.

Section NPage 4


DO NOT sit on the backrest portion of any cock-pit seat. The helmsman could lose control ofthe boat or passengers could be thrown fromthe boat. The seat could also be damaged ifexcessive force is applied.

To avoid possibility of occupant being thrownfrom boat, NEVER ALLOW ANYONE TO OC-CUPY AN ELEVATED FISHING CHAIR WHENTHE BOAT IS UNDERWAY AT MORE THANTROLLING SPEED.

I. Stern Drive Fish & Ski Aft Seating

On our stern drive Fish & Ski models the twin stern seatsconvert to pedestal fishing chairs in the same manneras the outboard models described earlier. Note: If Fish& Ski seat is installed and you want to gain access tothe engine compartment, you will want to first removethe Fish & Ski seat along with the pedestal.

Access to the engine lid may be gained by unsnappingand removing the sundeck pad. Removal of the centerstern seat cushion is also advisable when accessingthe engine or using the stern fishing chair (less wear &tear). You can remove the center stern seat cushion byundoing the snaps. Additionally, when the center sterncushion is removed, a storage compartment may befound underneath the now exposed carpeted supportboard. Simply remove the carpeted support board foraccess by grasping the strap. Note: The carpeted sup-port board must be installed prior to installing the cen-ter stern seat cushion. See Figure N9.

Figure N9: Stern Drive Fish & Ski - Stern Area

Engine HatchLatches Pedestal F&SSeat Mount

Carpeted Support Board(Underneath Storage)

Strap F&S RemovableFishing Seats

NOTICEDo not operate the boat with jumpseats in theirupper positions. Loss of cushions may occurdue to cushions being blown overboard.

NOTICEWhen traveling at highway speeds, be sure thejumpseats are secure (locked in their down po-sitions). Do not tow your boat with thejumpseats in their sundeck position. Air cur-rents (created within the interior when traveling)will lift the cushions up and out of the boat undercertain conditions; especially when semi-trucksor other large vehicles pass by.

G. Outboard Stern Seating

Standard outboard seating is available on the Free-dom™/Horizon models. On our outboard models thejumpseats can not be placed into a sundeck position.

H. Fish & Ski Seating

On Fish & Ski models the twin stern seats convert inseconds to pedestal fishing chairs. The fishing chairlocations are one in the bow area and one in the stern.

To turn the stern seat into a fishing chair:

1. Place the fishing chair pedestal into the floor mount. Be sure the latch locks into place.

2. Remove the stern seat by lifting the seat up andout.

3. Place the stem of the stern seat onto the pedestal.

To turn the fishing chair into a stern seat reverse theprocedure explained in the proceeding steps. To re-move the pedestal, push on the release button and liftup.

Failure to lock the fishing chair pedestal in placecould result in injury. Be sure the pedestal issecurely locked into place.

Section NPage 5


Locate the latches of the engine hatch. Lift up on thehandle portion of the latches and rotate approximately90 degrees. Rotation of latches will most likely be inopposite directions. After rotating latches, lift up usingthe handles of the latches. In some models, a gasshock is installed to assist with the lifting and holdingthe engine lid open while inspection or routine mainte-nance is being conducted. See Figure N10.

Figure N10: Stern Drive Fish & Ski Engine Hatch

To close the lid, carefully pull down on the engine lid.Grasp, the handle portion of the latches and gently lowerthe engine into its closed position. Rotate latches tothe locking positions and lower the handles into theirflush, recessed positions.

J. Top Storage

The top storage compartment at the stern of the boathas storage compartments located underneath butdoes not allow for storage of the convertible canvas topassembly as the name would indicate. The top storageis secured by a latch mechanism. A gas shock keepsthe top storage in the raised position while storing gearor for maintaining the engine. See Figure N11.

Figure N11: Top Storage

To open the top storage compartment :

Locate the strap and pull to release the latch.

Lift upward, assisting the gas shock, in opening the topstorage cushion. Once gas shock is fully extended itwill keep the top storage in the raised position.

To close the top storage compartment :

With both hands placed on the top storage cushion,lower the top storage gently into the closed position.Place both hands on top of the cushion directly over thelatch mechanism and push down to ensure the latchengages the striker.

K. Sundeck (Sunsport Seating Option)

The sundeck is typically a one piece cushion that runsthe entire width (beam) of the boat at the stern. SeeFigure N10. The sundeck can be used for sunbathingand is supported by the engine bulkhead and other sup-ports. Gas shocks or hydraulic supports assist in rais-ing the sundeck and keeps the sundeck in the raisedposition while storing gear or for maintaining the engine.The sundeck is secured by either a latch-striker type ora rubber ball and socket-type closures. See Figure N13and N14.

Figure N12: Sunsport & Sunsport Lounge Seat

To lift the sundeck using latch/striker type closure:

Locate the strap and pull to release the latch.

Using your other hand lift upward to assist the gas shockin opening the sundeck cushion. Once gas shock is

Top Storage

Strap

Latch

Sundeck Pullout Lounge Seat

Engine Hatch Latches

Section NPage 6


fully extended it will keep the sundeck in the raised po-sition.

To close the sundeck:

With both hands placed on the sundeck cushion, lowerthe top storage gently into the closed position. Placeboth hands on top of the cushion directly over the latchmechanism and push down to ensure the latch engagesthe striker.

Figure N13: Sundeck Latch

To lift the sundeck using ball and socket type closures:

Place either one or both hands underneath the cushionand lift up.

To close the sundeck:

Lower the sundeck(s) gently into the closed position.Place both hands on top of the cushion directly over the“hold-down” assembly and push down to ensure thesundeck is secured.

Figure N14: Hold-Down Assembly

L. Sunsport Lounge Seat

The lounge assembly is part of the optional sunsport seat-ing package. On most sunsport models the lounge seatslides out to create additional sunbathing space. A shockcord is attached to the lounge cushion and a bungieknob is placed on the support base. Looping the shockcord around the knob will prevent the lounge seat fromaccidentally sliding out when running in choppy water.

StrapLatch

Shock Cord

Bungie Knob

Figure N15: Pullout Lounge Assembly

To extend the lounge seat follow these steps:

1. Undo any shock cord(s) (bungie) from the knobs ifapplicable. These cords are located in the middleunder the lounge seat.

2. While facing the lounge seat, place both hands un-derneath the seat and lift slightly.

3. Pull the lounge towards you and the seat will slideinto position.

To raise the lounge seat to its upright position follow thenext set of steps:

1. Facing the lounge seat, pull the strap on the backresttowards you.

2. With the other hand slightly raise up and push thelounge seat away from you, until it will no longer goany further.

3. Lower the lounge seat down and be sure it locksinto position.

4. To be sure the lounge seat is locked into its uprightposition pull the lounge seat towards you. DO NOTLIFT. The lounge seat should not move forward.

5. Secure the shock cords around the knobs on theseat base assembly. See Figure N15.

NOTICENever operate your boat with the sundeck, topstorage or motorhood in their open positions.Doing so could result in damage or loss of cush-ion and hardware. This is also true whentrailering your boat. Cushions, if not prop-erly stored and secure, will blow out of theboat.

Section NPage 7


M. Engine Cover (Motorhood)

For those models equipped with a hinged motorhood,access to the engine compartment may be gainedreadily by releasing the latch and lifting up on the handleuntil the engine cover is in the fully opened position. Acable restraints is installed to prevent the motorhoodfrom opening beyond a certain point. To close the en-gine cover, take hold of the handle and gently lower thecover to the closed position. Apply slight downwardpressure on the handle to ensure the engine coverlatches securely. Lift up slightly on the motorhood handle(without releasing the motorhood latch) as a double-check. See Figure N16.

When closing the engine cover, do not allowthe motorhood to “slam” shut. Allowing themotorhood to “slam” shut can damage the fi-berglass, hardware and/or cause bodily injury.

Figure N16: Engine Cover (Hinged Style)

For those models equipped with a removablemotorhood, access to the engine compartment may begained by releasing the draw latches located on eachside of the engine cover. To access the draw latchesremoval of the jumpseats are necessary. See FigureN17. Quick engine inspection may be gained by liftingup on the strap of the motorhood cushion.

Engine Cover Hinges

Latch (Male End)

Cable Restraint

Figure N17: Engine Cover (Removable)

N. Engine Hatch with Electric Lift (Screw Jack)

Certain models feature a motorhood or engine hatchwith electric screw jack(s). The screw jack(s) lifts andlowers the engine hatch by pressing the switch locatedon the dash. The screw jack(s) runs off the boat’s bat-tery. The prop rod should always be utilized to helpsupport the weight to the engine hatch and to provideadded safety while working on the engine(s). See Fig-ure N18.

Figure N18: Electric Engine Hood Lift(Representative View Only - Actual Models May Vary)

To raise the engine hatch:

1. Remove the backrest walk-thru door and thewalk-thru fill-in cushion (if applicable).

2. Press the engine hatch switch or manually raisethe engine hood to its open position.

Port & Stbd Draw Style Latches

Engine Access Strap

Engine Hatch

Screw Jack(s)

Engine Hatch Switch

Prop Rod

Section NPage 8


O. U-Wrap Lounger Seating

U-wrap (shaped) seating is found in certain Horizon™models. A large amount of storage space is locatedunder the removable seat cushion. These Horizon™models usually have a 36-quart removable cooler lo-cated under the hinged seat cushion. See Figures N19,N20 & N21.

Figure N19: U-Wrap Aft SeatingNote: Representative View - Seating may vary depending upon model.

Figure N20: Underseat Storage

Figure N21: 36-Quart Cooler Storage

The engine hatch can be lifted without the screwjack(s). Use care and proper lifting techniquesto prevent possible back injury. Prop rod mustbe properly placed to keep engine hatch in openposition when lifting manually.

3. Place the prop rod into the prop rod holders in thehatch and lower the hatch so the prop rod supportsthe hatch. Note: Ensure you lower the screw jack(s)to allow the engine hatch to rest on the rod.

Always use the engine hatch’s prop rod whenworking on the engine. This provides addedsafety while helping to prolong the life of thescrew jack(s) and engine hatch.

NOTICENever operate or trailer your boat with the en-gine hatch in its open position. Doing so couldresult in damage to the engine hatch, hardware,and/or loss of cushions.

To lower the engine hatch:

1. Raise the hatch slightly and remove the proprod from its holder.

2. Press the engine hatch switch or manuallylower the engine hatch to its closed position. Ifclosing the engine hatch manually, gently lowerit to the deck. Do not allow it to just drop to thedeck.

3. Replace and secure the backrest walk-thrudoor and the walk-thru fill-in cushion (if appli-cable).

If closing the engine hatch manually, do notallow the engine hatch to “slam” shut. Allow-ing the engine hatch to “slam” shut can dam-age the fiberglass and/or cause bodily injury.

NOTICECushions, if not properly stored and secured,can blow out of the boat.

Removable Cooler

Section NPage 9


P. Cockpit Aft Fill-In Backrest (Door)

The cockpit aft fill-in backrest (door) and aft fill-in walk-thru cushion are available on certain models only. Abackrest and cushion are removable to allow walk-thruaccess from the swim platform to the cockpit. See Fig-ure N22. To secure the aft fill-in backrest (door) to thetransom, simply slide the backrest’s L-brackets ontothe support cleats and push down into place. To pre-vent a possible man overboard situation, make sure theswim platform area is unoccupied and the cockpit aftfill-in backrest (door) is in place before each cruise. SeeFigure N23.

Figure N22: Walk-Thru Transom

Figure N23: Walk-Thru Backrest Door & Fill-In Cushion

Prevent falls overboard. Secure transom walk-thru backrest and stay inside cockpit while un-derway.

To prevent personal injury, swim platform mustnot be occupied and transom walk-thrubackrest door must be in place while enginesare running.

To prevent personal injury, DO NOT sit on thetransom walk-thru backrest door.

NOTICEWhen towing at highway speeds, be sure thefill-in cushions and backrests are properly se-cured (locked in position). Air currents (cre-ated within the interior when traveling) will liftthe cushions/backrests up and out of the boatunder certain conditions; especially when semi-trucks or other large vehicles pass by.

Q. Aft Walk-Thru Center Fill-In Cushion

Certain models have a walk-thru transom design. Awalk-thru center fill-in cushion along with the backrestcreate additional seating. To install the cushion eithersnap or slide it into place. See Figure N24.

NOTICEEnsure all removable cushions and/orbackrests are properly secured or stowed toprevent possible loss from blowing out of theboat when operating at high speeds or towing.

Figure N24: Center Aft Walk-Thru Cushion

R. Sun Lounge Cushions / Sunpad

Certain Horizon™ models come equipped with a uniquestern seat converts to either two separate lounges orone large sunpad. Storage compartments are locatedunderneath cushions. See Figure N25, N26 and N27.

Snaps

SupportCleats

Removable CockpitAft Fill-In

Backrest (Door)

RemovableCockpit Aft

Fill-In Cushion

BackrestL-Brackets

Section NPage 10


3) The same procedure is used for the other sunlounge.

Figure N28: Sun Lounge - Support Pad Style

Sun lounge with hinging mechanism style operation:

1) Lift up on the seat strap and front portion of theseat cushion simultaneously until the cushion/backrest clears the seat cushion. See FigureN29.

Figure N29: Sun Lounge Lifting Strap

2) Extend the lounge until it is even with the aftportion of the lounge pad. If necessary, pushdown on the center cushion to even this padwith the rest of the lounge. See Figure N30.

Figure N25: Separate Sun Lounge

Figure N26: Separate Sun Lounge - Sunpad

Figure N27: Sun Lounge Storage

Sun lounge with support pad style operation:

1) Lift up on the backrest until it clears the seatcushion.

2) Extend the cushion until it is even with the aftportion of the lounge pad and allow the sup-port pad to rest on the seat cushion. See Fig-ure N28.

Section NPage 11


Figure N30: Sun Lounge - Leveling Pad

3) Insert the support rod into the recessed holeunderneath the forward lounge cushion and en-sure the rod is resting squarely on the floor.See Figure N31.

Figure N31: Sun Lounge Support Rod

4) The same procedure is used for the other sunlounge.

To prevent personal injury or damage to the sunlounge/sunpad and hinge mechanism, be surethe support rods are used and properly posi-tioned.

To turn the dual sun loungers into one completesunpad (see Figure N32):

Figure N32: Sunpad

1) Slide the fill-in lounge backrest L-brackets ontothe support cleats of the backrest. Certainmodels require that you simultaneously lift upboth lounge backrests and then slide the fill-inlounge backrest L-brackets onto the supportcleats of the backrest. The pattern of the padshould match. Gently lower backrests downinto position. See Figure N33.

Figure N33: Insert Backrest Fill-In

2) Slide the center aft fill-in cushion onto supportcleats of lounge cushions (if applicable). SeeFigure N34.

Section NPage 12


To prevent personal injury do not step on theaft fill-in cushion. Cushion could move andcause loss of balance.

Figure N34: Insert Fill-In Cushion

3) Snap the sunpad fill-in cushion in place. SeeFigure N35.

Figure N35: Snap in Fill-In Sunpad Cushion

4) Note: Support rods are used for both the sunlounge and sunpad configurations. Supportrods may be stored in the storage compartmentunderneath the starboard cockpit cushion.Clips have been installed to hold the supportrods. See Figure N36.

Figure N36: Support Rod Storage

To convert the dual sun loungers or sunpad back tostern seating:

1) Remove the fill-in cushions and fill-in backrestif applicable.

2) Remove the support rods and store inunderseat storage.

3) Lift up on lounge backrest and push the loungeseat cushion back into seat position. See Fig-ure N37.

Figure N37: Returning Lounge/Sunpad to Seat Positions

Section NPage 13


Figure N39: Port Settee Lounger

N - 2 EXTERIOR UPHOLSTERY CARE

A. Cleaning Vinyl

NOTICEVinyl upholstery should be cleaned and main-tained in accordance with the manufacturer’srecommendations and instructions.

The vinyl material used on the exterior upholstery shouldbe cleaned regularly with warm water and a mild dishsoap or Vinyl Finish Vinyl Cleaner® using a soft cleancloth, then rinse with a soft clean cloth. For dirt buildup,spray Vinyl Finish Vinyl Cleaner®, let soak for approxi-mately ten (10) minutes, then gently scrub with a softbristle brush. Be sure to thoroughly rinse the vinyl afterwashing with mild dish soap or Vinyl Finish VinylCleaner® to remove all residue. Towel dry the vinyl.Periodic spraying of the seats with Lysol Spray Disinfec-tant™ will help retard mildew.

To further protect the vinyl from early degradation, use303 Aerospace Vinyl Protectant®. Spray on, then wipedry. 303 Vinyl Protectant should be applied every 3-5weeks when boat is in use. Regular cleaning with mildsoap and water or Vinyl Finish Cleaner will not removethe 303.

NOTICEDO NOT apply vinyl protectants such asArmorall®. The manufacturer does not recom-mend this product because it removes the oilspresent in vinyl that keeps vinyl soft.

4) Repeat this procedure for the other sun loungeif required.

5) Insert fill-in backrest and fill-in cushion if appli-cable. Store any cushions not being used toprevent loss or damage.

S. Center Cockpit Cushion - (Certain Models Only)

The center cockpit cushion is installed on the enginehatch and provides comfortable seating for your pas-sengers. By simply lifting up and out on the center cock-pit cushion, minimum access can be gained to the en-gine compartment for quick inspections.

T. C-Wrap Aft Lounger Seating

Standard on certain models is an aft C-wrap style seat-ing configuration. See Figure N38. Storage and cooleraccess can be gained by lifting up the various cush-ions. Use of both hands when lifting up on a cushionwill make for an easier operation. Also, quick inspec-tion access to the engine compartment can be gainedby lifting up and out on the center cockpit cushion.

Figure N38: Aft C-Wrap Lounger Seating

U. Port Lounger - Settee

A cozy settee lounger is provided on portside, in frontof the cockpit refreshment center, on certain Horizon™models. See Figure N39. The settee not only providesa comfortable and elegant seating arrangement but of-fers additional storage space underneath. To gain ac-cess to the storage below, lift up on the settee cushionand pull out.

Section NPage 14


3. Ink:

Denatured alcohol or Hemisphere Ink Remover®.

4. Mildew Stains:

To kill bacteria creating the mildew, vigorously brushthe stained area with a 4-to-1 mixture of water andammonia; rinse thoroughly with water and dry.

5. Tough Mildew Stains:

Apply a mixture of one (1) teaspoon ammonia, one-fourth (1/4) cup of hydrogen peroxide, and three-fourths (3/4) cup of distilled water; rinse with waterand dry.

All cleaning methods must be followed by a thorough rinse

with clean warm water.

Certain household cleaners, powdered abrasives, steel wooland industrial cleaners can cause damage and discolorationand are not recommended. Dry cleaning fluids and lacquersolvents should not be used as they will remove the printedpattern and gloss. Waxes should be used with caution asmany contain dyes or solvents that can permanently damagethe protective coating.

*Suntan lotion, tree pollen, wet leaves and some other prod-ucts can contain dyes that stain permanently. Care shouldbe exercised and boat covers should be utilized.

Step-By-Step Vinyl Cleaning Instructions Table

A recommended “Cleaning Kit” includes:

• Ivory Dishwashing Liquid™ and water

• Clean, white towels

• Soft bristle brush

• Fantastik Spray Cleaner™

• Denatured Alcohol

• Hemisphere Ink Remover® - (for ordering informa-tion call 800-247-9901)

• Vinyl Finish Vinyl Cleaner®• - (everyday cleaning& care, call 800-247-9901)

• 303 Aerospace Vinyl Protectant® - (for ordering in-formation call 800-247-9901)

• Tough Duty Cleaner™ - (to locate the nearest dis-tributor, call 800-537-8990)

• Ammonia and hydrogen peroxide

To remove stains, follow the general guidelines listedbelow and/or refer to the Step-by Step Cleaning Instruc-tions table:

General Stain Removal Guidelines

1. Basic Stains/Grease/Pencil/Dirt:

Ivory (mild) Dishwashing Soap™ and water, orFantastik Spray Cleaner™ applied with a medium-soft brush or Vinyl Finish Vinyl Cleaner® using asoft clean cloth, then rinse with a soft clean cloth.

2. Tough Stains/Adhesive/Teak Oil/Rust:

Tough Duty Cleaner™; rinse with soap and water orspray with Vinyl Finish Vinyl Cleaner®, let soak forapproximately ten (10) minutes, then gently scrubwith a soft bristle brush. Thoroughly rinse vinyl anddry.

NOTICETo prevent possible damage to the vinyl, rinsewith soap and water after applying the ToughDuty Cleaner™ or Vinyl Finish Cleaner®. Thenrinse and dry.

Section NPage 15


NOTICEWhen docking or mooring your boat be awareof your surroundings i.e. trees with pollen, wetleaves, berries etc. These and other items cancontain dyes that stain permanently. Utilizeweather covers whenever possibly to protectvinyl from potential stains.

NOTICEALWAYS CLEAN STAINS IMMEDIATELY! DONOT use 409 Cleaner™ or Armorall™ on vinyl.Do not use kerosine, gasoline or acetone asthey will remove the protective marine topcoat.

NOTICEAll cleaning methods must be followed by a thor-ough rinse with water and drying.

Additional cleaning information is provided by the manu-facturer and is included with this manual.

Four Winns offers a variety of optional weather coversfor protection of the boat and associated equipment.Continued exposure can damage the upholstery andseating. The seating can become thoroughly saturatedwith water if not adequately protected. Refer to SectionO - Weather Covers for more information.

NOTICEThe appearance and longevity of the exteriorupholstery will be affected by water saturation.Protect these items appropriately.

B. Exterior Carpets

The removable exterior grade carpeting may be periodi-cally washed with mild laundry soaps or shampooed,dried and reinstalled. It is 100% UV stabilized Olefin™Polypropylene fiber with rubber backing. See FigureN-40.

NOTICEPrior to using any mild laundry soaps or carpetshampoo, always conduct a color-fast test ona small inconspicuous portion of carpet beforeapplying to entire carpet.

NOTICEDO NOT dry carpeting in an automatic dryer.

Figure N40: Cockpit Lay-in Carpet

C. Cleaning and Maintenance

The following information should be useful in helping youkeep your carpet looking well maintained.

Carpet made with Olefin™ fiber possesses built-in stainand soil release for easy, less costly maintenance. Regu-lar vacuuming and occasional shampooing will help itstay attractive and serviceable.

D. Stain Removal Testing

Even the most stubborn stains can be removed fromOlefin fiber following the procedures outlined. Stains wereselected as being representative of spills commonly oc-curring on carpets. Stains were pressed into the carpetto simulate foot pressure following a spill. Stains wereapplied to a two-inch square section and allowed to pen-etrate. Removal was performed after two weeks. Car-pets were tested for stain removal by an independentlaboratory. Stain removal was effective for the all thestains selected. Results are shown in the table on thefollowing page.

Main Lay-In Carpet

Section NPage 16


E. Stain Removal Procedures

Regular maintenance such as vacuuming, hosing orwashing should be performed. Most stains and mildeware easily removed from carpet made with Olefin fiberusing common household cleaners. Refer to Table I.Olefin™ fiber is so resistant to chemical attack thatClorox™ bleach may be used to clean up any mildewthat may result from excessive wetness.

Code for stain removal procedure (See Table 1):

“A” Apply warm water and household detergent in mini-mal amounts to stained area. Sponge or scrapeuntil stain is removed. Rinse with clean water.

“B” Apply warm water and household detergent. Workwell into stained area then flush with warm water.

Most stains should be easily removed however, if thestain persists, the cleaning procedure should be re-peated to insure stain removal. Remember, the soonerthe stain removal process begins, the easier the stainwill be to remove.

NOTICEDo not use dry cleaning solvents on carpet orvinyl. Permanent damage to the fiber will re-sult.

N - 3 REPLACEMENT UPHOLSTERY

Should upholstery become severely soiled, torn, or insome manner damaged, replacement upholstery cush-ions are available. Larger upholstery items have sepa-rate component parts for easier serviceability.

Depending upon the year and model of the boat, mostupholstery parts can be obtained through your FourWinns servicing dealer within a short period of time.

Table I: Stain Removal

NIATS ERUDECORPLAVOMER

esaerGevitomotuA A

)desUroweN(liOevitomotuA A

esaerGnocaB A

niatSyrreB A

doolB A

rettuB A

dratsuMropustaC A

muGgniwehC )taepeR(A

)%5(hcaelBenirolhC A

)detleM(etalocohC A

yalC A

aeTroeeffoC A

aloC A

noyarC B

eyD A

ggE A

seceF A

alumroFhsiF A

eciuJtiurF A

hsiloPerutinruF A

yvarG A

maerCecI A

)kcalBtnenamreP(knI B

)tniopllaB,otpircS(knI B

tsuRnorI A

kcitspiL B

esiannoyaM A

kliM A

tniaPxetaL A

tniaPesaBliO B

hsiloP B

tsuR A

gnisserDdalaS A

noitoLromaerCgnivahS A

raT B

enirU A

timoV A

sroloCretaW A

xaW B

eniW A

Section NPage 17


Figure N41: Steps to change the “adjusting” lounger (Photos #1-#5 depict placing lounger into the “reclining” position.

Photos #6 & #7 depict returning the lounger into the “back-to-back” seat position.)

#1 #2

#3 #4

#5

#6 #7

Section NPage 18


Step 1: Lift front of seat upward until seat releases. Pull forward until it stops.

Step 2: Repeat Step 1 with the rear seat.

Step 3: Push center of the seat down until seat becomes horizontal. Note: There is no headrest adjuster.

Step 1: Lift center of seat upward until it stops.

Step 2: Lift front seatupward and pushseat back until itlocks into position.

Step 3: Repeat Step 2 with therear seat. Insure bothseats are locked intoposition.

Figure N43: Steps to change the “non-adjusting” lounger to the “up” position.

Figure N42: Steps to change the “non-adjusting” lounger to the “down” position.

Section OPage 1


O - 1 GENERAL INFORMATION

Weather covers for the cockpit areas are available on allFreedom™ and Horizon™ models. Four Winns® cov-ers are designed and intended to provide protection of thecockpit seating areas.

Four Winns utilizes acrylic-type material for all its cov-ers. All Freedom™ and Horizon™ canvas except moor-ing covers consist of 100% acrylic material and is colormatched to the boat. The mooring covers are made of 10ounce acrylic and come in dark tan (mica) only.

Never use any form of open flame cooking de-vice while under, in any area fully enclosed, ornear any acrylic weather cover. This material isflammable.

During the manufacture of the weather covers, the small-est possible needle and highest quality UV stabilized,bonded polyester thread is used in the stitching.

The weather cover is water repellant but not water proof.During a hard rain, you may notice a light mist permeat-ing through a weather cover. This is normal. If the seamsleak, they can be sprayed with Scotchguard™ or similarwater repellent or a seam sealing compound can be ap-plied. Keep objects from contacting the inside of thecover. Leakage may occur at point of contact.

Weather covers must be installed taut or will be dam-aged by accumulation of rain water.

NOTICEPeriodically check weather covers for accumu-lation of water. Damage to the bow assembliesmay otherwise result. Make sure cover is tautto avoid puddling of water.

After use, the top canvas should be rolled up into the boot(if supplied) and secured.

NOTICENEVER fold or store a wet weather cover. Thiscan lead to mildew or shrinkage. Roll rather thanfold the enclosure curtains. Sharp folds increasethe chance of cracking the clear vinyl.

NOTICEDO NOT use the weather covers for outdoor win-ter storage. The weight of the snow or heavyrain can cause severe damage to the material ortop structure. Refer to O-3 Winter Storage inthis manual for more information.

When snapping covers to the boat, apply direct down-ward pressure on the snap. When unsnapping, rotatethe snap and cover upward at each snap location.

NOTICERemove snaps one at a time to prevent damage.DO NOT rip off or pull the weather cover as awhole; acrylic material may tear at snaps.

A. Bimini Top

A bimini top is available on most Freedom™ and Hori-zon™ models. This style is a “freestanding” top and issupported only by the bow assembly. Refer to FigureO1.

To install:

1. Unboot and attach the bimini main bows to the deckmounts.

2. Extend the forward portion of the bimini and attachthe forward nylon straps to the strap eyes.

WEATHER COVERS

Brace Rod

SecondaryBow

BiminiMain Bow

Deck Mounts

ForwardStraps

BiminiTop

Figure O1: Bimini Top

Stern BraceRod

Strap Eye

SecondaryBow

(Certain Models Only)

Section OPage 2


ing bimini top and forward connector. Covers roll up toexpose the window screens. See Figure O2. Your FourWinns dealer can assist you with your canvas selectionas well as the installation.

To install:

1. Install bimini top and forward connector as previouslyinstructed.

2. Zip in the bimini side curtains to the bimini top. Snapcanvas to windshield beginning at forward edge.

3. Zip the camper side curtains to the bimini top andbimini side curtains. Snap the edge portion of thesecurtains to the deck. It may prove easiest to startsnapping the curtains at the forward portion of thecanvas and work your way down along the deck.

4. Unroll the aft camper curtain and zip the curtain tothe camper.

5. Depending on which the model you have either snapthe bottom portion of the aft curtain to the transomand/or attach shock cords to deck.

Figure O2: Camper Top

For camper storage, reverse the procedure describedabove.

C. Full Canvas

The full canvas option is available on certain Freedom™and Horizon™ models. See Figure O3. It is comprisedof a convertible top, side curtains, aft curtain and for-ward cover. Please see the following for descriptionsand installations of each peice.

3. Extend the rear portion of the bimini and attach thebrace rods to the secondary bow (if applicable).

4. If applicable, attach the stern brace rod to the sternbow (secondary) and then to the stern (angled) deckmount.

5. Adjust the forward straps and secondary bow cou-plers for tautness if necessary.

6. Snap forward windshield connector (clear visor) towindshield (if applicable). Starting at the walk-thruwindshield may prove to be easiest. Windshieldsnaps can be adjusted to match snaps in canvas.

7. Zip forward windshield connector section to the biminitop.

To close and boot (mounted storage) the bimini, reversethe procedure described above. Brace rods, if appli-cable to your model, snap into storage clips for safekeeping while booted.

You may choose to run your Freedom™ and Horizon™with the bimini top either fully deployed or folded together(closed) and secured with the boot provided. Either wayit is designed to remain mounted. No storage is pro-vided for this top in your boat.

NOTICEUse two people to remove the bimini top (winterstorage). This will help minimize the risk of in-jury and help prevent damage to the upholstery,the bimini top, and/or the boat.

NOTICEAft/Main bimini canvas deployment should onlybe utilized at or below moderate cruising speed(approximately 0-30 mph). Avoid full throttle op-eration of boat while having canvas deployed.Four Winns recommends booting the canvasbefore running at or close to maximum speed.In so doing you will help to maintain the life ofthe canvas and hardware. Also, the wind shouldbe taken into consideration when determiningoperating speed with canvas deployed. Theboat speed plus (+) wind speed should not beexceed 40 mph.

B. Camper Canvas

The camper canvas is an option available on certain Ho-rizon™ models which encloses the cockpit area and al-lows for overhead space. The camper utilizes the exist-

Section OPage 3


Figure O3: Full Canvas

D. Convertible Top (Suntop)

On certain Freedom™ and Horizon models, a convert-ible top is available which covers the cockpit area. Acanvas boot is provided which is used to encase thesuntop for storing. Note: No storage is provided for thistop in your boat. It is designed to remain mounted onthe boat or removed completely. See Figure O4.

Figure O4: Convertible Top

To install:

1. Attach the main bow to the windshield mount andunroll the canvas.

2. Snap the forward edge of the top to the windshield.Windshield snaps will slide to adjust to the canvas.

NOTICEThe center snap should be centered on the wind-shield, then adjust all other windshield snaps toalign to canvas snaps.

3. Adjust the secondary bow to support the canvas andattach the nylon strap to the strap eye located on thedeck. The strap can be adjusted for tautness.

Aft Curtain Forward CoverSuntopSide CurtainNOTICE

Couplers on the bow extensions allow for verti-cal adjustment. Horizontal adjustments can bemade with the buckle located on the nylon strapand by sliding the secondary bow(s) up or downalong the main bow.

E. Side Curtains

The side curtains are used to enclose the area betweenthe windshield wings and canvas. Each curtain will zipto the underside of the suntop and snap to the windshieldwings. Windshield snaps will slide to adjust to the cur-tain.

NOTICEDO NOT FOLD THE SIDE CURTAINS! Damagemay result. Always roll the side curtains up toprevent damage to the isinglass.

F. Aft Curtain

The aft curtain encloses the remaining cockpit area whenthe suntop is installed. Refer to Figure O3.

To install:

1. Attach the aft curtain to the zipper provided on therear portion of the suntop.

2. Secure the rear corners.

a. If the canvas has snaps along the aft edge, se-cure the corners.

b. If the canvas has shock cords (elastic cords)along the aft edge, attach to knobs as shown inFigure O5.

Figure O5: Shock Cords

3. Finish snapping canvas to deck.

When storing the aft curtain, roll the canvas which willkeep the isinglass from creasing.

Section OPage 4


G. Forward Cover

The forward cover is available on most Freedom™ andHorizon models. It is installed over the bow seating areaand is snapped to the deck. An adjustable pole is providedto adjust the canvas for tautness and prevent the build upof water. Refer to Figure O3.

H. Cockpit Cover

The cockpit cover is used to cover the complete cockpitarea and is intended as a short term storage cover. Thecockpit cover is available on most Freedom™ and Hori-zon™ models. See Figure O6.

Figure O6: Cockpit Cover

To install:

1. Snap the forward edge of the cockpit cover to the bot-tom edge of the windshield track. Snaps can be ad-justed on the windshield track if necessary.

2. Snap the cockpit cover sides to the deck.

3. Secure the rear corners and aft edge of the cockpitcanvas. This is done with the use of any combina-tion of snaps, elastic cords and/or straps. If strapsare used they usually are placed around the transomrail and snapped. See Figure O7.

4. Place the adjustable poles in position. The adjust-able poles are provided to adjust the canvas for taut-ness and prevent puddling.

To store the cockpit cover we recommend folding the coverin half, lengthwise and then rolling the cover up.

Figure O7: Cockpit Cover - Straps & Snaps

I. Mooring Cover

Mooring covers, available for most Freedom™ and Hori-zon™ models, are intended for longer term storage andspread over the entire boat. If used in areas with snowaccumulation, be sure to support the canvas adequatelyand inspect frequently for snow loads or damage will oc-cur. Refer to O-3 Winter Storage for additional information.See Figure O8.

Figure O8: Mooring Cover

To install:

1. Spread mooring cover over entire boat.

2. Install adjustable poles in the rear cockpit and for-ward bow areas. Be sure the canvas is taut and nopockets (sags) exist.

3. Tie off at the transom.

4. Nylon loops are provided for attaching rope or bungiecords to the trailer or from side to side (under theboat).

Strap

Snap

TransomSki Tow

Rail

Section OPage 5


O - 2 TRAILERING

High winds encountered during trailering your boat canseverely damage most weather covers. If an extendedtrip at highway speeds is planned, the top and otherweather covers should be in the down position or removedentirely. This will prevent damage and loss.

NOTICEDO NOT tow your boat at highway speeds withweather covers in place. High winds encoun-tered during trailering your boat can severely dam-age most weather covers. Damage to weathercovers incurred as a result of trailering your boatis not covered under warranty.

O - 3 WINTER STORAGE

The boat must be properly protected during winter drydock storage. A winter storage cover is advisable. Manymarine dealers offer shrink-wrap enclosures for outdoorstorage. See a Four Winns dealer for information on theavailability of winter storage covers or other alternativesfor storage.

When storing outdoors, make sure the supporting frame-work keeps the weight of the snow and rain from accu-mulating on the storage cover. Proper ventilation mustalso be provided or dry rot and mildew will occur. SeeSection R - General Maintenance for additional winterstorage information.

O - 4 USE OF WEATHER COVERS AND CARBONMONOXIDE

When an engine is running, a natural vacuum may existwith the right wind and sea conditions to allow exhaustgases (which includes carbon monoxide) to seep intothe boat. When canvas is utilized, this compounds thepossibility of this occurring and inhibits natural ventila-tion. For more information, refer to Section B-2 - CarbonMonoxide in this manual.

The carbon monoxide in exhaust fumes can be hazard-ous. It is important for you and your passengers to beaware of the potential safety hazard created by exhaustfumes. Familiarize yourself with the symptoms of indi-viduals overcome by carbon monoxide, and most impor-tantly, ways you can protect yourself and your guests.See Figure O9 - Carbon Monoxide Canvas Warning La-bel and Figure O10 - Carbon Monoxide Warning Label.

Figure O9: Carbon Monoxide Canvas Warning Label

Figure O10: Carbon Monoxide Warning Label

Section OPage 6


O - 5 MAINTENANCE

Figure O11: Canvas Care & Maintenance Tag

Moisture, dirt, chemicals from industrial fallout, heat, ul-traviolet rays and in some cases, salt water are factorswhich affect the longevity of acrylic covers. See FigureO11.

1. Moisture can cause shrinkage and mildew. Allowthe cover to dry thoroughly before disassembling tops.Keep it clean and well ventilated to prevent mildew.Spraying the weather cover with Lysol Disinfectant™or similar product will help prevent mildew.

2. Dirt creates a starting point for mildew when mois-ture is present. Clean the top with a sponge or softscrub brush and mild detergent when the cover isinstalled. Make sure cover is snug to help preventshrinkage.

3. Chemicals cause decay if allowed to accumulate forlong periods of time. Keep the cover clean to preventdecay.

4. Heat can cause cracks in vinyl components and stiff-ening of fabric when enclosed in plastic or polyethyl-ene. DO NOT store the weather cover in polyethyl-ene under direct sunlight or high temperature situa-tions.

5. Ultraviolet degradation may occur under prolongedexposure to direct sunlight. Store the top in the bootwhen not in use.

6. Salt water can corrode brass, aluminum, or stainlesssteel fittings and fasteners. Keep fittings clean, lu-bricated, and waxed to prevent corrosion.

Clear vinyl curtains and windows demand extra care toprevent scratching. DO NOT use cloth or chamois skin.Dirt or grit in the cloth will scratch the vinyl window. Hoseclean water onto vinyl to rinse off salt, dirt, or grime.

NOTICEDO NOT use hot water. DO NOT dry in an auto-matic dryer. DO NOT dry clean or steam press.

Leakage after cleaning may be the result of insufficientrinsing. Re-rinse. If leakage continues, apply a coat ofsilicone air drying water repellent, such as Scotchguard™.See your Four Winns dealer for additional information onweather covers.

Section PPage 1


Fiberglass cockpit liners and seat base are constructedsimilar to the hull. Balsa core or coremat laminations areutilized when necessary.

In addition to a thorough visual inspection of each fiber-glass component, samples are measured using specialequipment, for fiberglass reinforcement to resin ratio, lami-nate configuration, weight and thickness. By these pro-cedures Four Winns ensures proper composition.

P - 3 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION

Many boats are used for specific purposes or under con-ditions which require the addition of special equipment tothe hull or deck. Special care must be taken during theinstallation of any equipment to a fiberglass component.A polysulfide or butyl based sealant should be used toseal installations below the water line. Silicone “marine”seal or similar bedding compound should be used else-where.

NOTICEDO NOT install any item onto or through the hullwithout adequately sealing the hull area penetrat-ed by the installed item or related fasteners.Improper installations could cause leakage orallow water absorption and thus cause serioushull damage.

Always predrill fastening holes with a proper sizebit. Predrilling will help prevent the fiberglassfrom splintering and thus causing unsightly dam-age. Also, countersink holes to prevent the gelcoat from chipping.

Any equipment which will be subjected to cyclic loadingor significant force should be through-bolted to a fiber-glass component. A butt block or backing plate shouldbe used to strengthen any area onto which an item willbe mounted.

P - 1 HULL DESIGN INFORMATION

Four Winns® boats are designed using the sound engi-neering and mathematical principles of hydrostatics, hy-drodynamics, structure, and strength of materials. Thematerials utilized provide optimum strength at the light-est possible weight. The exact fiberglass laminate sched-ule and construction techniques of each part is deter-mined in accordance with the strength and rigidity re-quired.

All Four Winns Freedom™ and Horizon™ models in-clude our patented Stable-Vee® hull design. Pods oneither side of the outdrive extend the running surface be-yond the transom. These pods, plus the unique distri-bution of deadrise from transom to bow, allows Four Winnsto place more hull in the water than deep-vee designs ofsimilar length and beam. This results in better boat han-dling whether on plane, during turns, or at rest.

P - 2 FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION

The fiberglass components of Four Winns® boats are ofthe finest quality materials, workmanship and construc-tion techniques available. This ensures the structural in-tegrity to provide years of boating enjoyment with mini-mal maintenance.

The construction of a Four Winns® hull begins with theapplication of gel coat to the mold. The gel coat is ap-proximately 25 mils thick. A coat of resin and choppedfiberglass is then sprayed into the hull and carefully handrolled until it is securely affixed to the gel coat.

A number of fiberglass layers and woven roving are ap-plied to the above laminate. Each layer is hand laid andhand rolled. The keel and chine areas have fiberglasswoven roving overlapped in these areas to provide addi-tional strength. Some models utilize encapsulatedend-grain balsa core or coremat laminates to achieveadditional rigidity. Others utilize additional laminations ofwoven roving to maintain strength and rigidity.

The hull support stringers are located using special tools,and are fiberglassed into place. This ensures a strong,rigid hull, permanently formed into a solid assembly, freeof distortions.

FIBERGLASS AND HULL INFORMATION

Section PPage 2


P - 4 FIBERGLASS CARE & MAINTENANCE

Fiberglass is affected by weathering processes and re-quires maintenance on a periodic basis to help maintainthe beauty and shine. The effects upon the gel coat willbe dependent upon boating conditions, storage, type ofuse, and the care given to the boat during the boatingseason.

Four Winns utilizes fade-fighting gel coat in the exteriorfinish. It is specially formulated to resist fading and yel-lowing, and retain more of its original gloss than bettergrade gel coats. However, it is still important to maintainthe gel coat to protect the finish.

A. General Maintenance

For fresh water use, the boat should be washed once ortwice a month. When using in a salt water environment,considerable more care will be necessary. Be carefulwhen selecting a cleaning agent. Hand dishwashing de-tergents are usually gentle and are recommended forcleaning gel coat. Cleaning products such as Ivory™ orDawn™ hand dishwashing liquid can be safely used. Al-ways read the label before using any product.

NOTICEDO NOT use acetone, paint thinner, solvents, orstrong alkaline based detergents, nor cleanerswith a “gritty” and abrasive texture. Avoid prod-ucts which contain sodium phosphate. Com-mon examples of these types of household clean-ing agents are: Tide™, Oxydol™, Janitor-in-a-Drum™, Fantastik™, Clorox™, etc. Always readthe label before using an agent.

There are several products available which are specifi-cally designed to clean fiberglass exterior finishes. Manycompanies like Johnson & Johnson®, Turtle Wax®, etc.manufacture cleaning fluids mild enough to clean withoutstripping the wax.

NOTICETreading on a soiled fiberglass surface can se-verely scratch and mar the finish. Keep the fi-berglass as clean as possible.

When cleaning nonskid areas, DO NOT attempt to use awire brush or sandpaper because this will remove thenonskid gel.

Apply wax once or twice a year to maintain gel coatlustre. Read the label before using any product. Makesure product is applicable to fiberglass. Also, consult aFour Winns dealer for his recommendations.

NOTICEDo not use carnuba based waxes. This type ofwax yellows over time and makes the fiberglassappear yellow.

Waxing decks, cockpit floors or other areas onwhich one walks is not recommended. Waxingwill produce a very slippery surface, especiallywhen wet. Wax may also buildup in the nonskidsurfaces. Be sure all persons wear deck shoeswhile aboard the boat. Footing will be improvedand feet will be protected from accidental cutsand bruises.

A darkening or discoloration of the nonskid surfaces cansometimes occur as a result of wax buildup. Exposureto the sun and elements can turn the wax darker, or oc-casionally can cause it to become flaky or powdery. Toremove, use fine rubbing compound and a low rpm buffer(1200 to 2000 rpm). Apply light pressure and keep thebuffer moving at all times to prevent heat build up. Readthe directions before using any equipment.

B. Weathering Effects on Gel Coat

Weathering occurs from direct sunlight, water, chemicals,and dust. Some of the terms below describe the changesthat can occur to the gel coat surface.

Chalking is a result of the gel coat’s top surface beingbroken down into an extremely fine powder. When thishappens, the color whitens. The chalk is present on thesurface only.

Fading is the uniform change in color. This happens whenthe actual pigments have changed color, especially fromexcessive chalking, or when the gel coat has either beenstained or bleached by something.

Yellowing is gel coat which has a yellow cast and strea-king usually deals with a stain or contact with anothersurface.

Gloss refers to the shine of the surface. This can changefrom sanding action, chalk, residues, or exposure.

Section PPage 3


Blistering refers to a condition in which the unprotectedgel coat surface below the waterline has absorbed waterand formed bubbles. See Section P-5 for additional infor-mation.

Follow the instructions below for boats that have weath-ered and chalked.

1. Wash.

2. Wax. If this does not work, then use a fine rubbingcompound. If this does not work use 400 or 600 wetor dry sandpaper, followed by fine rubbing compoundand wax.

When using wax or fine rubbing compounds, make sureto read the label and follow the directions. Some helpfultips are listed below.

1. Avoid working in direct sunlight. This dries out thewax or compound, and can stain the surface.

2. Use clean pads or cloths to apply a thin coating ofwax or rubbing compound to a small area such asthree feet by three feet. Remove any excess, andthen rub the area with a buffing pad, or power buffer.Apply pressure only as necessary to restore the sur-face finish. Applying too much pressure or buffing inone place too long can permanently damage the sur-face.

3. After applying compound, always follow with waxing.

NOTICEIf using a power buffer, use a low rpm buffer withlight pressure. Keep the pad wet and the buffermoving at all times to prevent heat build up.

NOTICETo prevent gouges, uneven areas, or other dam-age from occurring, DO NOT use a power or beltsander when sanding. For best results, blocksand the gel coat.

C. Stains

Stains can appear anywhere on the exterior of the boatand may be a result of contact with tar, plant sap, leaves,rust from metal fittings, and other materials. Surfacestains may be removed with hand dishwashing soap, mildcleansers, or some household detergents. DO NOT usechlorine or ammonia products. These products can af-fect the color of gel coat. Commercial car washes usestrong cleaners and should be avoided.

To remove stains, refer to the procedures below.

1. Wash area with hand dishwashing soap.

2. Begin with a small area such as three feet by threefeet and apply a mild cleanser.

3. Rinse with clean water.

4. Follow with compound and waxing as outlined in pro-cedure above.

If the stain is not removed by the hand dishwashing soapor mild cleanser, then the next procedure is to use eitherdenatured or rubbing alcohol. If this does not work, con-sult your Four Winns dealer for professional assistance.

NOTICEDO NOT use acetone, ketone, or other solventsto remove stains. These chemicals are flam-mable and may damage the gel coat.

P - 5 FIBERGLASS REPAIRS

Fiberglass is one of the most durable, strong, and forgiv-ing construction materials afloat. It is resilient and nor-mal repairs can be made without affecting the strength orstructural integrity of the boat.

Striking docks, other boats, or submerged ob-jects could create a very hazardous situation orseverely damage the fiberglass. In the event anobject is struck below or near the waterline, pro-ceed directly and cautiously to the nearest ser-vice facility and remove the boat from the water.Closely inspect the hull for damage. If the outerfiberglass laminate was penetrated, repairs mustbe made prior to relaunch.

Section PPage 4


Occasionally, blisters, crazing, scratches, or damage tothe fiberglass can occur. Repairs may be necessary tocorrect the problem.

A. Scratches

Scratches occur during normal use. Below is a step bystep procedure to repair scratches.

1. Clean area with soap and water.

2. Apply a fine rubbing compound and buff.

3. Wax.

If this does not work, clean the area and sand lightly with400 to 600 wet or dry sandpaper and follow with rubbingcompound and wax.

B. Gouges & Cracks

Stress cracks and crazing are the appearance of hairlinecracks in the gel coat surface. When present, these prob-lems usually occur in the gel coat finish or the outer “skincoat” fiberglass laminate. The appearance of these cracksdoes not pose a threat to the structural integrity of theboat. In most cases, they are cosmetic and can be treated.

Cosmetic surface damage can be repaired as follows:

1. Sand the surrounding area with medium or fine gritsandpaper. Clean all marine growth, dirt, antifoulingpaint, etc. from the immediate area. DO NOT exces-sively scratch or gouge the surrounding area.

2. Use a hard, pointed tool to open the gel crack. Takecare not to damage the surrounding gel coat.

3. Sand the crack or gouge so the edges are smoothand will allow proper “feathering” of the area.

4. Clean the area thoroughly. Make sure the area is drybefore proceeding.

NOTICEBe sure the structure and the ambient tempera-ture are above 60 degrees F (15 degrees C) andthe relative humidity below 70% immediately be-fore, during, and after the repair.

5. If the nick or gouge is deep and penetrates throughthe gel coat, fill the area with fiberglass patchingpaste. Follow the directions on the can when mix-ing the paste with the catalyst.

6. After the gouge is filled and has dried, sand thepatched area. Begin by using medium-fine gradesandpaper. Progressively use finer grade sandpa-per until the surface is very smooth. If necessary,add filler and then sand the surface again.

7. Apply two or three light coats of matching fiberglassgel coat to the repaired area. Enough gel coat shouldbe used so that the entire area is covered.

The gel coat must be catalyzed using up to 2% MEKPeroxide which can be purchased at a supplier han-dling fiberglass reinforced products. Contact yourFour Winns dealer for assistance.

8. After ample drying time, sand the area using veryfine wet/dry sandpaper. If the appearance of the areais still not satisfactory, repeat steps 2 through 8 asnecessary.

9. If above the waterline, polish the area using a fiber-glass rubbing compound and then wax. If the re-paired area is below the waterline, the area shouldbe primed and painted in accordance with the anti-fouling paint manufacturer’s instructions.

Gel coat, like paint, will change colors with time andexposure to sunlight (ultraviolet). For this reason, “match-ing” gel coat obtained from Four Winns may not matchthe gel color of a boat that has been exposed. However,this is the closest match commercially available. A fi-berglass technician can tint the gel to be used in therepair to provide a closer color match.

More severe fiberglass damage, especially when struc-tural, requires the expertise of an experienced fiberglassrepair technician. See your Four Winns dealer for as-sistance.

NOTICEImproper repair techniques can lead to furtherfiberglass component damage.

Section PPage 5


C. Osmotic Blistering

Osmotic blistering or “boat pox” is an unfortunate but notuncommon occurrence in fiberglass boats. Fiberglassis water retardant, not waterproof. When a boat is left inthe water for a period of time, the fiberglass will absorbwater. It is a natural process that can not be eliminatedin production methods or material selection and usage.However, there are ways to control and possibly preventblisters (see Section P-6). If you do encounter blisters,be assured that the blisters are merely cosmetic. Theydo not indicate a defect in the boat structure or lamina-tion. Four Winns, along with most boat manufacturers,regard gel blisters as a standard maintenance item.

The repair procedure for gel coat blisters is similar to theprocedures outlined in the previous section on cracksand gouges. There is an exception however, in that thehull must dry out for several days or possibly weeks be-fore repairs can proceed.

To determine if the hull has dried sufficiently, tape onesquare foot of household plastic wrap securely to the hullbottom. Make sure all edges are sealed and let it standfor twenty-four hours. If condensation has accumulatedunder the plastic, the hull is still “wet” and must be al-lowed to dry longer before repairing.

When the repair is completed, an application of an ep-oxy barrier coat should be considered. This will helpprevent the possibility of reoccurrence of blisters. YourFour Winns dealer or local ship store will have informa-tion on barrier coat products.

P - 6 ANTIFOULING PAINT

Four Winns recommends antifouling or bottom paint forboats which will be kept in the water for extended peri-ods of time. Antifouling paint reacts with water to retardthe growth of algae, barnacles and other marine growthon the hull. In addition to marine growth, it offers protec-tion against excessive water pollution.

Antifouling paint begins reaction upon contact with wa-ter. After a season’s use or sooner under certain condi-tions, the antifouling paint may appear to be dissolving.This is due to the paint’s chemical emission that in turnretards marine growth. When this occurs, refinishing isin order.

Four Winns recommends reapplication of the antifoulingpaint seasonally. The effectiveness of the paint will bedrastically reduced if used longer. Though Four Winns

has found the antifouling paints used to provide good marinegrowth protection in most water, other paints may be moreeffective in certain water conditions. See a Four Winnsdealer for recommendations on antifouling paint use inyour area.

NOTICEDuring surface preparation, the hull should besanded only enough to remove any foreign mat-ter, and loose paint. DO NOT sand deeply intothe gel coat, fiberglass cosmetic problems couldlater result. After sanding, the surface should bewiped with a rag treated with a cleaner recom-mended by the antifouling paint manufacturer. Thesurface must be clean and slightly rough to en-sure paint adhesion.

Prior to application of the antifouling paint, the boat ownermay consider coating the hull bottom with an epoxy coat-ing. Four Winns recommends this procedure as a pre-ventive and effective means of controlling osmotic blister-ing. Most major antifouling paint manufacturers also sup-ply a line of epoxy undercoatings. Consult your FourWinns dealer for recommendations on epoxy undercoat-ings.

P - 7 HULL SUPPORT

Proper support of the hull while it is out of the water isimperative. Due to the design complexities, Four Winnsdoes not recommend trailers or storage cradles be home-made. The boat is a valuable piece of equipment. DONOT risk permanent damage to the hull structure in anattempt to save the cost of an adequate support. Improp-er support can lead to serious and permanent hull defor-mation.

Failure to adequately support the hull mayresult in permanent hull structure damageand will invalidate the hull structure war-ranty.

NOTICEWhen attempting to raise the hull, never allowone end of the boat to rise first, while letting theopposite rest momentarily on the outdrives or un-derwater gear. Serious damage to these compo-nents could result. DO NOT place lifting strapson underwater gear. Be sure the strap is againstthe hull surface only.

Section PPage 6


A trailer, or storage cradle designed for a larger or smallerboat will not provide proper support for the hull. This couldlead to hull deformation and thus serious performancedeficiencies.

Four Winns® trailers are available for the Freedom™ andHorizon™ models. Refer to Section S - Trailer Informa-tion for additional information.

Section QPage 1


WOODWORK AND COMPOSITES

Q - 1 HIGH-PRESSURE LAMINATE CARE

Some table tops, galley counter tops, shelving and drawerfaces consist of a high pressure laminate, “formica” likematerial. The laminate may have either a matte textureor smooth finish and can be cleaned with mild dishwa-shing soap and water or other cleaning solutions such asFantastik™. Always read the label before using any prod-uct.

NOTICEDO NOT use abrasive cleaners or solvents onformica. DO NOT use Soft Scrub™ soap or simi-lar cleaning products; they will scratch the sur-face and remove the shine.

NOTICEDO NOT use table tops as a cutting board. Theknife will leave gouges/marks in the surface ofthe table.

Q - 2 STAR BOARD

Star board is a high density polyethylene (plastic) and isvery durable and fade resistant. Star board requires littlemaintenance, and is being used in place of wood in manyareas of the boat. The fill-in cockpit table is one ex-ample of where star board is used.

To clean star board, use a solvent-free, nonabrasive cleanersuch as dishwashing soap or Fantastic™. Read the la-bel before using any cleaning product.

NOTICEStar board will stain when exposed to certain oilsor chemicals. Always wipe up any spills immedi-ately.

Q - 3 BURLWOOD MAHOGANY ENHANCEMENTS

Mahogany enhancements are available on the Free-dom™/Horizon™ models. They consist of a finishedsynthetic burlwood mahogany. This synthetic burlwoodmahogany may be found in the instrument gauge pan-els, switch panels and ignition switch panels. Addition-ally, an optional woodgrain steering wheel is availablefor most models. See Figure Q1.

Figure Q1: Woodgrain Helm Representation

To clean, a damp cloth will usually suffice.

Q - 4 LAMINATED FIBERGLASS

Some models come with a cockpit table option whichconsist of a laminated fiberglass material. See FigureQ2. It can be cleaned with mild dishwashing soap andwater. Always read the label before using any product.

NOTICEDO NOT use abrasive cleaners or solvents oncockpit table. DO NOT use Soft Scrub™ soapor similar cleaning products; they will scratchthe surface and remove the shine.

NOTICEDO NOT use cockpit table as a cutting board.The knife will leave gouges/marks in the sur-face of the table.

Figure Q2: Cockpit Table

Freedom™/Horizon™ Owner’s Manual Section QPage 2

Q - 5 CORIAN® MATERIAL

On models with a refreshment center, Corian® materialis used for the countertops. The Corian® gives the re-freshment center a rich look and makes for an extremelystrong yet lightweight top. It can be cleaned with milddishwashing soap and water, or other cleaning solutionssuch as Fantastik™. Always read the label before usingany product. See Figure Q3.

Q - 6 ACRYLIC PLASTIC - (PLEXIGLASS)

Acrylic plastic is utilized in most walk-thru doors, tran-som doors, portlight windows, electrical panel doors andcertain glove boxes.

To clean acrylic plastic:

1) Rinse with plenty of water to wash off as much dirtas possible.

2) Using your bare hand, along with plenty of water,feel and remove any dried on dirt or mud.

3) Wash using a soft, grit free cloth or sponge andmild, nonabrasive soap or detergent.

4) Rinse thoroughly with water.

5) Blot dry using a clean, damp chamois.

NOTICENever use a dry cloth, duster, glass cleaningsolutions or citrus cleaner on acrylic plastic.

NOTICEDo not use solvents such as acetone, siliconespray, benzine, carbon tetrachloride, fire extin-guisher fluid, dry cleaning fluid, lacquer thinneror ammonia. These solutions damage theacrylic surface.

You can use fine automotive acrylic rubbing and polish-ing compounds to remove fine scratches on acrylic.

Figure Q3: Refreshment Center

Section RPage 1


R - 1 WINTERIZATION

A. Prior to Lifting for Winter Lay-up

1. Pump out the head (dockside discharge if applicable),and be sure the holding tank is empty. Flush thehead holding tank with soap, water and a deodorizer(e.g., Lysol Liquid™). Add more water if necessary.Have the cleaning solution pumped out.

2. Have the fuel tank either full or completely empty.See the Engine Owner's manual for recom-mendations. Also, check with the dry dock opera-tors for recommendations. If winter storing with a fullfuel tank, gasoline winterizer such as Sta-bil® FuelConditioner will reduce varnishing, condensation, etc.

NOTICEIf the fuel has been treated with winterizer, runengines for ten minutes to make sure the treatedfuel is present in all lines and parts of the engine.

3. Drain water from the fresh water system (if applicable).

4. Winterize the engine and drive systems as recom-mended in the Engine Owner's manual. Portions ofthis winterization procedure may require that the boatbe lifted.

5. If the boat is to be lifted or taken off the trailer, seeSection P-7 - Hull Support in this manual for addi-tional details.

B. After Lifting

1. Remove the drain plug.

2. Thoroughly wash the fiberglass exterior, especiallythe hull bottom. Remove as much marine growth aspossible. Wax lightly.

3. Lower boat onto cradle properly or place boat on trailer.Be sure boat is adequately supported. The boatshould be raised slightly under the forward supportsor trailer tongue to improve drainage to the transomdrain.

4. Be sure all the water is completely drained from thefresh water system. Disconnect all hoses, checkvalves, etc. and blow all the water from the systemusing very low air pressure. The use of nontoxic,fresh water system antifreeze is recommended asan alternative to disassembling the water system.Refer to Section J-7 System Maintenance in thismanual for information on winterizing the water sys-tem.

5. Winterize the head as recommended by the headmanufacturer. If the boat is equipped with a holdingtank, mix some antifreeze solution and pour it intothe head. Transfer some of the antifreeze to the hold-ing tank by flushing the head. Also, refer to SectionJ-7 - System Maintenance for additional information.

6. Ensure that all water is removed from the bilge pumpand bilge pump lines. Dry the hull bilge, andself-bailing cockpit drain troughs. Water freezing inthese areas could cause damage. See Section K-2- Hull Drainage Systems.

7. Remove the battery(s) and store in a cool place. Cleanthe batteries using clear, clean water. Be sure thebattery has sufficient water and clean terminals. Keepthe battery(s) charged throughout the storage period.DO NOT store the battery(s) on a concrete floor orother damp or conductive surface.

8. Remove the alcohol/butane canister from the stove(if applicable) and store in a cool, dry place awayfrom heat or spark.

9. Clean the boat interior thoroughly. Vacuum and/orshampoo carpets.

10. Wash exterior fiberglass components, wax lightly.

11. Clean exterior upholstery with mild soap and water.Rinse and dry thoroughly.

12. Remove all oxidation from exterior hardware and ap-ply a light film of moisture - displacing lubricant.

GENERAL MAINTENANCE

Section RPage 2


C. Prior to Winter Storage

1. Remove as many cushions as possible. Removestorage lids or hatches. Open as many locker doors,as possible. Leave these areas open to improve ven-tilation.

2. Spray the weather covers and the boat upholsterywith Lysol Spray Disinfectant™. Enclosed areassuch as storage locker areas should also be sprayedwith Lysol Disinfectant™.

3. Place small dishes of rodent poison such as D-Con™in a number of areas around the boat. Be sure dishesare placed near the head and the engines, as ro-dents will destroy upholstery, water intake and dis-charge hoses.

4. If the boat will be in outside storage, properly supporta storage cover and secure it over the boat. DO NOTsecure the cover tightly to the boat. This does notallow adequate ventilation and can lead to dry rot.DO NOT store the boat in a damp storage enclosure.Excessive dampness can cause electrical problems,corrosion, and dry rot.

5. DO NOT use the bimini top or camper top as a winterstorage cover. The life of these covers may be signifi-cantly shortened if exposed to harsh weather ele-ments for long periods.

Placing an electric or fuel burning heating unit inthe bilge of the boat during cold weather couldcause fire or explosion and is not recommended.

NOTICEBoats stored outside in areas with heavy snowaccumulation are more susceptible to damage,and should be inspected regularly during the win-ter months

6. Engine should be winterized according tothe engine manufacturers manual.

R - 2 ENGINE FLUSH OUT

The optional engine flush out (if applicable) should beused to clean the engine of unwanted salt, mud, sludge,etc. which may have accumulated in the engine coolingsystem. Before winterizing the engine, flush out the sys-tem for at least five minutes.

Make sure that no section of flush hoses are incontact with moving or hot engine parts or abra-sive surfaces such as screw threads, sharpedges, etc., which could damage the hoses.Damage to the hoses could cause leaks andpossible flooding of the engine compartment. Pe-riodically check hoses for abrasions.

NOTICEThe Four Winns flush out kit may be used withthe boat in or out of the water and the engineOFF. If engine comes with flush out kit from theengine manufacturer, refer to engine operator’smanual.

To flush out the engine with Four Winns installed flushout kit, follow the instructions below.

1. Do not run engine during flushing procedure.

2. Remove cap from coupling and attach swivel con-nector.

3. Attach water supply hose to swivel connector.

4. Turn water on and allow water to flush the engine andexhaust manifold for five to ten minutes.

5. Turn water off. Disconnect hose; replace and tightencap securely.

Reinstall cap onto coupler after flushing. Floo-ding of the engine compartment will occur if thecap is not installed and tightened.

Section RPage 3


R - 3 GENERAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

* Or as Required

Shaded areas indicate the time frame when service/inspection should be conducted.

ECIVRESHCNUALTATSRIFDNA

*NOITAREPO

RUOH52HCAEKCEHC

*NOSAES

-LANOSAES-IBYREVEROYLROSHTNOM6

001YREVE*SRUOH

YLLANOSAES21YREVERO

ROSHTNOM002YREVE

*SRUOH

noitatnemurtsnIdnaenignE EnoitceSotrefeR

ecnanetniaMenignE rerutcafunaMehtybdednemmoceRsA

snoitcennoCdnasesoHmetsyStsuahxEtcepsnI

srelleporPkcehC

sgnittiFlluH-urhTllAkcehC

hctiwSffO-tuhSycnegremEtseT

gninaelCeguaG

smetsySslortnoC FnoitceSotrefeR

tnemtsujdAtfihSdnaelttorhT

tseThctiwSytefaSlartueN

noitacirbuLlortnoCdnaelbaC

smetsySgnireetS GnoitceSotrefeR

noitcepsnInoitcennoCdnaegakniL

tnemtsujdAbaTeuqroTevirDnretS

ecivreSgnireetSrewoP rerutcafunaMehtybdednemmoceRsA

stnemtsujdAgnireetS

noitacirbuLmetsySgnireetS

smetsySlacirtcelE HnoitceSotrefeR

snoitcennoCyrettaBtcepsnI

retaWyrettaBkcehC

noitcepsnIelbaCyrettaB

noitarepOtnempiuqElacirtcelEtloV21

noitcepsnInoitcennoCdnagniriWtloV21

noitcepsnIretpadAdnadroCrewoPerohS

noitarepOthgiLytiraloP

noitcepsnInoitcennoCdnaelcatpeceR

metsySleuF InoitceSotrefeR

skaeLroftcepsnI

noitcepsnIredneSleuF

noitcepsnIretliFleuF

noitcepsnIknaTleuF

Section RPage 4


* Or as Required



*NOITAREPO

RUOH52HCAEKCEHC

*NOSAES


001YREVE*SRUOH

YLLANOSAES21YREVERO

ROSHTNOM002YREVE

*SRUOH

smetsySretaW JnoitceSotrefeR

smetsySretaWllAtcepsnI

noitcepsnIknaT**retaWyerG&retaWhserF

metsySretaWhserFhsulF&niarD

**metsySretaWyerGhsulF&niarD

eganiarDdnanoitalitneV KnoitceSotrefeR

noitarepOrewolB esUyrevEerofeB

gninaelCmetsyStneVrewolB

gninaelCdnanoitarepOpmuPegliB esUyrevEerofeB

gulPniarDmosnarTkcehC

noitarepOelohtroP

tnempiuqEroiretnI LnoitceSotrefeR

ecnanetniaMdaeH rerutcafunaMehtybdednemmoceRsA

noitcepsnIgnittiFlluH-urhT

gninaelCrotaregirfeR

relooCnaelC deriuqeRsA

metsySleuFevotS

ecnanetniaMevotS rerutcafunaMehtybdednemmoceRsA

tnempiuqEroiretxE MnoitceSotrefeR

rebmuNtcerroCdnaytilibaecivreSrofs'DFPkcehC deriuqeRsA

srehsiugitxEeriFfoegrahCkcehC deriuqeRsA

noitaiveDcitcengaMrofssapmoCkcehC

ecnanetniaMssaldniW rerutcafunaMehtybdednemmoceRsA

leveLdiulFbaTmirTkcehC

egakaelrofmetsySbaTmirTkcehC

dleihsdniWnaelC dedeeNsA

yretslohpU NnoitceSotrefeR

yretslohpUnaelC

tepraCnaelC

losyLhtiwyretslohpUyarpS

erawdraHgnitnuoMdnasegniHtaeSkcehC

**If Applicable

Section RPage 5


* Or as Required



*NOITAREPO

RUOH52HCAEKCEHC

*NOSAES


001YREVE*SRUOH

YLLANOSAES21YREVERO

ROSHTNOM002YREVE

*SRUOH

srevoCrehtaeW OnoitceSotrefeR

srevoCrehtaeWhsaW

losyLhtiwsrevoCrehtaeWyarpS

lluHdnastnenopmoCssalgrebiF PnoitceSotrefeR

).cte,staes,sliargniruces(sgninetsaFllAkcehC

ylhguorohTssalgrebiFnaelC

saerAdaerT-noNllAdnasediSlluHxaW

egamaDrofsaerAssalgrebiFtcepsnI

sriapeRpU-hcuoTroniMmrofreP

tniaPgniluoF-itnAylppA-eRdnalluHdnaS

ecnanetniaMetisopmoC&krowdooW QnoitceSotrefeR

draoBratSnaelC dedeeNsA

potretnuoC/selbaTtipkcoCnaelC dedeeNsA

stnenopmoCssalgixelPnaelC dedeeNsA

sreliarT SnoitceSotrefeR

reliarTxaW

kcaJreliarTetacirbuL

relpuoCreliarTetacirbuL

hcniWreliarTetacirbuL

noitarepOekarB esUyrevEerofeB

noitcepsnIekarB

sekarBcsiD/sbuHtcepsnI

slaeS&sgniraeBtcepsnI

sgniraeBetacirbuL

straPnoisnepsuS&sregnaH,sgnirpS

tuNguLleehW

sleehW

noitidnoC&erusserPeriT esUyrevEerofeB

Section SPage 1

™


Laws covering such items as trailer brakes, lights, safetychains, etc., will vary from state to state. Please contactthe motor vehicle department in your state for additionalinformation.

B. Load Carrying Capacity

The certification label shows the maximum load-carryingcapacity and is located on the port forward side of thetrailer. The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) is theload-carrying capacity plus the weight of the trailer itself.DO NOT exceed the GVWR rating for the trailer.

NOTICEWhen using or choosing a tow vehicle with thecorrect GVWR, you must consider not only theweight of the boat and trailer but also the weightof the fuel, water, equipment, etc. Refer to Table1 below:

If selecting a trailer from another manufacturer, check theload-carrying capacity. A trailer with a load-carrying ca-pacity that is too low will be unsafe on the highway andcould cause sudden failure of critical trailer componentsor abnormal tire wear. A trailer with too high of a load-carrying capacity that is sprung for heavy loads can dam-age a lighter boat.

NOTICEDO NOT overload your trailer by placing cam-ping gear or other heavy equipment in the boat.DO NOT exceed the GVWR rating. Damage tothe hitch, coupler, or trailer may occur.

S - 1 GENERAL TRAILER INFORMATION

The trailer must properly “match” the boat’s weight andhull design. Four Winns® trailers are designed specifi-cally for each boat model. Four Winns® trailers meet orexceed the National Marine Manufacturers Association’strailer requirements.

Four Winns manufactures bunk type trailers. The bunksare located specifically for Four Winns® boats and ad-equately support all parts of the boat. It is a “drive-on”type trailer which means winching the boat from the wa-ter is not necessary.

NOTICEWhen winching the boat onto the trailer, be surethe bunks are wet to prevent damage to theboat or trailer. DO NOT attempt to winch theboat forward when out of the water. Damage tothe winch stand/assembly or tongue could oc-cur.

Four Winns offers both painted and galvanized trailers.The painted trailer is intended to be used in fresh waterand the galvanized trailer in salt/brackish water.

NOTICEFour Winns does not recommend the usage ofpainted trailers for salt/brackish water condi-tions, as trailer life may be substantially re-duced.

A. Regulations

Federal law requires that the trailer and tire registrationinformation be compiled and recorded. The Four Winns®boat registration card includes trailer registration informa-tion. A trailer tire warranty card included in the owner’spacket, is to be filled out and returned to the tiremanufacturer.

NOTICEThe warranty of the tire is administered by themanufacturer of the tire. The manufacturer ofthe tires on your trailer is Carlisle Tire. Pleasecall 1-800-260-7959 regarding any warranty con-cerns relating to your tires.

TRAILER INFORMATION

Table 1: Average Equipment Weight

TNEMPIUQETHGIEW

)EGAREVA(

yrettaB .sbL06

leuF .laG/.sbL5.6

retaW .laG/.sbL8

seirosseccA.sbL051

)etamixorppA(

Section SPage 2


Improper weight distribution can place excessive strainon the towing vehicle and trailer. It can also cause thetrailer to “fishtail” (sway side to side). Be sure gear andother items are distributed evenly in the boat.

C. Hitches

The load-carrying capacity of trailer hitches will vary be-tween manufacturers and must equal or exceed theGVWR. Four Winns® trailers use surge disc brake sys-tems and require a fixed hitch. Refer to Section S-2ESurge Disc Brakes for more information.

Before hitching the trailer to the vehicle, make sure theproper size hitch ball is installed to match the coupler.The ball size is determined by the Gross Vehicle WeightRating or GVWR. The GVWR is printed either on thetrailer plate or embossed on the tongue, coupler or ac-tuator. For trailers with a GVWR of 7000 pounds or lessa 2” ball is used. For trailers with a GVWR over 7000pounds a 2 5/16” ball is used. This information mayalso be obtained on our website at www.fourwinns.com.Refer to Section S-3 Operation for additional informationon hitches. Also, consult your Four Winns dealer for hisrecommendation before purchasing a trailer hitch for yourtowing vehicle.

To help guard against a sudden failure while inuse, do not use a worn hitch ball. Replaceall worn or damaged parts.

S - 2 TRAILER COMPONENTS

A. Bunk Supports

All bunk boards are made of pressure treated wood. Thiswood is rot resistant. All boards are covered with a highquality exterior grade carpet to protect the boat from dam-age during normal use.

Bunk supports run parallel to the keel and support thehull, extending beyond the transom. See Figure S1.

Figure S1: Trailer Bunks

Outer bunk supports provide stability for the boat. Theinside bunks are the main weight bearing members. Sideguide-on supports help to keep the boat straight whiledriving the boat onto the trailer. Keeping the tie-downstightly fastened will prevent the boat from bouncing againstthe bunk supports.

NOTICEImproper trailer setup can cause hull damage.

B. Tongue

Four Winns® trailers are designed with tongue weightsbetween 5% and 10% of the total weight of the boat, fuel,gear and trailer. If the downward weight on the couplingball does not fall within this range, coupler failure andtowing instability may occur. If using anothermanufacturer’s trailer, have the dealer check the tongueweight before trailering.

NOTICEDO NOT use a bent or damaged tongue or cou-pler. Replacement parts may be ordered througha Four Winns dealer.

The trailer tongue is hinged or removable on our paintedtrailers and galvanized trailers. This allows for easierstorage. The tongue is attached with clevis pin(s) withlocking hair pin(s) or clevis pin keeper(s) to the trailerframe. Refer to Figure S2.

Section SPage 3

™


Figure S2: Trailer Tongue Assembly

To pivot the tongue on trailers models with hinge locatedinside the receiver:

1. Make sure the trailer jack is supporting the trailerload properly. Refer to Section S-2C on Swivel Jacksfor additional information.

2. Unplug the wire harness at the trailer cross member.

3. Disconnect the brake line coupler.

4. Remove the locking hair pins and clevis pins. Pleasenote, the locking hair pins must be rotated awayfrom clevis pin and then removed.

NOTICEThe tongue will exert some pressure on the clevispins. It may be necessary to lift, push or wigglethe tongue to remove the clevis pins.

5. Slide trailer tongue out of receiver until the hinge isexposed. Pivot the tongue towards the trailer asfar as it will go.

To reinstall, follow this procedure in reverse order.

1. Pivot the tongue so that it extends straight and is inalignment with the receiver.

NOTICEWhen extending tongue ensure that the brakeline and wire harness are not pinched. Failureto check could result in damage.

2. Slide the trailer tongue into the receiver until theclevis pin holes are aligned.

3. Insert clevis pins with washers and locking hair pins.

NOTICEThe tongue will exert some pressure on the clevispins. It may be necessary to lift, push or wigglethe tongue to insert the clevis pins.

4. Reconnect the brake line coupler.

5. If towing the trailer, remember to plug the 5-wiretongue harness to the trunk connector wire harnessof your tow vehicle.

Make sure the trailer tongue is secure before hitching to the towing vehicle.

To pivot the tongue on trailers models with exposedhinges:

1. Make sure the trailer jack is supporting the trailerload properly. Refer to Section S-2C on Swivel Jacksfor additional information.



4. Remove the clevis pin keeper and clevis pin.

NOTICEThe tongue will exert some pressure on the clevispins. It may be necessary to lift, push or wigglethe tongue to remove the clevis pins.

5. Pivot the tongue towards the trailer as far as it willgo.


1. Pivot the tongue until the clevis pin hole is aligned.

NOTICEWhen extending tongue ensure that the brakeline and wire harness are not pinched. Failureto check could result in damage.

Section SPage 4


2. Swivel jack to the vertical position.

3. Release the lock pin and make sure the pin fullyengages the attached tongue bracket.

Be sure dirt, sand, ice, etc., does not obstructthe proper seating of the lock pin.

4. When raising or lowering the jack, prevent the casterfrom rotating while cranking. Make sure the jack isplanted on a firm and level surface before unhitchingthe trailer.

To prevent personal injury or damage to the boatand trailer, observe the following:

• NEVER pull on the lock pin when any trailerweight is on the trailer jack.

• DO NOT move the trailer when resting onthe swivel jack. Use towing vehicle to movethe boat and trailer.

• Keep body and feet clear of trailer tonguewhen raising or lowering jack.

Always remember to swivel jack to the horizontal posi-tion before towing the trailer. Damage to the caster andjack may result.

The swivel jack provided on the Four Winns® trailer canbe removed from the trailer to allow for maintenance orrepairs. Follow the manufacturer’s recommendationsprovided in the owner’s packet.

Figure S3: Swivel Jack

2. Insert clevis pin. Always be sure to insert clevispin from the top and insert the clevis pin keeper.

NOTICEThe tongue will exert some pressure on the clevispins. It may be necessary to lift, push or wigglethe tongue to insert the clevis pins.

4. Reconnect the brake line coupler.

5. If towing the trailer, remember to plug the 5-wiretongue harness to the trunk connector wire harnessof your tow vehicle.

To remove the tongue on painted or galvanized trailers:

1. Make sure the trailer jack is supporting the trailer loadproperly. Refer to Section S-2C on Swivel Jacks foradditional information.



4. Remove the locking hair pin and clevis pin. Pleasenote, the locking hair pin must be rotated away fromclevis pin and then removed.

NOTICEThe tongue will exert some pressure on the clevispins. It may be necessary to lift, push or wigglethe tongue to remove the clevis pin.

5. Slide trailer tongue out of receiver and store in a properplace. If the trailer has brakes, store the tongueupright to prevent brake fluid from leaking.


Make sure the trailer tongue is secure before hitching to the towing vehicle.

C. Swivel Jack

The jack is designed to lift, lower and support the tonguesof the trailers when not connected to the towing vehicle.Before unhitching the trailer, use the following guidelineswhen setting up the jack.

1. Pull on the lock pin. See Figure S3.

Section SPage 5

™


D. Coupling Assembly

To unlock the coupler, pull the locking trigger upward withyour index finger and lift the locking lever. To lock, pushthe locking lever down. See Figure S4.

This is also applicable to the Surge Disc Brake Actuatorand Coupling Assembly.

E. Surge Disc Brakes

Surge disc brakes are available on model trailers manu-factured by Four Winns. Surge disc brakes operate auto-matically when the tow vehicle’s brakes are applied.When the tow vehicle slows down or stops, the forwardmomentum or “surge” of the trailer against the hitch ballapplies pressure to a master cylinder in the trailer cou-pler. The master cylinder supplies hydraulic pressurethrough the hydraulic system which activates the trailer’sdisc brakes. See Figures S5 and S6. Please refer tothe manufacturer’s literature included in your owner’spacket for further details regarding operation and main-tenance.

The benefits of disc brakes in comparison to drumbrakes:

• Fewer moving parts.• Longer life due to fewer moving parts.• Friction pads are easily accessible.• Easy access to caliper for cleaning and maintenance.• Calipers are self-adjusting allowing smoother braking operation.• Braking performance less likely to be affected by dirt, water, or rust contamination.• Fade resistant.

Figure S4: Coupling Assembly

Figure S5: Brake Actuator & Coupling Assembly and Brake

For boat models with the Surge Brake Actuator and Cou-pling Assembly shown in Figure S6, lift the release handleto unlock the coupler. Push down on the release handle/locking lever to lock the trailer to the ball hitch. The lock-ing pin, provided with the trailer, or a padlock must beinserted in the locking lever hole. This ensures thecoupler’s locking lever remains in the locked position dur-ing towing of the trailer. Refer to Section S-3 Operationfor additional information on couplers and hitching to thetow vehicle.

NOTICEAnti-sway devices as used on recreational vehi-cles (RV’s) are not applicable to surge brake sys-tems and should not be used on Four Winns®trailers.

DO NOT use a trailer hitch with moving parts. Thebrakes could activate when traveling downhill. Al-ways use a fixed hitch.

If the brakes are wet from loading, travel at a slow speedand apply the brakes on your towing vehicle several timesto “dry” out the trailer brakes.

Section SPage 6


Figure S6: Surge Brake Actuator & Coupling Assembly

The brake actuator and coupling assembly comes witha 5-wire plug for connecting to the tow vehicle’s traileringharness. Figure S7 depicts the 5-wire plug, the color ofthe individual wires, and the designated circuit for eachwire.

Figure S7: 5-Wire Plug HarnessFor maintenance and other information, refer to themanufacturer’s literature included with in the owner’spacket.

F. Winch

Winch operating instructions are listed below.

To release the winch, place the ratchet in the REVERSEor NEUTRAL position. The winch handle may spin whenpulling on the winch line.

Ball Socket

Ball Socket

30O

Release handle must be in open positionto remove from or place on ball.

Open

Release handle must befully closed and pin insertedbefore towing.

Closed

To prevent personal injury, observe the follow-ing:

A spinning winch handle can cause injury. Besure the area is clear.

DO NOT release the handle when the ratchet isdisengaged. Be sure the ratchet is engaged orno load is on the winch before releasing thehandle.

To prevent personal injury, ALWAYS inspect thewinch line and hook before each use. NEVERuse line that is worn or frayed. NEVER let any-one stand in or behind a boat while pulling withthe winch.

To rewind the winch, ALWAYS engage the ratchet first.Turn the handle in the appropriate direction to rewind theline.

A clicking sound will be heard when the winch isproperly engaged. If a clicking sound is not heard,DO NOT release the handle. Handle may spinbackwards. Lower the load into a safe positionbefore releasing the handle.

Refer to the manufacturer’s literature, included in theowner’s packet, for more information on winch opera-tion.

G. Tires & Wheels

Trailer wheel rims are available in three types of finishes:white, aluminum and galvanized. The white, powder coatfinish is standard. Aluminum rims (Mags) are optionalon painted trailers. Galvanized trailers are equipped withmatching galvanized rims. Spare tire covers are avail-able as an option and will match the trailer.

The tires installed on Four Winns® trailers meet the trailerload requirements for each model. Before trailering, makesure the tires are inflated according to the manufacturer’srecommendation. Tire pressure information is noted onthe tire and in the manufacturer’s literature included inthe owner’s packet.

Section SPage 7

™


NOTICECarlisle Tire Registry

Ensure to fill out your name and address on thetire registration form provided in your ownerspacket. Mail it to the tire manufacturer for thepurposes of compliance with Federal defect no-tification regulations.

Mag wheels include a locking-type nut to help deter theft.This nut requires a special key or socket to remove. Thesocket will be included with your trailer when mag wheelsare ordered. Refer to Figure S8.

Figure S8: Mag Wheel & Mag Wheel Key (Socket)

NOTICEDO NOT use an air wrench or other power equip-ment to install lug nuts on aluminum (Mag)wheels. Damage to the wheel may result. Lugnuts should be torqued to 85 foot pounds.

Examine the tires frequently for snags, bulges, exces-sive tread wear, separations or cuts.

Refer to the manufacturer’s literature included in theowner’s packet for more information.

NOTICEThe warranty of the tire is administered by themanufacturer of the tire. The manufacturer ofthe tires on your trailer is Carlisle Tire. Pleasecall 1-800-260-7959 regarding any warranty con-cerns relating to your tires.

H. Spare Tire Carrier

Spare tires are optional on all Four Winns® trailers. Aspare tire carrier is bolted to the trailer frame and is avail-able in painted or galvanized finish. A spare tire carrierand wheel can be ordered from your Four Winns dealer.Refer to Figure S9.

Figure S9: Spare Tire Carrier

I. Lights

Four Winns® trailers are equipped with taillights, brakelights, turning signals, and clearance lights. All lights aresealed to prevent moisture from entering. The taillightbulb and/or assemblies may be replaced. The bulb tothe taillight is enclosed in a sealed housing which canbe opened for bulb replacement. Contact your FourWinns dealer for assistance.

NOTICEUse a heavy duty turning signal flasher on tow-ing vehicles. Check with your local auto partsstore or ask your Four Winns dealer for assis-tance.

Section SPage 8


Figure S11: Rear Tie Down Straps

The tie-down is a mechanical ratchet device. To allowline out, follow the procedures below:

1. Place two fingers on spring-loaded release, and pullrelease away from spindle/gear.

2. Open tie-down to a flat, 180° position.

NOTICESpring-loaded release should click into a notchon the painted handle. Both spring releasesshould clear the inner gear.

3. Pull line out. The inner spindle/gear should movefreely.

To ratchet line or tighten down the strap on the boat:

1. Place two fingers on spring-loaded release, and pullrelease away from spindle/gear.

2. Bring both handles together. Both handles shouldride on the inner gear.

3. Open (to approximately 110°) and close handles toratchet. Leave in closed position to maintain pres-sure on line.

Consult your dealer for state trailer regulations concern-ing lighting and other optional equipment.

J. Tie-downs

The boat should be secured to the trailer by tie-downs toprevent damage to the hull. The boat may shift or bounceagainst the bunks or hull supports if not secured. It mayalso slide or fall off the trailer while being towed.

There are two types of tie-downs being used:

1. Bow Tie-downs: A bow stop to hold the front of yourboat in place is located on the winch stand. It shouldbe positioned so that the winch line pulls straightand is parallel to the trailer frame. A separate tie-down should then be attached to hold the boat. SeeFigure S10.

Figure S10: Bow Tie Down Strap

NOTICEDO NOT rely on the winch cable (or line) aloneto hold the bow of the boat against the bow stop.A bow tie-down is provided with the Four Winns®trailer.

2. Rear Tie-downs: It is very important that the transomis resting securely on the bunk supports at the rearof the trailer. Rear tie-downs are provided to securethe boat to the trailer. Tighten the tie-downs to pre-vent the boat from moving. See Figure S11.

Section SPage 9

™


NOTICETo prevent back injury, DO NOT PHYSICALLYLIFT the trailer tongue when loaded.

6. The locking pin, provided with the trailer, or a pad-lock must be inserted in the locking lever hole. Thisensures the coupler’s locking lever remains in thelocked position during towing of the trailer. Use of apadlock will help to deter theft.

7. Connect break-away cable S-hook securely to oneof the tow vehicle hitch’s safety chain connectionpoints. The cable should hang clear of trailer tongueand be long enough to permit short radius turns with-out pulling break-away cable forward. DO NOT loopthe break-away cable around a bracket and loop itback onto itself.

8. Make sure the break-away lever is fully rotated tothe rear with the break-away catch pin securely lo-cated under the break-away spring. The break-awaycatch pin will be in the lever’s uppermost notch.See Figure S12.

Figure S12: Break-away Cable

The Break-away system is not designed to op-erate if the trailer does not separate completelyfrom the tow vehicle, or if the trailer tongue “sub-marines” and goes beneath the tow vehicle. DONOT use break-away cable as a parking brake.

9. Safety chains or cables (depending on which modelyou have) are provided and must be used. Crossthe safety chains/cables under the coupling and at-tach to the towing vehicle’s frame or bumper. SeeFigure S13. Always allow slack for turns. FourWinns provides securement clips for the safetychain/cable hooks and recommends you use them.Regulations vary from state to state. Please checkthe local laws in your state.

S - 3 OPERATION

A. Hitching Trailer

Before towing, the trailer must be properly hitched to thetow vehicle.

To ensure proper engagement of the actuator’scoupler to the tow ball, DO NOT use a multi-piece ball, an incorrectly sized ball, or a worn/damaged ball. Please refer to the trailer’s certi-fication plate, coupler or actuator on the trailerfor Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or visitour website at www.fourwinns.com. Trailers witha GVWR of 7000 pounds or below require a 2”tow ball and trailers above a GVWR of 7000pounds require a 2 5/16” tow ball.

1. Position actuator ball socket above ball hitch.

2. Lift up on release handle fully (approximately 30o fora trailer with brake actuator and coupler assembly)to allow the ball latch to rotate open. The handle willremain up to indicate that it is not yet attached tothe ball. See Figure S6.

3. Lower trailer tongue until ball is seated or rests in ballsocket.

4. Close release handle. If it is a trailer with brake ac-tuator and coupler assembly the handle will snap toits closed position when properly seated.

The release handle will close freely with finger pressurewhen ball is properly seated in socket. If the handledoes not close freely or does not snap to its closedposition properly, do not tow trailer. DO NOT forcehandle into closed position, otherwise damage could re-sult. Inspect actuator for bent parts or cause of improperoperation.

NOTICEKeep the coupler clean and lubricated to preventdamage to the coupler.

5. Make sure the actuator is secure. If unsure, extendthe trailer tongue jack to the ground and lift (with thejack) the car and trailer combination approximately2" to 4". If the ball does not disengage and remainssecured, the actuator is latched properly.

Section SPage 10


Be sure the tow vehicle and trailer are level andhave a positive tongue load. This will allow thebrake actuators to function properly on trailermodels having such braking systems.

Be sure to read the manufacturer’s literature, included inthe owner’s packet, before towing your Four Winns® boatand trailer.

B. Backing Up With Surge Disc Brakes

Follow the steps listed above for hitching the trailer beforebacking up.

1. Before backing up a slope or through soft ground,pull the trailer forward slightly to assure the actuatorsocket is in the fully forward position.

2. Back the trailer up.

Avoid sharp turns. This could bend, create ex-treme stress or fracture either the actuator ortrailer tongue.

NOTICEBe sure to check for obstacles or persons be-hind the trailer before backing up. Also, adjustyour mirrors for clear view of the area behind thetrailer.

3. If the trailer is to be uncoupled from the tow vehicleafter backing, block all trailer wheels and pull forwardslightly to take strain off the actuator.

Uncouple the actuator by lifting the release handleand raise the trailer tongue with the jack.

For most trailering conditions, the brake actuator willallow you to back up normally. However, if the coupleris not wired or if there is a failure the trailer can still bebacked up by using the manual brake lockout.

To use your lockout, check that no force is being ap-plied to the actuator. This is achieved by positioning thetowing vehicle and the trailer on a flat service, or with thetrailer downhill from the tow vehicle. Set the vehicle’sparking brake.

The trailer’s safety chain/cable length MUST beset short enough so the actuator’s break-awaycable is NOT pulled if the coupler separatesfrom the tow vehicle’s hitch but remains con-nected by the safety chains/cables. The break-away system should only be activated afterBOTH the trailer’s coupler and safety chains/cables have failed and allowed the trailer to com-pletely separate from the tow vehicle. Providejust enough slack in the trailer safety chains/cables to allow short radius turns. The chains/cables should not drag on the ground. Safetychains/cables must be used.

Figure S13: Crossing the Safety Chains/Cables

To reduce the risk of Break-away accidents, besure coupler is seated and safety chains/cablescrisscrossed before trailering.

NOTICERubber safety chain straps are included on the“S” hooks to prevent chains/cables from bounc-ing off of the tow vehicle and must be used.

10. Retract jack fully and place in trailering or horizontalposition.

11. Check for proper tow vehicle-trailer hookup. The towvehicle and trailer should be level with a positivetongue load. Four Winns® trailers are designed withtongue weights between 5% and 10% of the totalweight of the boat, fuel, gear and trailer. The trailershould be close to level. If unsure of tongue load andtrailer position, consult your Four Winns dealer be-fore proceeding.

Section SPage 11

™


Rotate the lockout assembly forward and up. See Fig-ure S14. Then push it rearward, so the pin ends will restin the notches in the sides of the outer case. The ac-tuator is now “locked out” and will not apply any notice-able pressure to the trailer brakes as you back up. Ifyou can not rotate the assembly forward enough to reachthe notch, make sure the actuator’s coupler case as-sembly is pulled fully forward out of the outer case.

Figure S14: Brake Lockout Mechanism

NOTICETrailer components may be different betweenmodels and may change during the model year.Be sure to read all manufacturer’s literature sup-plied with your Four Winns® trailer.

S - 4 TRAILERING

A. Checklist

Before trailering, the trailer should be inspected for thefollowing:

1. Check tires for proper inflation. Under-inflated tiresheat up rapidly and may blowout or cause uncon-trolled swaying. Also, make sure lug nuts are tight.

2. Be sure the coupler is secured to the trailer hitch andsafety chains are attached.

3. Be sure trailer taillights and turning signals areoperational.

4. Check the brakes for proper operation prior to depar-ture.

5. Check lug nuts for proper tightness.

6. Check tie-downs and make sure boat is secured tothe trailer.

7. Check the springs and under carriage for loose parts.

8. Before towing, close and secure all hatches, doors,and windows. Securely store all equipment and can-vas. Installed tops, side curtains, and aft curtainscan be damaged while towing.

9. Carry a spare tire for both the trailer and towing ve-hicle. On extended trips, carry spare wheel bearings,seals, and races. Be sure and carry the proper toolsto complete the repairs.

To avoid bearing failure and possible wheel loss,keep wheel bearings properly lubricated. Insp-ect the wheel bearings periodically and checkfor damage.

10. Before trailering, inspect the bearings for wear andadequate lubrication. When traveling, check the wheelhubs during stops at gas stations, restaurants or otherplaces. If the hub feels abnormally hot, the bearingshould be inspected before continuing the trip.

B. Tactics

NOTICEBe sure to check the towing vehicle manufactu-rer’s literature for recommendations on towing.

1. Install outside rear view mirrors on both sides of thetowing vehicle to improve vision. Check the rear viewmirrors at frequent intervals to be sure trailer and boatare riding smoothly.

2. Allow at least one car and trailer length between ve-hicles for each 10 mph. DO NOT tailgate.

3. Use low gear (on manual transmissions) when travel-ing up steep hills or over sand, gravel, or dirt roads.

4. Use care if shifting to a lower gear while travelingdownhill. This could activate the trailer’s surge brakesfor the duration of the downhill run and cause over-heating. Extended overheating could result in com-plete loss of the trailer brakes.

To help prevent overheating, slow down while approach-ing the crest of a hill and maintain a slow, controlleddownhill speed. Apply brakes in short intervals toallow time between braking for the brakes to cool off.

5. When rounding turns on highways or streets, DO NOTcut corners. Also, travel slowly over railroad tracks.

Section SPage 12


For more information on maintenance, refer to themanufacturer’s literature included in the owner’s packet.

D. Brake Actuator & Coupling Assembly

When storing or parking your trailer, keep the brake ac-tuator and coupling assembly (coupler) off the ground toprevent dirt buildup in the ball socket. Keep the couplerclean of dirt, tar, and mud. Lubricate the coupler withSAE 30 weight oil every six months or as often as neces-sary. Replace any worn or defective parts. If the coupleris damaged, contact your Four Winns dealer for replace-ment parts. DO NOT use a damaged or bent couplerassembly.

For more information on maintenance, refer to themanufacturer’s literature included in the owner’s packet.

NOTICEThe trailer should be set up at a slight angle toallow for water to drain aft in the boat.

E. Winch

The winch should be kept clean of dirt, ice, paint, etc.,and the spur gears should have a film of grease on themat all times. Apply several drops of SAE 30 weight oil tothe ratchet pawl mechanism, bushings and pinion shaftthreads twice per season.

Replace any worn or damaged parts. For more informa-tion on maintenance, refer to the manufacturer’s litera-ture included in the owner’s packet.

F. Lights

Inspect wiring for cuts or bare wire which could causeelectrical shorts. Repair or replace defective wiring. Re-place cracked or damaged lens and always carry sparebulbs. Replacement parts may be ordered through a FourWinns dealer.

G. Tie-downs

Replace frayed or damaged tie-downs. Periodically, lu-bricate the ratchet mechanism with a fine oil or siliconespray. Replacement parts may be ordered through a FourWinns dealer.

6. If the trailer begins to “fishtail” when accelerating, re-duce speed until it ceases. If the trailer “fishtails”again during acceleration, stop to investigate thecause of the problem. Check for improper trailer loadand uneven weight distribution inside the boat. Checkthe winch line and tie-downs. Also check the tiresfor proper inflation or damage. If necessary, redis-tribute the load before continuing.

For additional information on trailering, refer to the “Boat-ing Basics” manual included in the owner’s packet.

S - 5 MAINTENANCE

A. Care of Exterior Finish

When using the trailer, keep in mind the paint can scratchand become marred during normal use. In most cases,touch-up paint can be ordered. Please contact a FourWinns dealer for assistance.

Some maintenance is required to maintain the finish andminimize rusting. The trailer should be washed and rinsedwith clean water immediately after each use. On galva-nized trailers, rinse only with clean water. Dependingupon use, waxing is recommended twice a year. Usepaste wax designed for enamel paint.

B. Bunks

The bunks should be replaced if they are cracked, warped,or evidence of dry-rot is found. The replacement boardsshould be treated lumber of the same length and width.

DO NOT burn damaged or broken bunks. Toxicfumes will be released. Dispose of bunks prop-erly.

C. Swivel Jack

Keep the swivel jack clean of dirt, tar, and mud. Lubri-cate every six months. The swivel jack’s inner ram shouldbe lubricated with SAE 30 weight oil. The top cover maybe removed to lubricate the gears with wheel bearinggrease.

Replace all worn and damaged parts. ALWAYS use themanufacturer’s replacement parts. Replacement partsmay be ordered through your Four Winns dealer.

Section SPage 13

™


H. Wheels

Some maintenance is required to maintain the finish andretard rusting of painted rims. The wheels should becleaned with dishwashing soap and water and rinsed withclean water immediately after each use. Waxing is recom-mended three to four times each year.

Aluminum wheel rims may be cleaned with dishwashingsoap and water. However, cleaning products specificallyfor aluminum are available and can be used. Cleanersmay be obtained from Four Winns dealers and your localauto parts stores. The Mag wheel manufacturer recom-mends a product by Priority One® called Pro-Long Alu-minum/Chrome Wheel Protectant™. Galvanized rimsshould be rinsed only with clean water immediately aftereach use.

NOTICEALWAYS read the manufacturer’s instructionson the label before using any product.

I. Brakes

Keep the actuator clean of dirt, tar, and mud. The actua-tor and internal parts should be lubricated at all timeswith SAE 30 weight oil. The hitch ball may be lubricatedwith automotive grease or lubricant made for hitch balls.

Periodically inspect the brake system for leaks. Checkall hoses for cuts or wear. Replace all defective hoses.The master cylinder should be filled within 1/2 inch fromthe top of the reservoir.

At the beginning of each year, inspect the brakes for ex-cessive wear, have linings replaced if necessary.

If the brakes need bleeding, consult your Four Winns dealerfor assistance. If unavailable, a brake or auto repair facil-ity can perform the repair.

Refer to the manufacturer’s literature included in theowner’s packet for additional information on the brakesystem.

J. Bearings

Wheel bearings and seals should be inspected at thesame time as brakes. Have worn or defective parts re-placed. Grease bearings and seals at this time and atthe end of the boating season. Bearing Protectors shouldbe greased three to four times a year. A grease fitting isprovided.

Four Winns uses the Accu-Lube™ bearing protectionsystem on its trailers. The Accu-Lube™ design is sub-mersible and provides for grease flow that completelyrepacks and protects the bearings. This lubrication sys-tem disallows water entry, thus extending the life of thebearings, spindle and hub.

Lubricate the bearings as follows:

1. Remove the rubber plug.

2. Insert the grease gun into the grease fitting. Pump grease until old grease comes back out the front.

3. Remove old grease and reinstall rubber plug.

NOTICEMost bearing failures are due to improper main-tenance. Be sure to inspect bearings and sealsas noted in Section S-6B and refer to themanufacturer’s literature included with your trailer.

S - 6 AXLE INSPECTION & REPAIRS

As a general rule, repairs and maintenance should beperformed by qualified servicing personnel. Our axlemanufacturer recommends that a certified mechanicshould be consulted on the following items:

1. Broken axle2. Broken spring3. Worn spring eye bushing parts4. Sagging springs5. Welding fatigue6. Serious leakage of seal7. Tire wear8. Loose or worn suspension parts9. All brake related adjustments, inspections and prob-

lems

A. Removal of Hub

The following instructions pertain only to trailers manu-factured by Four Winns. To remove the hub to inspectthe bearings and seals, refer to Figure S15 and the fol-lowing instructions:

Section SPage 14


Figure S15: Axle Components

1. Remove lug nuts.

2. Remove wheel.

3. Remove grease cap.

4. Remove lock tab washer.

5. Unscrew the spindle nut counter clockwise.

6. Remove spindle washer.

7. Remove hub from spindle.

B. Bearing/Seal Inspection and Replacement

When inspecting bearings or seals:

1. Inspect the grease seal for damage, tears, or cracks.If there is no damage or leakage is not occurring, theseal is in good condition.

If the seal is torn or cracked, then it should be re-placed. The seal can be pried out of the hub with ascrew driver. Be sure to replace the seal using therecommended replacement parts. Parts can be ob-tained from your Four Winns dealer.

2. When inspecting the bearing, check for corrosion andwear. If any rust or wear exists on the bearing, thenremove and replace with the recommended partslisted in the table above.

3. If the bearings are in good condition, repacking thegrease should be done at this time. Hand pack eachbearing individually using a premium water resistantwheel bearing grease

C. Hub Reinstallation

1. To reinstall hub, reverse the procedures listed above.

2. It is important to tighten the spindle nut to approxi-mately 50 ft. lbs. (12" wrench with full hand force).Loosen the nut then finger tighten.

3. Replace the cotter.

4. When reinstalling wheel, the following tightening pro-cedure is recommended by the manufacturer:

a. Place wheel lug nuts on by hand to start.

b. Tighten initially to 15 - 20 ft. lbs. (Apply 20 poundsof pressure to wrench 12" long) using cross tight-ening sequence. Proceed to finish tightening to85 ft. lbs. (Applying 85 pounds of pressure towrench 12" long will yield 85 ft. lbs. of torque).

c. Re-torque after first 50 miles of use.

Refer to Section S-2G for additional information on wheelrequirements.

Section TPage 1


PRE-LAUNCH AND UNDERWAY

T - 1 LAUNCH AND CRUISE CHECKLIST

Get a current weather report. If the weather will not be favorable, postpone your trip.

If your boat has been out of the water, check to see that all bilge water has drained out.

Install hull drain plugs.

Inspect the hull and propeller for damage. Excessive dirt or marine growth will effect your boat’sperformance and fuel efficiency.

Check the electrical system and navigation lights.

If your boat has been in the water, run the bilge pump until the flow of water stops.

Check that all required safety equipment is on board and in good working condition. Examplesinclude personal flotation devices (PFDs), horn, fire extinguisher, visual distress signals, etc. Takealong a gallon of drinking water.

Check that other important equipment is on board. Examples include mooring lines, anchor andline, tool kit, first aid kit, etc.

Open engine compartment. Inspect for fuel odors and visible leaks in the fuel, oil, coolant, exhaustand power steering systems.

Visually inspect engine for cracked hose, defective belts, or other signs of engine problems. Checkengine oil and battery water levels. Check power steering fluid level. Check battery electrolyterange.

Check fuel level. Fuel tanks should be filled to slightly less than capacity. Allow for fuel expansion.

Check that all engine drains are closed (stern drives).

Make sure navigation charts and equipment are on board.

Check operation of steering system, navigation lights, and operation of horn.

Make sure passengers and crew know what to do in case of an emergency and how to operatesafety equipment.

Make sure all required documents are on board.

File a float plan with a responsible party ashore.

Keep an eye on the weather. Be aware of possible changing conditions by monitoring localweather broadcasts prior to departure. The captain or first mate should personally monitor strongwinds and electrical storms.

Always keep accurate up-to-date charts of your boating area on board.

Section TPage 2


T - 2 FUELING

Do not smoke, extinguish all open flames, STOPall engines and other devices that could causesparks, including the bilge blower. Do not useelectrical switches or accessories. Shut OFFall stoves that may produce a spark or flame.Close all openings into the cabin area of the boat.

A. Recommendations

When fueling or having your boat fueled by anattendant, be sure the waste pump-out or freshwater fitting is not mistaken for the gas fill.

Although alcohol boosts the octane level of gasoline, italso attacks the rubber fuel distribution lines and evenmetal fuel system components. Alcohol will permeatemost fuel hoses and other components such as fuelpump, gaskets and seals, and can also contribute tofuel system contamination.

The hoses we use in our boats are alcohol-resistant asare the materials used by the engine manufacturers. Ifonly fuel containing alcohol is available, or the presenceof alcohol is unknown, you must perform more frequentinspections for leaks and abnormalities. Any sign ofleakage or deterioration requires your immediate atten-tion. Refer to the engine manufacturer’s recommenda-tions on fuel type and octane ratings.

B. Preliminary Guidelines

1. Safely secure your boat to the dock.

2. Close all hatches, windows, doors and compartmentsto prevent accumulation of fuel vapors.

3. Ensure that a fire extinguisher is readily available.

4. Do not store fuel in areas that are not adequatelyventilated.

5. Use only fuel lubricants recommended by the enginemanufacturer.

C. Pumping Fuel

Follow engine manufacturer’s recommendationsfor types of fuel and oil. Use of improper productscan damage the engine and void the warranty.

1. Be sure to fuel in a well-lit area gasoline spills areunnoticeable under poor lighting or in the dark.

2. Remove the gas fill cover.

3. Insert the fuel supply nozzle, keeping it in contactwith the fuel fill plate to guard against static producedsparks.

4. Stand away from the fuel tank vent and gas fill duringfueling. Splashback may occur and can be an eyeirritant and/or a fire hazard.

5. Avoid spillage. Wipe up any excess fuel immedi-ately.

6. After pumping approximately 10 gallons of fuel intothe fuel tank, inspect the engine and fuel tank areafor any signs of leakage. If no leaks or other prob-lems are detected, resume fueling.

7. Allow space at the top of the tank for thermal expan-sion.

8. If fuel cannot be pumped in at a reasonable rate,check for fuel vent blockage or a kink in the line.

D. After Fueling

1. Replace the gas fill cover and wipe up any fuel spilled.Discard rags used in a safe place ashore.

2. Open the engine compartment and all hatches, win-dows, doors and other compartments that wereclosed during fueling. Inspect these areas for theodor of fuel vapors and visible fuel leakage.

Investigate and correct any sign of fuel leakageor indication of vapors before starting engine.Do not run blower or operate any electricalswitch until problem is corrected. Fire or explo-sion may result.

Section TPage 3


interfere with operation of the boat. Passengers shouldboard the boat one-at-a-time and be seated. Passen-gers should remain seated during loading of the boat tomaintain an even trim.

Passengers seated in the bow area shouldnot obstruct the driver’s vision.

IMPORTANT: Passengers are prohibited from riding onthe bow with feet hanging over the side or ride whilesitting on the stern, gunwales or seatbacks. The CoastGuard considers these acts to be negligent or grosslynegligent operation. They are prohibited by law becausefalls from moving boats are a major cause of fatal recre-ational boating accidents.

T - 3 LOADING PASSENGERS AND GEAR

NOTE: All boats under 20 feet in length must have acapacity rating plate showing the recommended per-son capacity as well as the maximum capacity of theboat including persons and gear.

When loading your boat, remember to distribute the loadevenly. Keep the load low and do not overload. Thecapacity plate affixed to your boat states the maximumload capacity. The plate shows in pounds, the amountof persons and gear that the boat will safely handle un-der normal conditions. U. S. Coast Guard regulationsestablishes these load capacity ratings. Position pas-sengers and gear so that the load is balanced.

When loading, always step into the boat, never boardby jumping. Have someone on the dock pass your gearaboard. Secure all gear firmly so it doesn’t move or

Figure T1: Loading Passengers and Gear

Section TPage 4


3. Attach the ignition interrupt lanyards securely toyour body. In the event that you move away fromthe helm area and beyond the length of the lanyard,the engine will be turned off.

4. If your boat has fuel injection, turn the key to startthe engine. Engine will not turn over if throttle is notin the neutral position.

If your boat does not have fuel injection, depressthe engine warmup button to advance the throttleseveral times and leave it in the SLOW/START po-sition. This will actuate the carburetor acceleratorpump and feed fuel to the engine. Turn ignition keyto START position.

5. When engine is cold, run engine approximately one(1) to two (2) minutes at fast idle speed (1200 to1500 rpm). This step is not necessary with fuelinjected engines.

6. Once engine has warmed up, check water tempera-ture gauge to ensure engine temperature stayswithin optimum range. If temperature reading isabnormally high, stop engine immediately and in-spect for cause of high reading.

7. With engine running, voltmeter should show a read-ing between 12 and 15 volts.

8. Check steering operation. Turn steering wheel fullto port and starboard while observing outdrive move-ment.

9. Inspect for fuel odors and visible leaks in the fuel,oil, coolant, exhaust and power steering systems.

10. Make sure boat is securely moored to the dockand engine is idling. Then move the throttle forwardand then aft and back to neutral to check for properoperation of the shifting motion. Be careful. Leavethe engine in gear for only a second or two.

T - 5 MANEUVERING

Boat steering is not self-centering. Steering iseffected by engine and propeller torque, trimtab setting, wave and current action and thespeed of the hull through the water. Constantattention to steering is required for safe opera-tion.

IMPORTANT: The presence of the capacity plate doesnot relieve the boat operator from the responsibility ofusing common sense or sound judgment. Turbulent wa-ters and adverse weather conditions will reduce the maxi-mum load capacity rating of the boat.

T - 4 STARTING PROCEDURES

The operation and maintenance manual supplied withyour engine provides pre-start, starting and cold-startinginstructions. The following information is merely a guideand not intended to explain in detail all starting proce-dures and instructions. Refer to your engine owner’smanual.

A. Preliminary Checks

1. Secure boat to the dock before attempting to startengine. The boat should be kept secure until theengine is running and warmed up.

2. Operate the bilge pump until the flow of water stops.

3. Make sure the throttle is in the neutral position andstern drive or outboard is lowered into water.

4. Make sure passengers seated in the bow area donot obstruct the driver’s vision.

B. Starting

To prevent excessive exposure and reduce thepossibility of carbon monoxide accumulationin the cockpit areas of the boat, the operatorshould provide adequate ventilation in each ofthese areas. Utilize hatches, doors, windowsand side vents to increase air movement. SeeSection B-2 for information about the dangersof Carbon Monoxide.

Notice: Additional starting information is located in Sec-tion A.

1. Check all electrical systems and navigation lights.

2. If your boat is equipped with an optional battery se-lector switch, turn the battery switch to 1, 2, or BOTHor ON or EMERGENCY START ONLY position (de-pending on which model you have. )

Section TPage 5


Once the boat has slowed and motor is idling, place theshift in REVERSE. Gradually increasing reverse powerwith the throttle will allow you to stop the boat in a veryshort distance.

NOTE: A boat will not respond to steering in reversenearly as well as it does when going forward, so do notexpect to accomplish tight turning maneuvers whenbacking up.

Remember that all boats steer by the stern (the feelingis much like steering your automobile in reverse). Thismeans that the stern of your boat will swing in the direc-tion opposite to your turn. For example, when you turnthe helm wheel to the left, the stern of your boat willswing in the direction opposite to your turn. This isespecially important to keep in mind when docking, op-erating in close quarters with other boats, or when ap-proaching a swimmer or downed skier in the water.

Always look behind you and to both sides of the boatbefore slowing down. Tell your passengers your inten-tions to allow them time to make adjustments to theirbalance or positions.

Slowly pull back on throttles, glance back and see if alarge following wave is approaching the transom. If sogive the engines a little throttle as the wave arrives tokeep wave from rolling over the transom.

Once you have spent enough time practicing maneu-vers and have a feel for how the boat handles, you willbe ready to run in open waters.

T - 6 ACCELERATION

Before accelerating to bring you boat on plane,be sure that the area in front of your boat isclear. The bow will rise out of the water mo-mentarily before you plane and may temporarilyobstruct your vision.

If you have never had your boat on plane before, choosea calm day for your first on plane experience. Neverboat beyond your ability and experience.

Before bringing your boat “on plane”, check the entirearea to make sure you have a clear, safe path. As youthrottle up to accelerate, your boat will increase its angleof trim, causing the bow to ride high. From a maximumangle, the boat will level out to its planing attitude with

When all your pre-departure checks have been com-pleted and the engine has warmed up, you will be readyto leave the dock. Take into account the amount ofwind, tide current, and other forces that may affect yourmaneuvering as you leave the dock. Idle speeds workbest when maneuvering to and from the dock. Do notforget to release the mooring lines.

A. Leaving the Dock

You are ready to leave the dock after the engine haswarmed up. Check all gauges for appropriate readingsbefore casting off. If oil pressure is abnormally low orengine temperature is abnormally high, stop the engineimmediately. Check voltmeter to be sure the chargingsystem is working properly. Check for fuel, oil, andexhaust leaks. Correct the cause of any abnormal con-dition before getting underway.

Make sure passengers sitting in the bow areado not obstruct the operator’s vision when cast-ing off or while underway.

After making sure your boat is ready, check wind, tide,current and other forces that will affect the way youmaneuver your boat away from the dock. Throw moor-ing lines off to your boat. Shift your boat’s engine intoforward or reverse depending on whether you want tomove the bow or the stern away from the dock first.Run your engine at a slow speed as you move awayfrom the dock. If you move the bow out first, watch thatthe stern of the boat does not swing into the dock or apiling.

Once away from the dock, devote some time to learn-ing how to maneuver. Practice docking using an imagi-nary dock. Practice stopping and reversing.

B. Stopping

Boats have no brakes. Stopping is accomplished bybacking down on the throttle. Practice stopping ma-neuvers and learn early how your boat reacts. Fromforward motion, pull the throttle back towards NEUTRAL.Depending on your speed, the distance the boat travelsuntil it comes to a complete stop will vary. The ability tomeasure the distance will only be acquired through ex-perience.

Section TPage 6


point your boat will be plowing through the water withthe bow down too far. Trim the lower unit up slightlyuntil the bow comes up. If you trim the lower unit outtoo far, your boat will porpoise or the propeller will cavi-tate, and the bow will slam up and down on the water.Your boat is trimmed correctly when it is just short ofporpoising or propeller cavitation, under ideal runningconditions.

Trim your boat to compensate for seas, winds, or un-even loads.

Head Seas Trim drives in more than usual.Use tabs to keep bow downand go at a slower speed.

Following Seas To prevent taking seawater overthe bow, trim drives out andkeep tabs up to keep bow up.

Listing Due to Use tabs independently toQuartering Seas, adjust for list. If listing to star-Beam Wind, or board, press port bow downUneven Load switch. If listing to port, press

starboard bow down switch.

continued acceleration. This maximum angle is knownas the “hump”. Because visibility, handling, and perfor-mance are reduced, it is advisable to get “over the hump”as soon as possible. A few seconds at full throttle shouldget the boat over the hump and into its planing attitude.

After getting over the hump, accelerate until reaching acomfortable plane, then throttle down to cruising speed.This also will provide for better fuel efficiency.

T - 7 TRIMMING YOUR BOAT

A. Trim Tabs

Trim tabs are used to add lift to the boat’s stern, therebychanging the boat’s attitude (see Figure T2). This liftcan help the boat get on plane faster and remain on planeat slower speeds than if no tabs were used. Used inde-pendently, tabs can also correct listing conditions causedby crosswinds, unbalanced loading and quartering seas.Trimming your boat properly involves two separate pro-cedures, trimming or tilting the lower unit and setting thetrim tabs.

When you are sitting dead in the water, your drive shouldbe down and the trim tab switches are in the BOW UPposition. Accelerate until you get onto plane. At this

Figure T2: Trimming the Boat with Trim Tabs

Section TPage 7


ate within the recommended rpm range with a heavyload.

The power unit should never be trimmed up to apoint where the propeller cavitates (or slips). A rapidincrease in engine rpm’s is evidence of cavitation.If this occurs accidentally while running at fullthrottle, immediately lower the drive trim and re-duce the throttle until the slipping stops. If neces-sary, have your dealer reset the trim limit switch (ifprovided) to avoid overtrimming in the future.

If the prop slips at lower planing speeds, the drivemay be trimmed too high. Immediately lower thedrive unit until the prop grabs again to restore effi-ciency.

7. Trimming out, in addition to raising the bow, alsolifts the boat higher, gaining speed because lesshull is in the water.

8. The trailering position of some stern drives is con-trolled by a separate switch on the dash switchpanel or throttle/shift control. Do not activate thisswitch while engine is running. Doing so canseverely damage the lower unit and engine.

NOTE: Refer to the control instructions regarding thepower trim controls installed on your boat.

Remember that most boats react very slowly to trimtabs. Often boat owners do not give trim tabs time towork. Press the trim tab switches for only one secondat a time and then allow some time for the boat to react.If the boat is still listing after a minute or two, press thetrim tab switch again for a one second interval. Thelabels on the trim tab switches indicate what you wantyour boat to do, not what you want the tabs to do.

It is a good idea to take your boat out onto open watershortly after you get it and experiment with the trimtabs. After you get your boat onto plane, set the tabs invarious positions and note how your boat reacts. Thiswill give you a feel for how the trim tabs work.

It is possible to extend the cylinder life expectancy onyour trim tabs. To do this, keep the cylinders retractedwhile at dockside. Press both trim tab controls downuntil tabs reach their full up position.

B. Tilt/Trim Control Switches

NOTE: Trim refers to the angle of the lower unit in rela-tion to the bottom of the boat. With respect to trim-ming, the words in, down, under, and forward, have thesame meaning as do up, out, and aft.

1. The standard trim control switch is located on thecontrol lever handle.

2. The switch controls the position of the stern drive.Proper trim is very important in boating.

3. In the case of low or heavy bow attitude, the boattends to “plow” (Figure T3. The lower unit is trimmedtoo far under or forward. Trim the unit UP (out) tocorrect this situation.

4. If the bow is too high, the boat tends to “porpoise”(Figure T5). The drive unit is trimmed up or out toofar. Trim DN (in) to correct.

5. A good practice is to get underway (especially whenfully loaded or pulling a skier) with the unit trimmedall the way DN (under). After the boat is on plane,adjust the trim out slightly to obtain the proper bowattitude and engine speed.

6. Trim also affects propeller selection and fuel effi-ciency. All models should be “propped” to be in theupper half of the maximum rpm range with the boatlightly loaded and the drive trimmed up to maxi-mum. This configuration allows the engine to oper-

Figures T3-T5: Trimming the Boat with Outdrive

Section TPage 8


T - 8 NAVIGATION LIGHTS

Although night activities are limited, cruising at night canbe very pleasurable. It can also be dangerous if youdon’t pay close attention to water levels and obstacles.Be especially careful of shallow waters and watch forsubmerged debris, rocks and other obstacles in the water.Your navigation lights are intended only to prevent colli-sion, not to improve your night vision. You may chooseto use a spotlight instead.

NOTE: It is illegal to use your spotlight as a headlight.Use it only temporarily to check the position of your boatand the surrounding area.

Your boat has one white (stern), one red (port) and onegreen (starboard) light. The stern light may be a remov-able pole light. To use the light, line up the two-prongplug in the pole with the receptacle in the base. Plugthe light in, and lock it into place with lever/slide lock.When not in use, stow the light inside your boat for safe-keeping. This light can be turned on or off at the helm.

Check lights for proper operation before heading out atnight. You should also learn to identify the running lightcombinations for other vessels. We recommend thatyou participate in a boating safety course to further learnabout navigation lights and safe boating practices.

The anchor lights and navigation lights are controlled bya switch at the helm. The anchor light switch allows youto turn on just the stern (white) light when anchored ormoored. While underway, use the navigation light switchto turn on the stern (white), port (red) and starboard(green) lights. Lights are off when switches are in theOFF position.

T - 9 HAZARDOUS CONDITIONS

A. Storms

Storms sometimes appear without advance notice. Al-though weather information from meteorological obser-vation and reporting stations is available, weather bu-reaus are known to have failures in their predictions orinformation gathering equipment. There is no substitutefor a strong understanding of what action to take whenthe weather takes a turn for the worse. Many marinasfly weather signals. You should learn to recognize thesesignals and monitor your local weather forecasts beforeleaving port.

The present and forecasted weather conditions are ofprimary consideration, but a threat of possible stormsshould always be a concern. Observance of the follow-ing information will help in your safety afloat if stormsdo occur:

• Keep a watch on the horizon for approaching stormindicators.

• Turn radio ON. Dial in local weather station andmonitor forecast. If your boat has a VHF radio,check the weather channels.

• The best possible situation is to return to a safeport if time allows.

• Close and secure all portals and hatches. Stow allloose gear below deck and tie down any gear re-quired to remain on deck.

• Reduce speed as the seas build. Make sure allpassengers are wearing their PFDs.

• If you lose power, keep the boat headed into thewaves by rigging a sea anchor off the bow. If thereis no sea anchor on board, use a canvas bucket orany object that will offer resistance.

• Radar reflectors (if installed on your boat) shouldbe 18 inches diagonally and placed 12 feet abovethe waterline.

B. Fog

Fog is a result of either warm surface or cold surfaceconditions. You can judge the likelihood of fog forma-tion by periodically measuring the air temperature anddew point temperature. If the spread (difference) be-tween these two temperatures is small, you likely willincur a fog situation. Remember the following guide-lines:

• Turn on running lights.

• As fog sets in, take bearings and mark your posi-tion on the chart while continuing to log your courseand speed.

• Make sure all persons aboard are wearing theirPFDs.

• If your boat has depth finding equipment, takesounding and match them with soundings on yourcharts.

Section TPage 9


• Station a person forward on the boat as a lookout.

• Reduce your speed. From time to time, stop en-gine and listen for fog signals.

• Sound the proper horn or fog bell at proper intervalsto warn other boaters.

• If there is any doubt in continuing boat movement,anchor. Listen for other fog signals while continu-ing to sound the proper fog horn or bell for a boat atanchor.

C. Running Aground

To prevent boat damage, DO NOT use deckhardware or water ski pylon for towing. Use acommercial towing service.

Operating in shallow water can present a number ofhazards. Sand bars in narrow inlets are constantly shift-ing, making it difficult to mark them with buoys. Some-times sand bars are indicated by waves as they forminto breakers when passing over sand bars. In coastalareas, tides can change water levels by as much as 30feet. Check with local marinas or Coast Guard stationsfor tide tables and current charts.

If your boat runs aground, first check persons aboardfor injury. Then check for damage to the boat. If thedrive unit strikes an underwater hazard, check for boatand drive unit damage. If the engine vibrates exces-sively after striking an underwater obstruction, it mayindicate a damaged propeller. If vibration is noticeable,return to port slowly to prevent further drive and enginedamage from an out-of-balance condition. Watch thetemperature gauge to make sure you do not overheatthe engine.

If the boat is not taking on any water, it may be possibleto rock the boat by shifting the weight of the passen-gers and gear and by raising the drive unit while revers-ing the engine.

If you ground your boat on a sand bar, shut down theengine and seek help from another boater or radio forhelp. See your dealer as soon as possible, as sandingested in the engine cooling system can cause majorengine damage.

D. Warning Markers

It is a good idea to find out about hazardous areas andhow they are marked by asking your local authorities.

• Boaters must also recognize the flag designs whichindicate that scuba divers are present and keep wellclear of the area.

• Watch for swimmers. Swimming areas may not bemarked. Steer clear from the area and always re-main alert.

• Distress flags indicate a fellow boater is in need ofassistance.

• Navigation markers serve as a means of identifyingnavigable routes and indicate water hazards. Boat-ers should become familiar with navigation markersand stay within marked boundaries and clear ofhazards.

T - 10 REACTING TO EMERGENCIES

Be prepared to deal with emergencies before they hap-pen. Try to formulate a plan for each type of emergencyin advance so that decisions can be made quickly andwithout hesitation. Precious moments lost can meanthe difference between losing and saving a life.

A. Flooding

If your boat starts taking on water, activate the bilgepump immediately. Make sure all passengers are wear-ing their PFDs. Open the engine compartment, look forthe cause of the flooding. Check all hoses, through hullfittings, seacocks and strainers. If flooding occurs as aresult of collision or grounding damage, call for assis-tance and head for shore if possible.

B. Capsizing and Man Overboard

By far, the largest number of boating fatalities involvecapsizing and falling overboard accidents. By beingprepared ahead of time with an appropriate plan of ac-tion, you can greatly lower your chances and your pas-sengers’ chances of becoming seriously injured.

Section TPage 10


5. Shore up the hole with a spare PFD or bunk cush-ion from your boat.

6. While blocking the hole, trim the boat so that thehole is out of the water.

F. Fire

Most fires are caused by electrical problems or care-less fueling practices. A fire on board your boat is aserious emergency. You must work quickly to imple-ment safety procedures. If a fire occurs, immediatelystop the engine.

1. Make sure all persons aboard are wearing theirPFDs.

2. If the fire is small, attempt to put it out with your fireextinguisher. If the fire is in the engine compart-ment, turn off the bilge blower. Do not open theengine compartment. This feeds oxygen to the fireand may cause it to flare up.

3. If the fire gets out of control, execute a distresssignal and call for help if equipped with a ship-to-shore radio.

4. All persons aboard should jump overboard and swima safe distance away from the flames.

IMPORTANT: All persons aboard should know the lo-cation and proper operation of the fire extinguishers.

Guidelines

• Use only approved marine cooking and heating sys-tems.

• Open flames demand constant attention.

• Keep flammable materials in approved containersin a overboard vented locker sealed from the interiorof the boat.

• Ensure ventilation systems are unobstructed.

• Remove mooring covers before starting engine.

• Check the bilge for fuel leaks.

• Extinguish smoking materials carefully.

• Use special care with flame or high temperaturesaround urethane foam.

C. Capsizing

Wear PFDs or have them readily available at all times. Ifyour boat capsizes, and others were on board, locatethem and guide them to the safety of the hull. Even if theboat floats in an upside-down position, stay with it. Theboat hull is much easier for rescuers to spot than a hu-man head sticking out of the water. DO NOT attempt toswim ashore, it may be further than it looks.

D. Man Overboard

Think through and follow these procedures if someone inyour boat falls overboard.

• Remember, every second counts, you must act fast.

• Move throttles to idle position immediately and yell“MAN OVERBOARD. ”

• Throw some floating object overboard immediately.Keep your required Type IV PFD accessible at alltimes for such an emergency.

• Keep the person in the water in sight at all times.Have a passenger do nothing but watch the person.Do not go into the water to help the victim. Oneperson in the water is enough trouble.

• Circle around quickly, approaching into the wind andwaves. When the person is alongside, put the en-gine in neutral and throw them a Type IV PFD with aline attached or extend a paddle or boat hook withinhis/her reach.

E. Collision

If a serious collision occurs, you should first check thecondition of all passengers aboard, then inspect yourboat to determine the extent of damage.

1. Make sure all persons aboard are wearing their PFDs.

2. If you need help and your boat has a ship-to-shoreradio, first contact the U. S. Coast Guard (VHF Chan-nel 16) or other rescue authorities immediately.

3. Prepare to assist the other vessel unless your pas-sengers and/or boat are in danger.

4. If the bow of the other boat penetrated your boat’shull, prepare to block the opening once the boatsare separated.

Section TPage 11


• Check cleaning products for flammability.

• Ventilate when cleaning or painting.

• Disconnect electrical system from its power sourcebefore performing maintenance.

• Replace breaker or fuse with same amperage de-vice.

• Electrical appliances must be within rated amper-age of boat circuits. Observe the boat carefullywhile the electrical system is being energized.

• Allow only a qualified marine electrician to servicethe boats electrical system.

G. Medical Emergency

Accidents while boating can and may happen. Be pre-pared to handle these emergencies when they happen.Keeping a first aid kit and dry blankets on board canassist during these situations. It is also a good idea tocontact your local Red Cross for information and train-ing on first aid and CPR.

H. Propulsion Failure

Before you call for help regarding an engine or drive unitfailure, it is a good idea to eliminate the possibility ofsimple problems. Turn off the engine and check to seethat (1) there is fuel in the tank; (2) the engine coolingintakes on the outdrive are not clogged; (3) props areclean and free of weeds, netting, etc. ; (4) no hoses areleaking; (5) there is oil in the engine.

Once you have checked out the possibilities listed aboveand find they are not the problem, call for help givingyour position and a detailed description of your boat.

I. Control Failure

In the unlikely event of a shift/throttle failure, shut downthe engine immediately. Carefully check the controlconnections in the engine compartment to see if theyare secure. If not, try to locate the attaching hardwareand reassemble. If that is not possible, try to use what-ever is available such as paper clips, hair clips, tape,etc. , to secure the connections. If a temporary repairis made, return to port at the slowest steerable speedand be prepared to take emergency action should thetemporary repair fail also. Have your dealer make re-pairs before using the boat again.

J. Steering Failure

If a problem with the steering occurs, shut down theengine immediately. Check the connections to the driveunit in the engine compartment. Some boats have apush/pull cable while others will have hydraulic hoseconnections. With cable connections, check the at-taching hardware and tighten it if necessary. If you havehydraulic hose connections, check to see if they areleaking. If so, tighten the connections and check thehydraulic fluid reservoir level. Most stern drives are powerassisted and have their own hydraulic reservoir and en-gine mounted drive pump; check the level of reservoirand drive pump belt. If the steering is not operatingproperly, do not operate the boat and call for assistance.

K. Additional Underway Information

• Always be aware of local laws on noise limits. Noisemeans engine noise, radio noise or even yelling bypeople on your boat. Good seamanship demandsthat you operate your boat quietly so as not to in-fringe on the rights of others. Don't use thru-tran-som exhaust unless you are well off shore.

• You are responsible for any damage or injury causedby your boat's wake. Observe no wake speed zonewarnings. Operate your boat with regard for thesafety of other boats and people in your boatingarea.

• Keep your engine well tuned to decrease exhausthydrocarbon emissions that pollute the air and wa-ter.

T - 11 RETURNING TO SHORE

A. Docking

Always approach the dock slowly. Think before acting.If you are wondering whether your boat will fit in a spaceagainst a dock, remember that pilings are often (but notalways) spaced 10 feet apart.

Remember that it is easier to control a boat in reversebecause a boat steers from the stern. When backinginto a slip, back so that bow swings into the wind ifpossible. You will have more control.

If possible, come in against the wind or current, which-ever is stronger. Approach the dock at a 30-45° angle.As the boat nears the dock, slowly swing parallel to it.Tie the bow line first; then the stern.

Section TPage 12


If wind or current is moving toward the dock, move parallelto the dock further out. Let the wind or current push youin. Tie the stern first, then the bow.

Use extreme caution if wind or current is from your stern.Back in towards the dock slowly at a slight angle withengine in slow reverse. Gently swing parallel. Tie sternfirst, then the bow.

If the weather looks bad, use spring-lines from the bowand stern to dock amidships of the boat. Tie up on thedownwind side of the dock. If the wind is changeable,place fenders over the side between the boat and the dock.

B. Mooring

After you have positioned your boat next to the dock, youmust secure it with mooring lines to keep it in position.Mooring lines must be long enough to secure your boat inany docking situation. For example, the length of thelines for a 16-foot runabout should be at least 15 feet. Aneye splice at the end of each line works well with bow orstern cleats.

The mooring lines you will use most often are the bowline, the stern line, and spring lines as shown on FigureT6. Each line has a specific purpose. The bow line andthe stern line secure your boat’s bow and stern. Thetwo spring lines keep your boat from moving forward orbackward when you are moored alongside a dock.

If you are mooring your boat for a short time, bow andstern lines may be the only lines you will need. If youare mooring your boat for a longer time or the currentsare swift, you should use spring lines. The stern springline leads from the boat’s stern cleat forward to the pil-ing or cleat on the dock. The bow spring line leads fromthe bow cleat aft to the dock.

If you are mooring your boat in a slip, bow and springlines, port and starboard, will keep your boat in posi-tion.

NOTE: If tides are a consideration, be sure to leaveslack in the lines to make up for the rise and fall of thewater while your boat is docked.

Figure T6: Mooring Lines

GlossaryPage 1


GLOSSARY

ABAFT - Toward the rear of a boat.

ABEAM - At right angles to the keel of the boat.

ABOARD - On the boat.

ABREAST - Side by side.

ADRIFT - Loose, not on moorings or towline.

AFT - Moving toward the stern, you are going aft.

AGROUND - Stuck fast to the bottom.

AHEAD - In a forward direction.

ALEE - Away from the direction of the wind; opposite ofwindward.

ALOFT - Above the deck.

AMIDSHIPS - 1. An object or area midway between thebow and stern. 2. An object or area midway between theport side and the starboard side of a vessel.

AMPERE - The standard unit used to measure the drawof an electrical current.

ANCHOR RODE OR ROPE - The line (chain) connect-ing a vessel to its anchor.

ANCHOR BALL - A black, circular, day signal hoisted toshow that a vessel is anchored. Replaced at dusk by theanchor light.

ASTERN - Anywhere behind the boat, a reverse direc-tion, opposite of ahead.

ATHWARTSHIPS - A line, or anything else, running per-pendicular to the fore-and-aft center line of a boat.

BATTEN - A strip of wood or metal used to securetarpaulin(s) in place over a hatch. To batten down meansto secure for rough weather.

BEAM - 1. The widest distance across a boat from theoutside skin on one side to the outside skin on the other.2. A transverse structural member that stiffens and sup-ports a portion of the deck.

BEAM WIND - A wind blowing against the side of thevessel, perpendicular to the long axis of the vessel.

BILGE - The lowest interior area of a hull, used to col-lect water that has entered.

BILGE PUMP - A pump intended for removal of spray,rainwater, and the normal accumulation of water due toseepage and spillage; not intended for damage control.

BINNACLE - The stand or support for a magnetic com-pass occasionally used to mean helm.

BITT - A heavy and firmly mounted piece of wood ormetal used for securing lines.

BLOCK - A wooden or metal case enclosing one or morepulleys and having a hook, eye, or strap by which it maybe attached.

BOLLARD - A single post (wood, metal, or concrete) ona dock, pier, or wharf used to secure a vessel’s lines.

BONDING - The electrical connection of exposed me-tallic, non-current carrying components to a commonpoint on the main engine block.

BOW - The front end of the boat.

BOW LINE - A docking line leading from the bow.

BREAKER - A single breaking, plunging or spilling wave.

BREAKER LINE - The outer limit of the surf. However,all breakers may not be in a line. They can occur out-side the breaker line.

BRIDGE - The main vessel control station.

BROACH - The turning of a boat parallel to the waves,subjecting it to possible capsizing.

BULKHEADS - The interior walls of a boat.

BULWARK - The side of a vessel when carried abovethe level of the deck.

BUOY - An anchored float used for marking a positionon the water, a hazard, or a shoal.

GlossaryPage 2


CAPSIZE - To turn over.

CAPSTAN - A machine that moves a cylindrical deviceon a shaft for the purpose of hauling up an anchor.

CAST OFF - To let go.

CATAMARAN - A twin-hulled boat, with the hulls beingside-by-side.

CHINE - The intersection of a boat’s bottom and side. Ifthis intersection is rounded, it is a “soft” chine. If theintersection is squared off, it is a “hard” chine.

CHOCK - 1. A fitting or hole in a railing or deck throughwhich a mooring or anchor line is routed. 2. A wedgeused to secure an item in place.

CIRCUIT BREAKER - A device used to interrupt an elec-trical circuit when current flow exceeds a predeterminedlevel.

CLEAT - A double-ended deck fitting to which lines aresecured; usually anvil-shaped.

COAMINGS - Raised lips around cockpits or hatchesused to keep water from entering

COCKPIT - An exposed deck area (usually aft) that issubstantially lower than the adjacent deck.

COMBER - A wave on the point of breaking. A comberhas a thin line of white water on its crest, known as “feath-ering.”

COMPANIONWAY - The steps or ladder leading down-ward from a deck.

COMPARTMENTS - Rooms divided by bulkheads.

COUNTER - The overhang at the stern of a boat.

CRADLE - A framework, generally made of wood, usedto support a boat when it is out of the water.

CREST - The top of a wave, breaker or swell.

CUDDY - A small sheltered cabin in a boat.

CURRENT -1. The movement of water, 2. The flow ofelectrical charge.

DEAD AHEAD - Directly in front of the boat.

DEAD RECKONING - A plot of courses steered and dis-tances traveled through the water.

DECK - A permanent covering over a compartment, hullor any part thereof.

DINGHY - A small, open boat used for ship to shoretransportation.

DISPLACEMENT - The weight of water dislocated bythe hull of a vessel.

DISPLACEMENT HULL - A hull that “displaces” a vol-ume of water equal to the weight of the boat. A hulldesigned to run in the water rather than on top of thewater. When a displacement hull moves through thewater, it pushes that water out of the way. Water willthen flow around the hull and fill the “hole” the boat leavesastern.

DOCUMENTED VESSEL - Documented yachts havebeen specially registered with the U.S. Coast Guard. Alldocumented yachts must have their name and home(hailing) port marked on some conspicuous place on thehull. Numbering is not required. Advantages includelegal authority to fly the yacht ensign, privilege of record-ing bills of sale, and other instruments of title with fed-eral officials, and preferred status for mortgages. Docu-mentation does not exempt the unit from any State orFederal taxes. All safety and equipment regulations stillapply.

DOLPHIN - A group of piles driven close together andbound with wire cables into a single structure.

DRAFT - 1. The depth of a boat from the actual waterline to the bottom of the lowest part of the boat (e.g., thepropeller tip or rudder). 2. The depth of water necessaryto float a boat.

DROGUE - Any device streamed astern to check avessel’s speed, or to keep its stern up to the waves in afollowing sea.

DYE MARKER - A brightly colored chemical that spreadswhen released into water; normally used to attract atten-tion.

EBB TIDE - A receding tide.

EVEN KEEL - To be floating evenly without listing to ei-ther side.

GlossaryPage 3


EXHAUST SYSTEM - The means by which the hot en-gine (or generator) exhaust gases are moved from theengine to an outboard port and then released into atmo-sphere.

EYE SPLICE - A permanent loop spliced in the end of aline.

FAST - Said of an object that is secured to another.

FATHOM - Six feet.

FENDER - A device (usually constructed of rubber orplastic) positioned so as to absorb the impact betweenvessels or dock.

FETCH - The unobstructed distance that the wind canblow over the water to create waves.

FLARE - 1. Outboard curve of the hull as it comes up theside from the waterline; the reverse of tumble home. 2.A pyrotechnic device used for emergency signaling.

FLAT - A small deck that is built below decks, specifi-cally to support a piece of equipment.

FLEMISH - To coil down a line or rope on deck in a flat,circular, concentric arrangement.

FLOTSAM - Floating wreckage, trash or debris.

FLUKE - The palm of an anchor.

FOAM CREST - The top of the foaming water that speedstoward the beach after a wave has broken, commonlyreferred to as “white water.”

FOLLOWING SEA - A sea (waves) moving in the samedirection as a vessel.

FORE-AND-AFT - A line, or anything else, that runs par-allel to the longitudinal center line of a boat.

FOREFOOT - The portion of a vessel’s keel that curvesupward to meet the stem.

FOREPEAK - A compartment in the bow of a boat.

FORWARD - Toward the bow.

FREEBOARD - The minimum vertical distance from thesurface of the water to the gunwale.

FREQUENCY - The number of crests passing a fixedpoint at a given time.

FRONTS - Where opposing warm and cold air massesmeet, generally producing a band of wet, stormy weatherwherever they meet.

GALLEY - The kitchen area of a boat.

GALVANIC CORROSION - A potential electrical differ-ence exists between dissimilar metals immersed in aconductive solution (e.g., salt water). If these metalstouch or are otherwise electrically connected, this po-tential difference produces an electron flow betweenthem. The attack on the less corrosion resistant metal isusually increased and the attack on the more resistantmetal is decreased, as compared to when these metalsare not touching.

GANGWAY - The area of a ship’s side where peopleboard and disembark.

GASKET - A strip of sealing material, usually rubber, setalong the edge of a water or gas tight door, port, cover orhatch.

GELCOAT - The thin outer layer of pigmented plasticcovering a fiberglass vessel.

GLAND - The movable part of a stuffing box, which whentightened, compresses the packing.

GROUND - Electrical term meaning the electrical po-tential of the earth’s surface, which is zero.

GROUND SPEED - A vessel’s speed made good overthe earth’s surface along a course or track.

GROUND TACKLE - The anchor, anchor rodes, andother fittings that are used to secure a vessel at anchoror dockside.

GUNWALE - 1. The line where the upper deck and thehull meet. 2. The upper edge of a boat’s side.

HALYARD - A line used to hoist a flag or pennant.

HATCHES - Cover on hatchways.

HATCHWAYS - Access ways through decks.

HARDTOP - A permanent cover over the cabin or cock-pit.

GlossaryPage 4


HAWSER - A heavy rope or cable used for mooring ortowing.

HEAD - A toilet or lavatory area.

HEADING - The direction that a vessel is going with ref-erence to true, magnetic, or compass north.

HEADWAY - The forward motion of a vessel through thewater.

HEAVE TO - To bring a vessel up in a position where itwill maintain little or no headway, usually with the bowinto the wind.

HEAVY WEATHER - Stormy weather with high seas andstrong winds.

HEEL - To tip to one side.

HELM - The wheel or tiller that manually controls theboat’s steering system.

HELMSMAN - The individual steering the vessel.

HIGHS - A center of pressure surrounded by lower pres-sure on all sides. Caused by a mass of cooler, sinking,drier air. This raises the area ground level air pressureand provides clear skies.

HULL - The main body of a boat.

INBOARD - 1. From either the port or starboard side ofa boat toward the fore-and-aft centerline of a boat. 2.The dock side of a moored boat.

INLAND RULES - Nautical “Rules-of-the-Road” that ap-ply in U.S. lakes, rivers, and coastal waters.

INTERNATIONAL RULES - Nautical “Rules-of-the-Road”that are in effect by international agreement to the highseas.

ISOBARS - Lines of equal air pressure that connect allthe local points on a weather map. These lines are usu-ally closed and define high or low pressure air masses.

ISOTHERMS - Isotherms are lines that are similar toIsobars except that Isotherms connect all the points thatare of equal temperature.

JETSAM - Refuse that sinks when discharged overboard.

KEDGE(S) - One or more anchors set out from agrounded vessel, usually astern, to 1) keep it from beingdriven further aground and 2) to aid in refloating.

KEEL - 1. The centerline of a boat hull bottom runningfore and aft, 2. The backbone of a vessel.

KNOT - 1. A maritime unit of speed equal to one nauticalmile per hour (6076 feet). 2. A term for hitches and bends.

LANYARD - A short line made fast to an object to secureit.

LATITUDE - The measure of angular distance in degrees,minutes, and seconds, north or south of the equator.

LAZARETTE - Storage compartment in the deck at thestern.

LEADLINE - A weighted line used to take depth mea-surements.

LEE - The direction opposite that of the wind.

LEEWARD - Away from the wind.

LIST - A vessel that inclines to port or starboard.

LORAN - Long Range Navigation. An electronic systemwhereby a navigator can determine position regardlessof weather.

LONGITUDINAL - Running lengthwise.

LOWS - A region of low atmospheric pressure. Hurri-canes are extremely concentrated low pressure systems.

LUBBER LINE - A mark or line on the compass parallelto the keel indicating forward.

MAST - A spar that is set upright to support lighting, rig-ging, or sails.

MOORING - An arrangement for securing a boat to amooring buoy or pier.

NAVIGATION LIGHTS - A set of red and green or whitelights which must be shown by all vessels between duskand dawn.

OVERHEAD - A ceiling or roof of a vessel.

OVERBOARD - Over the side of the boat.

GlossaryPage 5


OUTBOARD - 1. From the fore-and-aft centerline of aboat toward both the port and starboard sides. 2. Theseaward side of a moored boat. 3. An engine that ismounted externally onto the transom of a boat.

PAINTER - A line to the bow of a small boat used formaking fast.

PASSAGEWAY - A corridor or hallway aboard ship.

PENNANT - The line by which a boat is made fast to amooring buoy; also pendant.

PERSONAL FLOATATION DEVICE (PFD) - A life pre-server.

PIER - A loading platform that extends at an angle fromthe shore.

PILASTER - A rectangular structural support column thatis an extension of the port and starboard aft cabin sidesand which supports the hardtop and flybridge.

PILING - Support, or protection for wharves, piers, etc.

PITCH - 1. The vertical (up and down) motion of a bowin a seaway, about the athwartships axis. 2. The axialadvance of a propeller during one complete revolution.

PITCHPOLING - A boat being thrown end-over-end.

PLANING HULL - At slow speeds, a planing hull will dis-place water in the same manner as a displacement hull.As speed is increased, the hull provides a lifting effectup onto the surface of the water.

POINT - One of 32 points of the compass that is equal to11-1/4 degrees.

PORT - 1. Looking forward, the left side of a boat, 2. Aharbor, 3. An opening for light or ventilation or passageof material in the side of a boat.

PORT BEAM - The left-center of a boat.

PORT BOW - Facing the bow, the front left side.

PORT QUARTER - Looking forward, a vessel’s left rearsection.

QUARTER - The sides of a boat aft of amidships.

QUARTERING SEA - Sea coming on a boat’s quarter.

RED-RIGHT-RETURNING - A term for helmsmen thatbuoys and day markers are on the right when returningfrom seaward.

REEF - A shallow underwater barrier.

REEVE - To pass a line through a block or other open-ing.

RIDGES - High pressure fingers extending out from ahigh.

RODE - The anchor line or chain.

RUNNING LIGHTS - Lights required to be shown onboats underway between sundown and sunup.

RUDDER - A vertical plate for steering a boat.

SALON - The main social cabin on a vessel, usually thelargest area, occasionally referred to as the deckhouse.

SCREW - A propeller.

SCUPPER - A drain from the edge of a deck that dis-charges overboard.

SEACOCK - A positive action shut-off valve connecteddirectly to the hull seawater intake and discharge piping.

SERIES - A group of waves which seem to travel to-gether and at about the same speed.

SHACKLE - A “U” shaped connector with a pin or boltacross the open end.

SHAFT - The long, round member that connects the en-gine or transmission to the propeller.

SHAFT LOG - A fitting at the hull bottom where the shaftconnecting an engine to its propeller penetrates the hull.A shaft log permits the shaft to rotate while simultaneouslypreventing water from entering the hull.

SHEER - The top of the hull’s curvature at the deck linefrom the bow to the stern.

SHEER STRAKE - The upper edge of the hull, immedi-ately below the deck.

SHEET BEND - A knot used to join tow ropes.

SHOAL - An area of shallow water.

GlossaryPage 6


SILENCER - A baffled chamber installed in an exhaustsystem to reduce the noise.

SOLE - Term for deck, cabin or cockpit floor.

SPAR - A general term for booms, masts, yards etc.SPRING LINE - A pivot line used in docking, undocking,or to prevent the boat from moving forward or asternwhile made fast to a dock.

STARBOARD - Looking forward, the right side of a boat.

STARBOARD BEAM - The right-center of a boat.

STARBOARD BOW - When facing the bow, the frontright side.

STARBOARD QUARTER - When looking forward, theright rear section of the boat.

STEERAGEWAY - The lowest speed at which a vesselcan be controlled by the steering wheel.

STEM - The leading edge of a boat’s hull.

STERN - The back of a boat.

STRINGER - A fore and aft continuous member used toprovide a vessel longitudinal strength.

STRUT - A propeller shaft support that is below the hull.

SUMP - A pit or well into which water is drained.

SUPERSTRUCTURE - Deck houses and other struc-tures extending above the deck.

THWART - A seat or brace running laterally across aboat.

THWARTSHIPS - At right angles to the centerline.

TILLER - A bar or handle for turning a boat’s rudder, ormotor.

TOPSIDE - To go up to the top deck.

TRANSOM - The stern cross-section of a square sternedboat.

TRANSVERSE - Across the vessel; athwartships.

TRIM - Fore and aft balance of a boat.

TROUGH - 1. The valley that exists between waves. 2.A trough is the opposite of a ridge in that it is an elon-gated low-pressure area extending out from a low. Atrough normally indicates unsettled weather.

TUMBLE HOME - The opposite of flare. The shape ofthe hull as it moves outboard going down from the gun-wale to the waterline or chine.

UNDERWAY - Movement. Usually referring to a vesselproceeding forward.

V-BOTTOM - A hull with the bottom section in the shapeof a “V.”

V DRIVE - A drive system that has the output of the en-gine facing forward and coupled to a transmission. Theprop shaft is then coupled to the transmission.

WAKE - Moving waves, track or path that a boat leavesbehind it when moving across the water.

WATER LINE - The line of the water on the hull whenthe vessel is afloat.

WATCH - A 4 hour duty period while at sea.

WAVES - Waves are periodic disturbances of the sea’ssurface, caused by wind, seaquakes, and the gravita-tional pull of the moon and the sun.

WAVE GRADIENT - A wave’s slope or angle from troughto crest with respect to the horizon.

WAVE HEIGHT - From the bottom of a wave’s trough tothe top of the crest.

WEATHER DECK - A deck with no overhead protection.

WET EXHAUST - This term refers to an exhaust sys-tem where the cooling seawater is mixed with the ex-haust gases just after the riser. This mixture is thenejected through the drive or ports located in the transomor hull sides.

WHARF - A man-made structure bounding the edge ofa dock and built along the shoreline.

WHIPPING - The act of wrapping the end of a piece ofrope with small line, tape or plastic to prevent it fromfraying.

WINDLASS - A device used to raise and lower the an-chor.

GlossaryPage 7


WINDWARD - Toward the direction from which the windis coming.

YAW - 1. To swing off course, as when due to the impactof a following or quartering sea. 2. Any motion about avertical axis.

Float PlanPage 1


FLOAT PLANCopy this page and fill out before going boating. Leave the completed copy with a reliableperson who can be depended upon to notify the Coast Guard, or other rescue organization,should you not return as scheduled. DO NOT file this plan with the Coast Guard.

Name ________________________________________________ Telephone ______________________________

Description of Boat __________________________ Type _________ Color ____________ Trim ____________

Registration Number ___________________________________________________________________________

Length ___________________ Name __________________________ Make ____________________________

Four Winns® Hull Identification Number ___________________________________________________

Other Information _____________________________________________________________________________

Persons Aboard: Name Age Address Telephone

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

Engine Type ___________________________________ HP ________________________________________

Number of Engines _______________________________ Fuel Capacity ________________________________

Survival Equipment:

PFDs __________________________ Flares ______________________ Mirror __________________________

Smoke Signals _________________ Flashlight ___________________ Food ___________________________

Paddles _______________________ Water ______________________ Anchor _________________________

Raft or Dinghy __________________ EPIRB ______________________ Sea Anchor _____________________

Navigation Equipment:

Compass ____________________ Loran ________________ GPS ______________ Radar ________________

Radio: Yes ________ No ________ Type ______________________ Frequency _________________________

Phone: Yes _______ No ________ Phone Number ________________________________________________

Destination ____________________________________ Estimated Time of Arrival ________________________

Expected to Return By ___________________________________________

AutoType ______________________License No. ______________ Where _______________________________

If not returned by ________________________call the Coast Guard, or ________________________________ Local Marine Authority

Coast Guard Telephone Number: ________________________________________________________________

Local Marine Authority Telephone Number: _______________________________________________________

Fuel LogPage 1


FUEL LOG

ETADSRUOH

NURLEUF).LAG(

EGNAR)SELIM(

MPR HPM HPG

Fuel LogPage 2


FUEL LOG

ETADSRUOH

NURLEUF).LAG(

EGNAR)SELIM(

MPR HPM HPG

Fuel LogPage 3


FUEL LOG

ETADSRUOH

NURLEUF).LAG(

EGNAR)SELIM(

MPR HPM HPG

Service LogPage 1


SERVICE LOG

ETAD SRUOH DEMROFREPECNANETNIAM

Service LogPage 2


SERVICE LOG


Service LogPage 3


SERVICE LOG


Service InformationPage 1


SERVICE INFORMATION

LEDOMTAOB

REBMUNNOITACIFITNEDILLUH

LEDOMENIGNE

)S(REBMUNLAIRESENIGNE

LEDOMEVIRD

)S(REBMUNLAIRESEVIRD

RETEMAIDRELLEPORP

HCTIPRELLEPORP

)S(REBMUNTRAPRELLEPORP

REBMUNRETLIFLIO

ROLOCTAOB

ROLOCYRETSLOHPUTIPKCOC

ROLOCYRETSLOHPUNIBAC

YTICAPACLEUF

EGASURH/NOLLAG.GVADETAMITSE:LEUF

)S(REBMUNYEKNOITINGI

REBMUNYEKXOBEVOLG

REBMUNYEKYAWNOINAPMOC

LEDOMRELIART

ROLOCRELIART

REBMUNLAIRESRELIART

RERUTCAFUNAM&EZISERITRELIART

RELAEDGNILLES

SSERDDA

ETATS&YTIC

REBMUNENOHP

SUOENALLECSIM

Locator DrawingPage 1

Freedom™/Horizon Owner’s Manual

FREEDOM™/HORIZON™ LOCATOR DRAWING (Note: Representative Location Only - availability and locations may vary on certain models.)

Electrical SchematicsPage 1


Galvanic Isolator Installation

NOITPIRCSED #TRAP YTITNAUQ

3342#tseuGpmA03,rotalosIcinavlaG 9431-820 AE1

SMSHTP"4/3x01#,wercS 3300-080 AE4

"42,rotalosIcinavlaG,ylbmessAssenraH 7391-720 AE1

COMMON WIRINGCLARION STEREO ADAPTER

HARNESS ASSEMBLYPage 1Electrical Schematics

41

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPCLARION

FUNCTION

4157STEREO ADAPTORCLARION STEREO

DESCRIPTION

PIN,UMNL,18-14PIN,UMNL,24-18RECEPT,UMNL,12 CKTCLARION STEREO PLUG ASSY

PART NUMBER

028-0390028-1036028-0445027-2441

ITEM

J04S01

FOUR WINNS PARTS LISTQUANTITY

3811

STEREO RET 1

STEREO 2STEREO SWITCH 3

LEFT FRONT SPKR 4

LEFT FRONT SPKR RET 5

LEFT REAR SPKR 6

LEFT REAR SPKR RET 7

RIGHT FRONT SPKR 8

RIGHT FRONT SPKR RET 9

RIGHT REAR SPKR 10

RIGHT REAR SPKR RET 11

AMP SWITCH 12

BLK

YEL

RED

WHT

WHT/BLK

GRN

GRN/BLK

GRA

GRA/BLK

PUR

PUR/BLK

BLU/WHT

J04STEREO12P

S01CLARION STEREO HARNESS

WHTWHT

LT01COURTESY LIGHT

WHT/GRN

WHT/BLUWHT/RED

GRA/BRN

BLK

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

TRIM DOWN

TRIM UP

POWER TRIM

COURTESY LT

COURTESY LT RET

J10FWD SWITCH PANEL9S

WHT/GRN

WHT/RED

WHT/BLU

GRA/BRN

BLK

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

S01POWER TRIM

S02COURTESY LT

3

7

2

12

3

NOTES:1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES +/- 1 INCH.2. WIRE COLOR PER FOUR WINNS COLOR CODE 125-60000.3. TERMINATIONS PER FOUR WINNS SPEC. 125-601534. ROUTE WIRING ON PANEL AS SHOWN. TIE WRAP AT BREAKOUTS AND/OR EVERY 3".5. WIRE TYPE PER SAE J1128.6. SA-SZ WIRES TERMINATE IN A COMMON TERMINAL.

7. DIMENSION IS SHOWN FROM THE EDGE OF THE PANEL.

FOUR WINNS WIRE LISTCOLOR

BLKGRA/BRNWHT/REDWHT/BLUWHT/GRNWHTWHT

GA

16161616161616

FIRST

J10J10J10J10J10LT01LT01

PIN

1234512

PIN

7223137

TERM

42424242425151

TERM

02020202020202

NOTE NOTESECOND

S02S02S01S01S01S02S02

FUNCTION

COURTESY LT RETCOURTESY LTPOWER TRIMTRIM UPTRIM DOWNLIGHT POWERLIGHT RET

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMP

AMPMARINCOCARL SWCARL SWBEACON

FUNCTION

0242COURTESY LTCOURTESY LT

FWD SWITCH PANELTROLLING MOTORPOWER TRIMCOURTESY LIGHTCOURTESY LIGHT

DESCRIPTION

RECEPT,FASTON,.250,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14SCREW,#6-32X3/8" POHMS SSNUT,#6-32 HEX SSPANEL,BLANK,FISH & SKI 2001RECEPT,UMNL,9 CKTRECEPT,12V TROLL MTR 12VBR.OEMSWITCH,SPDT,(ON)OFF(ON) CONT IIISWITCH,SPST,CONT IIILIGHT,SQUARE CTSY,7-02CMW

QUANTITY

6544111111

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0454080-0029

025-2486028-0443028-1394028-0469028-0457026-0138

ITEM

J10R01S01S02LT01

FOUR WINNS PARTS LIST

12 7

J10FORWARDSWITCH PANEL9S

3

2

1

7

4

5

63

2

1

025-2486

#6-32X3/8" POHMS SCREW4 PLCS

#6-32 HEX NUT4 PLCS

LT01COURTESY LIGHT

S02COURTESY LIGHT

S01POWER TRIM

R0112V RECEPTACLE

FREEDOM/HORIZONFISH & SKI

PANEL ASSEMBLYPage 1Electrical Schematics

COURTESY LT RETCOURTESY LTPOWER TRIMTRIM UPTRIM DOWN


BLKGRA/BRNWHT/REDWHT/BLUWHT/GRN

GA

1616161616

FIRST

P10P10P10P10P10

PIN

12345

PIN

12345

TERM

4141414141

TERM

4141414141

NOTE NOTESECOND

P11P11P11P11P11

FUNCTION


MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMP

FUNCTION

41FWD SYSTEMSFORWARD SWITCH

DESCRIPTION

PIN,UMNL,18-14PLUG,UMNL,9 CKTPLUG,UMNL,9 CKT

QUANTITY

1011

PART NUMBER

028-0390028-0449028-0449

ITEM

P10P11


NOTES:1. ALL WIRING SHALL CONFORM TO SAE J1128.2. WIRE COLOR PER FOUR WINNS COLOR CODE 125-60000.3. TERMINATIONS PER FOUR WINN SPEC. 125-60153.4. LENGTHS SHOWN IN INCHES +/- 1 INCH.5. SA-SZ WIRES TERMINATE IN A COMMON TERMINAL.

DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION WITHOUT PERMISSION OF FOUR WINNS IS PROHIBITED.CONFIDENTIAL:

616-779-2331

CADILLAC,MI 49601

905 FRISBIE STREET

P11FORWARD SWITCH9P


123456789

BLKGRA/BRNWHT/REDWHT/BLUWHT/GRN

P10FWD SWITCH PANEL9P

123456789

P11FORWARD SWITCH

P10FWD SWITCH PANEL

100


FORWARD SWITCH PANELHARNESS ASSEMBLY

Page 2Electrical Schematics

MANUFACTURER: GUESTMANUFACTURER DESCRIPTION: 10A CHARGE PROMANUFACTURER PART NUMBER: 2611-B

DC OUTPUT MAXIMUM: 10A AT 12V FLOAT: 0.1A TO 0.3A AT 13.5 VOLTSINPUT VOLTAGE: 90 TO 140V/50 OR 60 HzINPUT CURRENT: 3A MAXIMUMGROUNDING: INDEPENDENT# OF BANKS: 2

ON-BOARD CHARGER INLET


BATTERY CHARGER & CHARGER INLETElectrical Schematics

NOTE: REPRESENTATIVE VIEW ONLY

6

6

6

108

34

11

18

128

6

TM01"RED"

TM01"BLK"

S06"3"

J20AERATOR PUMP

BT1"+"

TB01"3"

FUNCTION

12V FEED12V FEEDTROLLING MOTOR GROUNDAERATOR RETAERATOR

SECOND

CB01TM01TM01J20J20

NOTENOTE

BABA

TERM

2451514242

TERM

2524250202

PIN

LINEREDBLK12

PIN

+LOAD-33

FIRST

BT1CB01BT1TB01S06

GA

8881616

COLOR

REDREDBLKBLKBRN/WHT

FOUR WINNS WIRE LIST

FOUR WINNS PARTS LISTITEM

J23BT1CB01S06

TB01TM01

PART NUMBER

028-0315028-0177028-0454

028-0316028-0441

028-0577028-0457028-1019

QUANTITY

222241REF1REF1REFREF

DESCRIPTION

TERM,RING,1/4,8 GARECEPTACLE,FASTON,.250,16-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14CONNECTOR,BUTT,8 GATERM,RING,3/8,8 GARECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTBATTERYBREAKER,CRCT,40AMP,ETASWITCH,SPST,CONT IIIBREAKER BOXHELM DC RETURN BUSSTROLLING MOTOR

FUNCTION

240242

25AERATORTROLLING MOTOR BATTERYTROLLING MOTORAERATORBREAKER BOXDC RETURNSTROLLING MOTOR

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMP

ETA

NOTES:1. ALL WIRING SHALL CONFORM TO SAE J378b, SAE J1127 AND SAE J1128.2. WIRE COLOR PER FOUR WINNS COLOR CODE 125-60000.3. TERMINATIONS PER FOUR WINN SPEC. 125-60153.4. LENGTHS SHOWN IN INCHES +/- 1 INCH.5. SA-SZ WIRES TERMINATE IN A COMMON TERMINAL.6. BA-BZ WIRES ARE A PART OF THE SAME MULTIWIRE CABLE.

7. DIMENSION IS SHOWN FROM EDGE OF BREAKER BOX.

3 7

905 FRISBIE STREET

CADILLAC,MI 49601

616-779-2331

CONFIDENTIAL:

DRAWN BY: SCALE:

DATE: DWG NUMBER:

CHECKED BY:

APPROVED BY:

SHEET: OF:

ANG +/-

3 PLCS +/-

2 PLCS +/-

TOLERANCES:TITLE

DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION WITHOUT PERMISSION OF FOUR WINNS IS PROHIBITED.

027-1476

N.T.S. 01 01K.E.H.

HARNESS ASSEMBLY,FISH & SKI 12V TROLLING MOTORHORIZON 170/180

12

BT1"-"

18

10

B

028-1019

CB01TROLLING MOTOR

FREEDOMFISH & SKI 12V TROLLING MOTOR


RED

8AW

G

RED 8AWG

BLK 8AWG

RED 8AWG

BLK 8AWG

246

18

BT1NEG

3

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMP ETA-- -

FUNCTION

244625TROLLING MOTORBREAKER BOXTROLLING MOTOR BATTERYTROLLING MOTOR

DESCRIPTION

TERM,RING,1/4,8CONNECTOR,BUTT,8 GATERM,RING,3/8,8 GABREAKER,40AMP,ETA#413-K54-FN2-40ABREAKER BOXBATTERYTROLLING MOTOR

QUANTITY

22211REFREF

PART NUMBER

028-0315028-0211028-0316028-1883028-1019--

ITEM

-- - CB01BB01BT1TM01


BT1POS

TM01

TM01

18

11

6

6

SHOWN IN INCHES +/- 1.5 INCH.

6

46

46

24

25

25

24 CB01TROLLING MOTOR

BB01BREAKER BOX028-1019

170 HORIZON FISH & SKI I/OTROLLING MOTOR JUMPER


02

02

02

QUANTITY

331REF


- - P18S01

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0390028-0445028-0457

DESCRIPTION

RECEPT,FASTON,.250,16-14PIN,UMNL,18-14PLUG,UMNL,4 CKTSWITCH, SPST,ON-OFF

FUNCTION

0241LIVEWELLLIVEWELL SWITCH

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPCARLINGSWITCH

41

SW LT RETSW LT RET

LIVEWELL IN

LIVEWELL

1

2

3BRN

BRN

BLK

P18LIVEWELL SWITCH4P

4NOT USED

LIVEWELL IN

LIVEWELLBRN

BRN

BLK

S01LIVEWELL SWITCH

P18LIVEWELL SWITCH

33 S01LIVEWELL SWITCH

3

170 HORIZON FISH & SKI I/OLIVEWELL SWITCH JUMPER


Electrical Schematics

FUSE SCHEDULE

2. BILGE3. NAV/ANC LTS4. STEREO5. COURTESY LT6. HORN9. IGNITION14. ACCESSORY

5

6J06AFT SYSTEMS4S

J11FORWARD SWITCH9S

J09FORWARD SYSTEMS9S

M

S

C A

M

B

P01SYSTEM CHECK

WH01WARNING HORN

P39WARNING HORN

68

432

65432

1

7

GND

S

I

7

4

5

63

2

1

7

4

5

63

2

1

7

4

5

63

2

1

1413

1211

109

87

65

43

21

26

43

14

P35ENGINE15P

9

12 6

22

J05HELM POWER2S

6

6

3 S08NEUTRAL SAFETY

18

3

P05POWER TRIM

LS05HORN

P04STEREO12S

3 6

6

24

6

12 6

S07ESS

DESCRIPTION

RECEPT,FASTON,.250,18-14TERM,PIN,.156,18-14TERM,RING,#10,16-14TERM,RING,#10,12-10SOCKET,DEUTSCH,18-14PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,12-10SWITCH,BLANK CONT IIIPANEL,BLANK,170/180HLE OB BURLSHROUD,DUNE 170/180LEFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,15AFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,15AFUSE,ATC,10AFUSE BLOCK,14 POS/GROUNDRECEPT,UNNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,9 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,9 CKTHORN,AFI HIDDENGAUGE,3 IN I FARIAGAUGE,TACHOMETER W/SYS CHK FARIAGAUGE,SPEEDO FARIAGAUGE,TRIM OB FARIAPLUG,DEUTSCH,8 CKTPLUG,UMNL,12 CKTPLUG,DEUTSCH,3 CKTPLUG,UMNL,15 CKTPLUG,DEUTSCH,2 CKTSWITCH,SPST,CONT IIISWITCH,DPDT,CONT IIISWITCH,SPST,CONT IIISWITCH,IGNITION OBSWITCH,BUTTON,NOSWTICH,ESS,NCSWITCH,NEUTRAL SAFETYRETURN BUSSHORN KIT, OB WARNING

QUANTITY

402821315222111111111111111REF11111111111REF11REFREFREF1


-----------F02F03F04F05F06F09F14FB01J05J06J09J11LS05M01M02M03M04P01P04P05P07P39S02S03S04S05S06S07S08TB01WH01

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-1010028-0191028-0195028-0620028-0390028-0454028-0455028-0519025-2893032-2337028-0507028-0507028-0510028-0507028-0507028-0510028-0509028-0575028-0441028-0442028-0443028-0443026-0503024-0439024-0435024-0433024-0437028-0625028-0451028-0622028-0452028-1001028-0457028-0504028-0457028-0207028-0186028-0208--026-0306

FUNCTION

0203091336414243---BILGENAV/ANCSTEREOCTSY LTHORNIGNITIONACCESSORYHELM POWERHELM POWERAFT SYSTEMSFWD SYSTEMSFWD SWITCHHORN4 IN 1TACHOMETERSPEEDOMETERTRIM POSITIONSYSTEM CHECKRADIOTRIMENGINEWARNING HORNBILGENAV/ANCACCESSORYIGNITIONHORNESSNEUTRAL SAFETYDC RETSYSTEM CHECK HORN

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPDEUTSCHAMPAMPAMPAMPPORTAGEDOVEBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSSIERRAAMPAMPAMPAMP-FARIAFARIAFARIAFARIADEUTSCHAMPDEUTSCHAMPDEUTSCHCARL SWCARL SW-SIERRADELTA---OMC

09

09

09

02

02

02

2

7

3

S04ACCESSORY

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

1

ORN

1 2

S06HORN

ORN/WHT

ORN/GRN

ORN/GRA

7 3

2

5

4

6

1

ORN/BRN 2

7

3

S02BILGE PUMP

S03NAV/ANC LTS

J06AFT SYSTEMS4S

P04RADIO12S

ORN/GRN

PUR

RADIO RET

RADIO POWER/MEMRADIO SWITCH

FWD PORT SPKR

FWD PORT SPRK RET

NOT USED

NOT USED

FWD STBD SPKR

FWD STBD SPKR RET

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

10A

F14ACCESSORY

5A

F06HORN

15A

5A

F04RADIO

F03NAV/ANC LTS

5A

F02BILGE

FB01FUSE BLOCK

TB01DC RETURNBUS

BLK

GRA/BLU

2

STERN LTBRN/ORN

3

BILGE AUTOBRN/RED

4

BILGE MANUALPNK FUEL QUANTITY

BLK

BLK

BLK

WHT/ORN

BLK

LS05HORN

2

3BLK

15A

F09IGNITION

RED/PUR 14AWG

4BLK

1 BLK

TACH +

-

TACH

1

2

3

P01SYSTEM CHECK8P

PUR

BLK

GRA

4 NO OIL

5 LOW OIL

OVERHEAT

7 CHECK ENGINE

LT BLU/ORN

LT BLU/BLK

TAN/GRN

TAN/BLK6

TAN/BLU 8 WARNING HORN

LT

M02TACHOMETER/SYSTEM CHECK

LT -

BLU

BLK

WH01WARNING HORN

TAN/

BLU

PUR

P39WARNING HORN

12

TRIM DOWN

TRIM UP

TRIM POWER

A

B

CWHT/RED

WHT/BLU

WHT/GRN

P05POWER TRIM

S08NEUTRALSAFETY

YEL/RED

YEL/RED

NO OIL

POWER TRIM

TEMPERATURE

TRIM DOWN

TRIM UP

MAGNETO GROUNDTRIM POSITION

TACHGRA

PUR/WHT

BLK

WHT/BLU

WHT/RED

LT BLU/ORN

P35ENGINE15P

1 START

IGNITION OUT

PRIMERWHT/PUR

PUR

TAN

WHT/GRN

LOW OIL

OVERHEAT

CHECK ENGINE

YEL/RED

BLK/YEL

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

LT BLU/BLK

TAN/GRN

TAN/BLK

MAGNETO

BLK

BLK

S07ESS

B

M

AC

S

M

S05IGNITION

1

J11FORWARD SWITCH9S

COURTESY LT RETGRA/BRN 2 COURTESY LTWHT/RED 3 POWER TRIMWHT/BLU 4 TRIM UP

5 TRIM DOWNWHT/GRN

6 NOT USED

7

8 NOT USED

9

NOT USED

NOT USED

BLK

5

5A

F05COURTESY LT

GRA/BRN

BLK 10AWG

RED/PUR 10AWG HELM POWER

HELM RET

2

1

J05HELM POWER2S

BLK

GRA/GRN BOW LT

BOW LT RET

2

1

J09FWD SYSTEMS9S

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

NOT USED

NOT USED

FWD PORT SPKR

FWD PORT SPKR RET

FWD STBD SPKR

FWD STBD SPKR ET

NOT USED

RED

BLK/RED

GRN

BLK/GRN

RED

BLK/RED

GRN

BLK/GRN

BRN/RED

BRN/ORN

GRA/BLU

GRA/GRN

BLU

GRA/BLU

BLK

M01FOUR IN ONE

LIGHTS

WATER TEMPERATURE

RET

FUEL QUANTITY

POWER

BLU

TAN

BLK

PNK

PUR

M03SPEEDOMETER

LT LIGHTSBLU

M04TRIM POSITION

LT LIGHTS

SIG TRIM POSITION

GND RET

BAT POWER

BLU

PUR/WHT

BLK

PUR

LT- LIGHT RETBLK

PUR

BLK

BLK/

YEL

YEL/

RED

BLK

43

02

02

02

02

02

0202

36

03

02

42

02

02

36

7

6

4

3

109

09

09

09

09

0242

42

02

42

36

NOTES:1. LENGTHS SHOWN IN INCHES +/- 1.5 INCH.2. WIRE COLOR PER FOUR WINNS COLOR CODE 125-60000.3. TERMINATIONS PER FOUR WINNS SPEC. 125-601534. WIRE TYPE PER SAE J1128.5. ALL WIRES 16AWG UNLESS INDICATED

6 DIMENSION SHOWN IS FROM EDGE OF PANEL.

XX

025-2893

M04TRIM POSITION

M03SPEEDOMETER

M02TACHOMETER

M01FOUR IN ONE

S02BILGE

S03NAV/ANC

S04ACCESSORY

S05IGNITION

S06HORN

032-2337

170/180 FREEDOM O/BINSTRUMENTATIONPANEL ASSEMBLY

Page 1

170/180 FREEDOM O/BFORWARD SYSTEMSHARNESS ASSEMBLY


63

63

02

02

41

02

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMP---AMP

FUNCTION

024163FWD PORT SPKRFWD STBD SPKRNAV LIGHTFWD SYSTEMS

DESCRIPTION

RECEPT,FASTON,.250,18-14PIN,UMNL,18-14RECEPT,FASTON,.205SPEAKERSPEAKERLIGHT, NAV, 2 MILEPLUG,UMNL,9 CKT

QUANTITY

462REFREFREF1

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0390028-1288---028-0449

ITEM

- --LS01LS02LT01P08


LT01BOW LIGHT

A

BOW LT GRA/GRN

NOT USED

NOT USED

FWD PORT SPKR

FWD PORT SPKR RET

FWD STBD SPKR

FWD STBD SPKR RET

NOT USED

BOW LT RET

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

P08FWD SYSTEMS9P

BLK/GRN

BLK

GRN

BLKRED

BLK/RED

GRA/GRN

LS01FWD PORTSPEAKER

LS02FWD STBDSPEAKER

2

1

A

LT01BOW LIGHT

49

100

62

14

LS02FWD STBD SPKR

LS01FWD PORT SPKR

48

P08FWD SYSTEMS

- ORIGINAL RELEASE

J.J.W. 9/15/00 15601 REPLACED 2 CKT RECEPTACLE J10 BOW LT WITH .250 FASTONS LT01. EN# 15601

XX

NOTES:1. LENGTHS SHOWN IN INCHES +/- 1.5 INCH.2. WIRE COLOR PER FOUR WINNS COLOR CODE 125-60000.3. TERMINATIONS PER FOUR WINNS SPEC. 125-601534. WIRE TYPE PER SAE J1128.5. ALL WIRES 16AWG UNLESS INDICATED.

B

B

B

B

NEG SPEAKER TERMINALS TO .205 FASTON WAS .250 FASTON206729/30/03JJW

-

A

B

A

A

10/18/02JJW RELOCATED SPEEDO HOSE BREAKOUT AND LENGTH TO 110" WAS 40".R01, P26, P19, J18, SPEEDO HOSE BREAKOUT LENGTH TO 36" WAS 84".OB TEMPERATURE R01 LENGTH TO 110" WAS 36".

A

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPDEUTSCHDEUTSCHAMPAMPAMP

PACKARDOMCAMPAMPAMPAMP - -AMPAMPAMPAMP -

FUNCTION

0209153638404142SYSTEM BATERYFUSEHOLDERSPEEDOMETER HOSEFUEL SENDERENGINEBILGE PUMPENGINE -STERN LT BASEHELM POWERAFT SYSTEMSTRIMENGINEWATER TEMP SENDER

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,18-14TERM,RING,#10,18-14TERM,RING,3/8,12-10SOCKET,DEUTSCH,18-16PIN,DEUTSCH,18-16PIN,UMNL,12-10PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14BATTERY,HD24-DPFUSEHOLDER, SEALEDHOSE,SPEEDOMETER OMCRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,DEUTSCH,6 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,15 CKT -BASE,STERN LPLUG,UMNL,2 CKTPLUG,UMNL,4 CKTPLUG,DEUTSCH,3 CKTPLUG,DEUTSCH,6 CKTSENDER,WATER TEMP

QUANTITY

613962922REF111111-REF1111REF

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0191028-0197028-0620028-0626028-0453028-0390028-0454 - -024-0073028-0441028-0623028-0442028-0446 - -028-0447028-0448028-0622028-0624 -

ITEM

BT1FH15HS01J17J18J21J35 -LT02P05P06P19P26R01


EN#

2/23/99- ORIGINAL RELEASE

REVISION LEVEL

REVISED BY

DATE DESCRIPTION

SCALE: SHEET: OF:DATE:DRAWN:SIZE:

HARNESS ASSEMBLY,AFT SYSTEMS, 170/180 OB

TITLE:TOLERANCES:

1/16+/- FRACT .062 PLCS +/-

CADILLAC,MI 49601905 FRISBIE STREET

616-779-2331

LT02STERN LIGHTBLK

GRA/BLU

1

2

3

4

STERN LT GRA/BLU

BRN/ORN

BRN/RED

PNK

AUTO BILGE

MANUAL BILGE

FUEL QUANTITY

P06AFT SYSTEMS4P

1

2

J21BILGE PUMP4S

BRN/ORN

BLK

BRN/RED

BRN/RED3

4

1

2

BLK

PNK

J17FUEL SENDER2S

BT1BATTERY

BLK

BLK

YEL/RED

BLK/YEL

WHT/GRN

BLK

PUR 14AWG

WHT/RED

WHT/PUR

WHT/BLU

PUR/WHT

ENGINE(OB)

J18ENGINE

P19TRIM/TILT

1

2

3

4

5

6

1

2

3

7

TAN/BLK

GRA

BLK

LT BLU/BLK

LT BLU/ORN

TAN/GRN

P26SYSTEM CHECK1

2

3

4

5

6

R01TEMP

TAN

1

2

3

4

5

10

6

7

8

9

IGNITION PUR 14AWG

WHT/PUR

BLK/YEL

GRA

PUR/WHT

BLK

WHT/BLU

WHT/GRN

11

12

WATER TEMPERATURE

IGNITION IN

NO OIL

START

PRIMER

MAGNETO

TACHOMETER

TRIM POSITION

MAGNETO GND

TRIM UP

TRIM DOWN

J35ENGINE15S

TAN

13

14

15

YEL/RED

WHT/RED

LT BLU/ORN

LT BLU/BLK

TAN/GRN

TAN/BLK

LOW OIL

OVERHEAT

CHECK ENGINE

F15SYSTEMS FUSE

RED 10AWG

30A

1

2HELM PWR RED 10AWGHELM RET

P05HELM POWER2P

BLK 10AWG BLK 10AWG

BT1BATTERY

FH15FUSEHOLDER

SPEEDOMETER PITOT TUBESPEEDO HOSE

40

42

15

15

42

41

02

02

42

11

J35ENGINE

P06AFT SYSTEMS

12

144

12

12 12

1224

6 36

110

J17FUEL SENDER

J21BILGE PUMP

LT02STERN LIGHT

P26SYSTEM CHECK

P19TRIM/TILT

BT1 + BT1 -

12

SPEEDOHOSE

SPEEDOHOSE J18

ENGINE

R01OB TEMPERATURE

110 13

1313

60

P05HELM POWER

12

12

BT1 -

NOTES:1. LENGTHS SHOWN IN INCHES +/- 1.5 INCH.

B

B

B

B JJW 1/15/03 19045 REMOVED J41 FUEL FILL GND. J17 FUEL SENDER LENGTH TO 12" WAS 6".

-

18628

-

Electrical Schematics Page 3

170/180 FREEDOM O/BAFT SYSTEMS

HARNESS ASSEMBLY


GRA/BRN

1

2

WHT/PUR

J11FORWARD SWITCH9S

J09FORWARD SYSTEMS9S

BLK

GRA/BRN

F05COCKPIT LTS

5A

5

BLK

NOT USED

NOT USED

9

NOT USED8

7

NOT USED6

WHT/GRN TRIM DOWN5

TRIM UP4WHT/BLUPOWER TRIM3WHT/REDCOURTESY LT2GRA/BRNCOURTESY LT RET

J11FORWARD SWITCH9S

1

P08ESS

12 6

6

40

6

3 6

P04STEREO12S

LS05HORN

P05POWER TRIM

3

3

J17NEUTRAL SAFETY

3

6

6

J05HELM POWER2S

22

12 6

9

P07AFT SYSTEMS15P

14

31

46

2

12

34

56

78

910

1112

1314

1

2

3 6

5

4

7

1

2

3 6

5

4

7

A

1

2

3 6

5

4

7

I

S

B

1

2

3 6

5

4

7

I

S

GND

SIG

BAT GND

7

1

2 3 4 5 6

2

7

3

S04ACCESSORY

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

ORN

1 2

S06HORN

ORN/WHT

ORN/GRN

ORN/GRA

7 3

2

5

4

6

1

ORN/BRN 2

7

3

S02BILGE PUMP

S03NAV/ANC LTS

P04RADIO12S

PUR/BLK

ORN/GRNSTEREO RET

STEREO POWERSTEREO SWITCH

FWD PORT SPKR

FWD PORT SPKR RET

NOT USED

NOT USED

FWD STBD SPKR

FWD STBD SPKR RET

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

10A

F14ACCESSORY

5A

F06HORN

15A

5A

F04STEREO

F03NAV/ANC LTS

5A

F02BILGE

FB01FUSE BLOCK

TB01DC RETURNBUS

BLK

F01BLOWER

ORN/YEL 14AWG

5A

2

7

3

S01BLOWER

BLK

TRIM DOWN

TRIM/TILT

TRIM POSITION

TACH

TEMPERATURE

OIL PRESSURE3

4

5

6

7

9

TRIM DOWN

TRIM UP

TRIM POWER

1

2

3S05IGNITION

LT BLU

TAN

GRA

PUR/WHT

WHT/REDWHT/BLU

WHT/GRN

P05POWER TRIM4P

P07AFT SYSTEMS15P

2

1

IB

S

WHT/GRN

RED/PUR14 AWG

ENGINE START

IGNITION (TO ENGINE)

10

12

RED/PUR 14 AWG

RED/PUR 14 AWG

YEL/RED

YEL/RED

YEL/RED

PUR 14AWG

PUR

BLK

BLK

BLK

WHT/ORN

BLK

LS05HORN

8 TRIM UP

11

PUR 14AWG

YEL/RED

WHT/RED

WHT/BLU

2

3BLK

15A

F09IGNITION

RED/PUR 14AWG

BLK

GRA/GRN BOW LT

BOW LT RET

2

1

J09FWD SYSTEMS9S

4BLK

M01FOUR IN ONE

1 BLK

BLK 10AWG

RED/PUR 10AWG HELM POWER

HELM RET

2

1

J05HELM POWER2S

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

NOT USED

NOT USED

FWD PORT SPKR

FWD PORT SPKR RET

FWD STBD SPKR

FWD STBD SPKR ET

NOT USED

RED

BLK/RED

GRN

BLK/GRN

RED

BLK/RED

GRN

BLK/GRN

FUEL QUANTITYPNK

13

14

15

BLOWER

STERN LT

MANUAL BILGE

AUTO BILGE

TRIM LIMIT SW

YEL 14AWG

GRA/BRN

BRN/RED

BRN/ORN

YEL 14AWG

BRN/RED

BRN/ORN

GRA/BRN

GRA/GRN

BLU

A

PUR/BLK

1 LIGHTS

3 WATER TEMPERATURE

4 RET

5 OIL PRESSURE

6 FUEL QUANTITY

7 POWER

BLU

TAN

BLK

LT BLU

PNK

PUR

M02TACHOMETER

LT LIGHTS

SIG TACHOMETER

GND RET

BAT POWER

BLU

GRA

BLK

PUR

M03SPEEDOMETER

LT LIGHTSBLU

M04TRIM POSITION

LT LIGHTS

SIG TRIM POSITION

GND RET

BAT POWER

BLU

PUR/WHT

BLK

PUR

LT- LIGHT RETBLK

5

P08EMERGENCY STOP SW2P

2

1

ESS

ESS

J17NEUTRAL SAFETY SW2S

2

1

NS

NS

4 TRIM LIMIT SW

WHT/PUR

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPPORTAGEDOVEBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSSIERRAAMPAMPAMPAMPFARIAFARIAFARIAFARIAAMPAMPAMPAMPCARL SWCARL SWCARL SWCARL SWSIERRADELTA--

FUNCTION

020913414243---BLOWERBILGENAV/ANCSTEREOCTSY LTHORNIGNITIONACCESSORYHELM POWERHELM POWERNEUTRAL SAFETYFWD SYSTEMSFWD SWITCH4 IN 1TACHOMETERSPEEDOMETERTRIM POSITIONRADIOTRIMAFT SYSTEMSESSBLOWERBILGENAV/ANCACCESSORYIGNITIONHORNDC RETHORN

DESCRIPTION

RECEPT,FASTON,.250,18-14TERM,RING,#10,16-14TERM,RING,#10,12-10PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,12-10SWITCH,BLANK CONT IIIPANEL,BLANK,IGN,170/180H I/O BURLSHROUD,STBD, DUNE 170/180LEFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,15AFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,15AFUSE,ATC,10AFUSE BLOCK,14 POS/GROUNDRECEPT,UNNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UNNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,9 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,9 CKTGAUGE,4 IN I FARIAGAUGE,TACHOMETER FARIAGAUGE,SPEEDO FARIAGAUGE,TRIM SD FARIAPLUG,UMNL,12 CKTPLUG,UMNL, 4 CKTPLUG,UMNL,15 CKTPLUG, UMNL, 2 CKTSWTICH,SPST,CONT IIISWITCH,SPST,CONT IIISWITCH,DPDT,CONT IIISWITCH,SPST,CONT IIISWITCH,IGNITION W/ACCESSORY IOSWITCH,BUTTON,NORETURN BUSSHORN,AFI HIDDEN

QUANTITY

3912221202111111111111111111111111111REF11REFREF

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0191028-0195028-0390028-0454028-0455028-0519025-2892032-2337028-0507028-0507028-0507028-0510028-0507028-0507028-0510028-0509028-0575028-0441028-0441028-0443028-0443024-0438024-0434024-0433024-0436028-0451028-0448028-0452028-0447028-0457028-0457028-0504028-0457028-1286028-0186-026-0503

ITEM

---------F01F02F03F04F05F06F09F14FB01J05J17J09J11M01M02M03M04P04P05P07P08S01S02S03S04S05S06TB01LS05


43

02

02

02

02

02

02

02

02

02

42

41

42

41

41

42

42

09

09

09

09

09

09

02

09

09

09

42

42

02

09

09

09

FUSE SCHEDULE1. BLOWER 5A2. BILGE 5A3. NAV/ANC LTS 5A4. STEREO 15A5. COCKPIT LTS 5A6. HORN 5A9. IGNITION 15A14. ACCESSORY 10A

13

13

032-2337

S06HORN

S05IGNITION

S04ACCESSORY

S03NAV/ANC

S02BILGE

S01BLOWER

M01FOUR IN ONE

M02TACHOMETER

M03SPEEDOMETER

M04TRIM POSITION

025-2892

180 FREEDOM I/OINSTRUMENTATIONPANEL ASSEMBLY


63

63

02

02

41

02

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMP---AMP

FUNCTION

024163FWD PORT SPKRFWD STBD SPKRNAV LIGHTFWD SYSTEMS

DESCRIPTION

RECEPT,FASTON,.250,18-14PIN,UMNL,18-14RECEPT,FASTON,.205SPEAKERSPEAKERLIGHT, NAV, 2 MILEPLUG,UMNL,9 CKT

QUANTITY

462REFREFREF1

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0390028-1288---028-0449

ITEM

- --LS01LS02LT01P08


LT01BOW LIGHT

A

BOW LT GRA/GRN

NOT USED

NOT USED

FWD PORT SPKR

FWD PORT SPKR RET

FWD STBD SPKR

FWD STBD SPKR RET

NOT USED

BOW LT RET

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

P08FWD SYSTEMS9P

BLK/GRN

BLK

GRN

BLKRED

BLK/RED

GRA/GRN

LS01FWD PORTSPEAKER

LS02FWD STBDSPEAKER

2

1

A

LT01BOW LIGHT

49

100

62

14

LS02FWD STBD SPKR

LS01FWD PORT SPKR

48

P08FWD SYSTEMS

- ORIGINAL RELEASE

J.J.W. 9/15/00 15601 REPLACED 2 CKT RECEPTACLE J10 BOW LT WITH .250 FASTONS LT01. EN# 15601

XX


B

B

B

B

NEG SPEAKER TERMINALS TO .205 FASTON WAS .250 FASTON206729/30/03JJW

-

A

B

180 FREEDOM I/OFORWARD SYSTEMSHARNESS ASSEMBLY

NOTES:1. LENGTHS SHOWN IN INCHES +/- 1.5 INCH2. WIRING TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF SAE J1128.3. COLOR CODE PER FOUR WINNS SPEC. 125-60000.4. TERMINATE PER FOUR WINNS SPEC. 125-60153.5. SA-SZ WIRES TERMINATE IN A COMMON TERMINAL.6. BA-BZ WIRES ARE A PART OF THE SAME MULTIWIRE CABLE.

7. SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY.


GND1HS01J07J15J17J21J25J28 -P05P18P19EA01

PART NUMBER

028-0197028-0453028-0454028-0211028-1823

024-0073028-0446028-0441028-0441028-0442028-0441028-0441 -028-0447 - - -

QUANTITY

122521REF1111111-111REF

DESCRIPTION

TERM,RING,3/8-,12-10PIN,UMNL,12-10SOCKET,UMNL,18-14RECEPT, SOCKET,.156,16-14TERM,BULLET,FEMALE,INS,.156,16-14ENGINE GROUNDHOSE,SPEEDOMETER, C1101033RECEPT,UMNL,15 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKT -PLUG,UMNL,2 CKTPLUG,ENGINE I/OPLUG,TRIM/TILTENGINE ALARM

FUNCTION

1540424675ENGINE GROUNDSPEEDOMETERAFT SYSTEMSHOUR METERFUEL SENDERBILGE PUMPBLOWERSTERN LT -HELM POWERENGINETRIM/TILT

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPMOLEX

NEW AGEAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMP -AMPOMCOMC

EA01ENGINE ALARM

TAN/BLU

J28STERN LT2S

2

1

BLK/

YEL

BLK

BLK

BLK

GND1ENG GND

J17FUEL SENDER2S

PNK

BLK

2

1

4

3BRN/RED

BRN/RED

BLK

BRN/ORN

J21BILGE PUMP4S

2

1

BLK/YEL 14AWG

YEL 14AWG 2

1

J25BLOWER2S

9/5/02

HARNESS ASSEMBLY,AFT SYSTEMS 170/180F

N.T.S.J.J.W.DWG NUMBER:

SCALE:

DATE:CHECKED:

SHEEDATE:DRAWN:

CSIZE:

TITLE:TOLERANCES:

1/16+/- FRACT .062 PLCS +/- .0203 PLCS +/-


616-779-2331

DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION WITHOUT PERMISSION OF FOUR WINNS IS PROHIBITED

PITOT TUBESPEEDOMETERHOSE

FUNCTION

-BILGE RETSTERN LIGHT RET12 V RETURNFUEL SENDER RETBLOWER RETHOUR METER RETBILGE AUTOBILGE MANUALTACHSTERN LIGHTOIL PRESSUREFUEL QUANTITYHOUR METERIGNITIONTRIM POSITION12 V FEEDTEMPTRIM UPTRIM LIMIT SWTRIM DOWNTRIM/TILTBLOWERENGINE STARTAUTO BILGE JUMPERTRIM LIMIT SWENGINE ALARM

SECOND

-GND1GND1P18GND1GND1J21J21J21P18J28P18J17J15P18P18P18P18P19TL01P19P19J25P18J21TL01EA01

NOTE

-SGSG

SGSGSJ

SI

SA

SK

NOTE

SJ

SFSA

SK

SI

TERM

-1515511515424242514251424251515151514651514251424675

TERM

-4242404242424242424242424242424042425142424242424251

PIN

-1111112322822510632-13274-

PIN

-11111113125143102262482971113154

FIRST

-J21J28P05J17J25J15J07J07J07J07J07J07J07J15J07P05J07J07P19J07J07J07J07J21J07P18

GA

-1616101614161616161616161414161016161616161416161616

COLOR

-BLKBLKBLKBLKBLK/YELBLKBRN/ORNBRN/REDGRA GRA/BLULT BLUPNKPURPURPUR/WHTRED/PURTANWHT/BLUWHT/BLUWHT/GRNWHT/REDYELYEL/REDBRN/REDWHT/PURTAN/BLU


J15HOUR METER2S

GRA/BLU

BLK

7

2

3

1

8

7

10

5

4

3

2

1

P19TRIM/TILT

P18ENGINE

ENGINE(I/O)

WHT/GRN

WHT/BLU

WHT/RED

LT BLU

YEL/RED

RED/PUR 10AWG

PUR 14AWG

TAN/BLU

TAN

BLK 10AWG

GRA

6

9NOT USED

PUR/WHT

1

J07AFT SYSTEMS15S

YEL/RED

PUR 14AWG

LT BLU2

3

4

5

10

6

7

8

9

TAN

GRA

PUR/WHT

WHT/RED

WHT/BLU

WHT/GRN

IGNITION (TO ENG.)

11

12

START

OIL PRESSURE

WATER TEMPERATURE

TACHOMETER

TRIM POSITION

TRIM POWER

TRIM UP

TRIM DOWN

FUEL QUANTITY

BLOWER

MANUAL BILGE

1

2HELM POWER

BLK 10AWG

RED/PUR 10AWGHELM RET

P05HELM POWER2P

1

2

BLK

PUR 14AWG

13

14

15

AUTO BILGE

TL01

TRIM LIMIT SW

PNK

YEL 14AWG

BRN/RED

BRN/ORN

GRA/BLU

TRIM LIMIT SW

STERN LT

WHT/BLU

WHT/PUR

WHT/PUR


180 FREEDOM I/OAFT SYSTEMS

HARNESS ASSEMBLY


170 HORIZONSTARBOARD DASH

SHROUD ASSEMBLY


A

7

3

2

1

7

3

2

1

3

2

11

2

3 6

5

4

7

A

S

B

J06SWITCH/HELM SYSTEMS

J08STBD IGN PANEL

12 6

P07SWITCH/AFT SYSTEMS

6

6

3

GRA/BRN

ORN/PUR

RED/PUR 14AWG

RED/PUR 14AWGRED/PUR 14AWG

15

CB01PORT IGNITION

PUR 14AWG

YEL/REDS

B IS05IGNITION SWITCH

02

02

7

S02HORN

2 3

ORN/YEL 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

PANEL RET

12V ACC

HORN13

14

15

BLK

14AW

GBL

K 14

AWG

HORN IN

RED/PUR 14AWGIGN BREAKER9

IGN INRED/PUR 14AWG

10

11

12

8

7

GRA/GRN

6

ORN/GRA

5

4

3

2

1 BLOWER INORN/YEL 14AWG

NOT USED

NOT USED

DOCKING LTS IN

COCKPIT LTS IN

NAV LTS

NAV/ANC LTS IN

IGN BREAKER INRED/PUR 14AWG

START

J06SWITCH/HELM SYSTEMS15S

7 3

2

54

6

1

ORN/GRA

GRA/BLU

BLU

GRA/BLU

ORN/

GRA GRA/BLU

GRA/GRN

GRA/BLU

S01NAV/ANC LTS 1

6

45

2

37

WHT/ORN

ORN/WHT

S04BLOWER

32

BRN/ORNBLK

14AW

G

BRN/RED

S03BILGE 3

7

2

COCKPIT LT

BILGE IN

BILGE OUT

ANC LT

DASH LT

IGNITION

NOT USED

NOT USED

P07SWITCH/AFT SYSTEMS9P

YEL 14AWGBLOWER 1

BRN/ORN2

BRN/RED3

GRA/BLU4

BLU5

PUR 14AWG6

GRA/BRN7

8

9

BLK 14AWG

ORN/RED 14AWG

WHT/ORN

ORN/WHT

YEL/RED

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

PANEL RET

12V ACC

DOCKING LTS IN

DOCKING LTS

WATER PUMP IN

WATER PUMP

COCKPIT LTS IN

COCKPIT LTS

DEPTH GAUGE

BLK 14AWG

ORN/RED 14AWG

ORN 14AWG

ORN/PUR

ORN 14AWG

PUR 14AWG

J08STBD IGN PANEL9S

02

02

02

02

41

42

42


- - - -J06J08P07CB01S01S02S03S04S05

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0390028-0454025-3045028-0446028-0443028-0449028-0467028-0504028-0456028-0457028-0457028-1286

QUANTITY

197191111111111

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,18-14PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14PANEL,BLANK, PORT IGN SWRECEPT,UMNL,15CKTRECEPT,UMNL,9CKTPLUG,UMNL,9CKTBREAKER,15ASWITCH,DPDT,ON-OFF-ON,CONT IIISWITCH,SPST,(ON)-OFF,CONT IIISWITCH,SPST,ON-OFF,CONT IIISWITCH,SPST,ON-OFF,CONT IIISWITCH,IGNITION,I/O

FUNCTION

024142 -SWITCH/HELMSTBD IGN PANELSWITCH AFTIGNITION BREAKERNAV LTSHORNBILGEBLOWERIGNITITON SWITCH

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMP -AMPAMPAMPMPCARL SWCARL SWCARL SWCARL SWGENERAL

I

A

S01NAV/ANC LTS

S02HORN

S03BILGE

S04BLOWER

CB01IGNITION BREAKER

S05IGNITION SWITCH

025-3045PANEL, BLANK

170 HORIZONPORT IGNITION/SWITCH

PANEL ASSEMBLY

170 HORIZONFORWARD SYSTEMSHARNESS ASSEMBLY


B

NOT USED

NOT USED

STEREO SWITCHPUR/RED

3

2

1

XX


BLK 14AWG

NOT USED

COCPIT LT RET

COCKPIT LT

POWER TRIM

TRIM UP

TRIM DOWN

NOT USED

1

2

P11FWD SW PANEL9P

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

NOT USED

WHT/GRN

WHT/RED

GRA/BRN

WHT/BLU

NOT USED

LS03HORN

LT01NAV LT

WHT/RED

WHT/BLU

WHT/GRN

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

ORN/RED 14AWG

BLK 14AWG

STEREO RET

STEREO

NAV LTS

HORN

COCKPIT LT

TRIM DOWN

TRIM UP

TRIM POWER

BOW RET

BLK 14AWG

J09FWD SYSTEMS9S

GRA/GRN

WHT/ORN

GRA/BRN

LS01STBD SPEAKER

BLK/RED

RED

P10STEREO12S

BLK 14AWG

STEREO SWITCH

RIGHT FRONT SPKR RET

RIGHT FRONT SPKR

LEFT REAR SPKR RET

LEFT REAR SPKR

LEFT FRONT SPKR RET

LEFT FRONT SPKR

STEREO

STEREO RET

PUR/RED

ORN/RED 14AWG

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

GRN

BLK/GRN

10

11

12

RIGHT REAR SPKR RET

RIGHT REAR SPKR

NOT USED

LS02PORT SPEAKER

BLK/REDRED BLK 14AWG

GRA/GRN

BLK 14AWG

WHT/ORN

GRN

BLK/GRN


612102111

ITEM

- - - -J09P10P11

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0390028-0454028-1288028-0445028-0451028-0449

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMP

DESCRIPTION

RECEPT,FASTON,.250,16-14PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14RECEPT,FASTON,.205,18-15RECEPTACLE,UMNL,12 CKTPLUG,UMNL,12 CKTPLUG,UMNL,9 CKT

FUNCTION

02414263FWD SYSTEMSSTEREOFWD SW PANEL

36

12

LT01NAV LT

LS03HORN

LS02PORTSPEAKER

LS01STBDSPEAKER

J09FWD SYSTEMS

18

P11FWD SW PANEL

24

36

90108

24

P10STEREO

36

4142

02

63

63

02 02

02

02

02

41

AA


REWIRED HELM PLUGS P03 & P04. ADDED SH01 & DC01.4/29/03JJWA

AUTO BILGE

MANUAL BILGE

AUTO BILGE

RETURN

18

48

48

36

18

18156

42

42

DASH RET

DASH LTS

LIVEWELL

GRA/BLU

BRN/RED

BRN/ORN

PUR 14AWG

RED/PUR 10AWG

BLK 10AWG

10

11

12

HELM POWER

IGNITION

START

PUR 14AWG

BLK 14AWG

BRN

BLOWER

BILGE AUTO

HELM RET 1

2

P03HELM12P

3

4

5

6

7

8

9BLU

YEL/RED

BLK 14AWG

BLU

YEL 14AWG

STERN LT

BILGE MAN

TRIM LIMIT

WHT/GRN

WHT/BLU

WHT/RED14

13

15

TRIM POWER

TRIM UP

TRIM DOWN

WHT/PUR

TAN/BLU

LT BLU

TAN

GRA

PUR/WHT

PNK

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

P04GAUGE9P

2

1DASH RET

ENGINE ALARM

FUEL LEVEL

TRIM POSITION

OIL PRESSURE

WATER TEMP

TACHOMETER

DASH LTS

IGNITION

DC01DEPTH CABLE

SH01 SPEEDO HOSE

P03HELM

P04GAUGE

SH01 SPEEDOHOSE

SH01 SPEEDOHOSE

DC01DEPTHCABLE

DC01DEPTH CABLE

J25BLOWER

12

28

36

36

52

16

TL01TRIM LIMIT SW

12

48

30

J17FUELSENDER

J21BILGE PUMP

J28STERN LT

P18ENGINE

P19TRIM/TILT

30

J29LIVEWELL

GND1ENGINEGROUND

24

HM01HOUR METER

30

--

11

42

42

42

42

42

02

75

56

56

NOTES:1. LENGTHS SHOWN IN INCHES +/- 1.5 INCH.2. WIRE COLOR PER FOUR WINNS COLOR CODE 125-60000.

EN#

19621 PRODUCTION RELEASE-

REVISEDBY

DESCRIPTIONDATEREVISIONLEVEL

REVISIONS

BRN/RED

BRN/RED

BRN/ORN

BLK 14AWG

P18ENGINE

P19TRIM/TILT

J25BLOWER2S

J21BILGE PUMP4S

BLK 14AWG

GRA/BLU1

2

J28STERN LT2S

1

2

3

4

GND1ENG GND

BLK

14AW

G

BLK

14AW

G

BLK/

YEL 1

4AW

G

J29LIVEWELL2S

BLK 14AWG

BRN

1

2

BLK 14AWG

PNK

J17FUEL SENDER2S

1

2

WHT/PURWHT/BLU

TRIM LIMIT SWTL01

PUR/WHT9

6

GRA

BLK 10AWG

TAN

TAN/BLU

PUR 14AWG

RED/PUR 10AWG

YEL/RED

LT BLU

WHT/REDWHT/BLU

WHT/GRN

ENGINE(I/O)

1

2

3

4

5

10

7

8

1

3

2

1

2YEL 14AWG

BLK/YEL 14AWG

HM01HOUR METER

PUR 14AWG

BLK 14AWG

BLK

14AW

G

905 FRISBIE STREETCADILLAC,MI 49601 FRACT +/- 1/16

TOLERANCES: TITLE: HARNESS ASSEMBLY,

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPMOLEX - - - -AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPOMCOMCNEW AGEFARIA/TALON

FUNCTION

021141427551ENGINE GROUNDTRIM LIMIT SWHOUR METERHELM/AFTGAUGE/AFTFUEL SENDERBILGE PUMPBLOWERSTERN LTLIVEWELLENGINETRIM/TILTSPEEDOMETERDEPTH GAUGE

DESCRIPTION

RECEPT,FASTON,.250,16-14TERM,RING,3/8,16-14PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14TERM,BULLET,FEMALE,INS,.156,16-14VENDER TERMINATIONENGINE GROUNDTRIM LIMITHOUR METERPLUG,UMNL,15 CKTPLUG,UMNL,9 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTPLUG,ENGINE I/OPLUG,TRIM/TILTSPEEDO HOSE,C1101033TRANSDUCER CABLE,23',#HN0337

QUANTITY

222412212REFREFREF11111111111

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0193028-0390028-0454028-1823 - - - -028-0452028-0449028-0441028-0442028-0441028-0441028-0441 - -024-0013027-2199

ITEM

- ----- GND1TL01HM01P03P04J17J21J25J28J29P18P19SH01DC01


19754

A

A

A

A

A

170 HORIZONAFT SYSTEMS

HARNESS ASSEMBLYPage 4

FUSE SCHEDULE1. BLOWER 5A2. BILGE 5A3. NAV/ANC LTS 5A4. RADIO 20A5. IGNITION 20A6. HORN 5A9. LIVEWELL 5A14. COCKPIT LTS 5A

B

B

A

CHANGED STEREO SWITCH WIRE TO PUR/RED FROM P09-3 TO .250 FASTON TERMINAL WAS PUR WIRE FROM J03-3 TO P09-3.

197477/21/03JJWB

24

A

19747 ADDED J18 LIVEWELL SWITCH RECEPTACLE.P09 FORWARD SYSTEMS TO 12 CKT PLUG WAS 9 CKT.ADDED STEREO SWITCH WIRE FROM J03-3 TO P09-3.

4/29/03JJWA

A

A

6

QUANTITY

1422624211111111111111111REFREF

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSSIERRAAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPSIERRA-

FUNCTION

0213414243BLOWERBILGENAV/ANCRADIOIGNITIONHORNLIVEWELLCOCKPIT LTHELM POWERPOWER TRIMSWITCH/HELMESSFWD SYSTEMSDECK/HELMSWITCH/HELMNEUTRAL SAFETY SWLIVEWELL SWITCHDC RETURNIGNITION SWITCH

DESCRIPTION

RECEPT,FASTON,.250.16-14TERM,RING,#10,12-10PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,12-10FUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,20AFUSE,ATC,20AFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE BLOCK,14 POS/GROUNDPLUG,UMNL,4 CKTPLUG,UMNL,15 CKTPLUG,UMNL,2 CKTPLUG,UMNL,12 CKTRECEPT,UNNL,15 CKTRECEPT,UNNL,9 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTRETURN BUSSIGNITION ACCESSORY

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0195028-0390028-0454028-0455028-0507028-0507028-0507028-0511028-0511028-0507028-0507028-0507028-0575028-0448028-0452028-0447028-0451028-0446028-0443028-0441028-0442028-0186-

ITEM

F01F02F03F04F05F06F09F14FB01P05P06P08P09J03J07J17J18TB01S07

J18LIVEWELL SWITCH

NOT USED

LIVEWELL

LIVEWELL IN

SW LT RET

J18LIVEWELL SWITCH4S

BLK 14AWG5

42

BRN

BRN

BLK 14AWG 1

2

3

4

5

1413

1211

109

87

65

43

21

2 641 3

14

P06SWITCH/HELM

9

6

3 J17NEUTRAL SAFETY

3

3

P05POWER TRIM

40

P08ESS


2

1

HARNESS ASSEMBLY,HELM SYSTEMS 170H

SCALE: SHEET: OFDATE:DRAWN:SIZE:

TITLE:TOLERANCES:

1/16+/- FRACT .062 PLCS +/-


616-779-2331

REVISIONLEVEL

DATE DESCRIPTIONREVISEDBY

- PRODUCTION RELEASE19630

EN#

NOTES:1. LENGTHS SHOWN IN INCHES +/- 1.5 INCH.2. WIRE COLOR PER FOUR WINNS COLOR CODE 125-60000.

- -

BLK 14AWG

BLK 14AWG

BLK 14AWG

BLK 14AWG

RED/PUR 10AWG

BLK 10AWG

WHT/RED

WHT/BLU

WHT/GRN

WHT/PUR

WHT/RED

WHT/BLU

WHT/GRN

13

14

15 TRIM LIMIT

TRIM POWER

TRIM UP

TRIM DOWN

TRIM LIMIT 4

P05POWER TRIM4P

WHT/GRN

WHT/BLU

WHT/RED3

2

1

TRIM POWER

TRIM UP

TRIM DOWN

WHT/PUR

F14COCKPIT LT

5A

BRN

GRA/BRN

42

9

8

7

6PUR 14AWG

5BLU

4GRA/BLU

3BRN/RED

2BRN/ORN

1 BLOWER YEL 14AWG

J07SWITCH/HELM9S

NOT USED

NOT USED

IGNITION

DASH LT

ANCHOR LT

BILGE OUT

BILGE IN

COCKPIT LT

5A

F09LIVEWELL

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

ORN/WHT

ORN/RED 14AWG

ORN/GRA

BRN/ORN

ORN/RED 14AWG

BLK 14AWG

STEREO RET

STEREO

NAV LTS

HORN

COCKPIT LT

TRIM DOWN

TRIM UP

TRIM POWER

BOW RET

5A

F06HORN

20A

5A

F04RADIO

F03NAV/ANC LTS

5A

F02BILGE

FB01FUSE BLOCK

TB01DC RETURNBUS

F01BLOWER

ORN/YEL 14AWG

5A

RED/PUR 14 AWG

RED/PUR 14 AWG

YEL/RED

YEL/RED

BLK 14AWG

20A

F05IGNITION

RED/PUR 14AWG

P09FWD SYSTEMS12P

GRA/GRN

WHT/ORN

GRA/BRN

P08ESS2P

2

1

ESS

ESS


2

1

NS

NS

41

YEL/RED

ORN/WHT

WHT/ORN

BLK 14AWG

P06SWITCH/HELM15P

START

RED/PUR 14AWGIGN BREAKER IN

NAV/ANC LTS IN

NAV LTS

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

ORN/YEL 14AWGBLOWER IN1

2

3

4

5

ORN/GRA

6

GRA/GRN

7

8

12

11

10RED/PUR 14AWG

IGN IN

9 IGN BREAKERRED/PUR 14AWG

HORN IN

15

14

13 HORN

NOT USED

PANEL RET

DASH RET

DASH LTS

LIVEWELL

GRA/BLU

BRN/RED

BRN/ORN

PUR 14AWG

RED/PUR 10AWG

BLK 10AWG

10

11

12

HELM POWER

IGNITION

START

BRN

BLOWER

BILGE AUTO

HELM RET1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9BLU

YEL/RED

BLK 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

ANCHOR LT

BILGE MAN

J03DECK/HELM15S

41

42

42

41

41

02

02

P09FWD SYSTEMS

J03DECK/HELM

J07SWITCH/HELM

6

12

6

6 12

1

2

3

4

10

11

12

STEREO SWITCH

NOT USED

NOT USED

PUR/RED

PUR/RED

S07IGN ACCESSORY

02

S07IGN ACCESSORY

13

13

43

43


170 HORIZONHELM SYSTEMS

HARNESS ASSEMBLY


180 HORIZON I/OUPPER GAUGE

PANEL ASSEMBLY

08

08

08

02

02

02

75

08

08

08

08

08

08

41

M02SPEEDOMETERLT-

LTBLK 14AWG

GRA

PUR

GRA

PUR

PNK

LT BLU

BLK 14AWG

TAN

BLUBLU

TAN

LT BLU

BLK 14AWG

PUR

PNK

P01GAUGE PANEL9P

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8TAN/BLU

WATER TEMP.

RETURN

OIL PRESS.

FUEL LEVEL

INST.PWR

TACH

ENGINE ALARM

NOT USED

DASH LTS

9

BLU

M03TACHOMETERBLK 14AWG

BLU

BAT POWER

GND RET

SIG TACHOMETER

LT LIGHTS

7 POWER

6 FUEL QUANTITY

5 OIL PRESSURE

4 RET

3 WATER TEMPERATURE

1 LIGHTS

M01FOUR IN ONE

TAN/BLU EA01ENGINE ALARM

10

FUNCTION

41080275 - - - - -


- - - -P01MO1MO2MO3PANEL

PART NUMBER

028-0390028-0189028-0177028-1823028-0449024-0524024-0523024-0526025-2970

QUANTITY

893111111

DESCRIPTION

PIN,UMNL,18-14TERM,RING,PG #8,16-14RECEPT,FASTON,.250,16-14TERM,BULLET,FEMALE,INS,.156,16-14PLUG,UMNL,9 CKTGAUGE,4 IN 1, FARIA#GF0223GAUGE,SPEED 65MPH FARIA#SE9972GAUGE,TACH 6000 W/HOUR, FARIA#TCH239PANEL, BLANK, UPPER 180H

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPMOLEXAMPFARIAFARIAFARIA -

6

P01GAUGE PANEL

7

1

2 3 4 5 6

TACH

2

34

5

1

SPEEDO

4 IN 1S

G

B

6

EA01ENGINE ALARM

MO1MO2MO3

025-2970PANEL, BLANK, UPPER 180H


180 HORIZON I/OIGNITION SWITCH

PANEL ASSEMBLYPage 2

REMOVED P01 AND J01; ADDED MOLEX FASTONS (QTY 2 EA)CHANGED QTY OF PINS (028-0390) FROM 13 TO 12.

178374-27-02K. CLOUSB

-+

CMP COMPASS

BLU

BLK

7

P02

PUR/BLK

15A

CB01IGNITION

YEL/REDWHT/ORN

ORG/WHT

RED/PUR 14AWG

P0212P

RED/PUR 14AWG

BLK/YEL 14AWG1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

ORN/YEL 14AWG

PUR/BLK 14AWG

BLOWER

IGNITION BREAKER

IGNITION BREAKER

HORN IN

HORN

ENG.START

RADIO

IGNITION

BLOWER IN

9PUR 14AWG

IGNITION IN

RETURN

GAUGE LTS

RED/PUR 14AWG10

11

12A

PUR 14 AWG

YEL/REDRED/PUR14 AWG

S

BI

S01IGNITION

S03BLOWER

32

S02HORN

MANUF.PART #

X-15VBU

MP39802

1-480708-0350918-33-350820-2

V1D1B608-CM200

3-520106-2

19003-0042

MANUFACTURER

RITCHIE180HLS 03SIERRACARLSWAMPAMPAMPMPCARLSW

MOLEX

MOLEX

DESCRIPTION

COMPASSPANEL,BLANK,IGN,/SW,FLOR.BURLSWITCH,IGNITION,W/ ACC.SWITCH,SPST,MOM,CONT.IIIPLUG,UMNL,12 CKTSPIN,UMNL,18-14RECEPT,FASTON,UF,.250,16-14BREAKER,15A,THERMALSWITCH,SPST,CONT.III

FASTON, TAB .25

FASTON, RECEP .25

QUANTITY

1111112711

2

2

PART NUMBER

065-1369025-2974028-1286028-0456028-0451028-0390028-0178028-0467028-0457

--

--

ITEM

CMPPANELSO1SO2P02--CB01S03

*

**


CMP COMPASS

B

S

IA

1

37

5

4

2

106

LEVEL BY

- PROTOTYPE RELEASE3/25/02 17527

2

4

5

7 3

1

2 3

175273/25/02 PROTOTYPE RELEASEBW- 175273/25/02 PROTOTYPE RELEASEBW- 175273/25/02 PROTOTYPE RELEASEBW- 175273/25/02 PROTOTYPE RELEASEBW- 175273/25/02 PROTOTYPE RELEASEBW- 175273/25/02 PROTOTYPE RELEASEBW- 175273/25/02 PROTOTYPE RELEASEBW-

177854/12/02

S02(028-0456) WAS 028-0186,ADDED NOTE 7,BLKWAS YEL,RADIO WAS ACCESSORY,IGNITION WASBATTERY PWR,REVERSED WIRES TO S01, PINS B & IBWA

*

**

S02HORN

PANEL025-2974

S03BLOWER

S01IGNITION

CB01IGN.BREAKER


77

P01DEPTH2S 41

PUR

BLK

2

1

02

02

02

02

0241

41

41

02

02

02

42

08

08

02

08

BLK 14AWG

ORN 14AWG

ORN 14AWG

BLK 14AWGORN 14AWG

BLK 14AWGORN 14AWG

ORN 14AWG

ORN/PUR

ORN 14AWG

BLK 14AWGORN/PUR

BLK 14AWG

ORN/TAN RED/BLU

7

3

2

7

3

2

7

3

2

7

3

2

PUR 14AWG

BLU

PUR/WHT

J01DEPTH2S

BLK 14AWG

PUR 14AWG

BLUGRA/BRN

BLK 14AWG

ORN/RED 14AWG

GRA/GRN

ORN/GRA

N/C

N/CIGNITION

N/C

N/C

DASH LTSCKPT LTS

RETURN

12V RECEPT.

BOW LT

NAV/ANC LTS

PUR/WHT

N/C

N/C

GRA/BRN

PUR 14AWG

BLU

GRA/BLU

BRN/RED

ORN/BRN

N/C

N/C

SIG.TRIM POS.

CKPT LTSIGNITION

DASH LTS

ANC.LT

BILGE MAN.

ORN 14AWG

ORN 14AWG

ORN 14AWG

ORN 14AWG

ORN 14AWG

ORN 14AWG

P08AFT SYSTEMS9P

10

9

RETURN

ACC.

ACC.IN8

WIPER IN

ACC.

ACC.IN

ACC.

ACC.IN

CKPT LTS

CKPT LTS IN

WIPER RUN

RED/BLU

7

6

5

4

3

2

1ORN/TAN

P05HELM SYSTEMS15P

ORN/PUR

ORN/PUR

11

12N/C

FUNCTION

020841-DEPTHDEPTHHELM SYSTEMSHELM SYSTEMSAFT SYSTEMSDC PLUGTRIMDEPTHNAV/ANC LTCOCKPIT LTSWIPERBILGEACCACCACC

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMP-AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAFIFARIAFARIACARLING SWCARLING SWCARLING SWCARLING SWCARLING SWCARLING SWCARLING SW

DESCRIPTION

RECEPT,FASTON,.250,16-14TERM,RING,PG,#8,16-14PIN,UNML,18-14PANEL,BLANK,TRIM/DEPTH BURL 180HRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTPLUG,UMNL,2 CKTPLUG,UMNL,9 CKTPLUG,UMNL,9 CKTPLUG,UMNL,12 CKT12V DC RECEPTACLEGAUGE,TRIM,FARIA#GP7766GAUGE,DEPTH,FARIA#DS0109SWITCH,DPDT,CONT.IIISWITCH,SPST,CONT.IIISWITCH,SPST,CONT.IIISWITCH,SPST,CONT.IIISWITCH,SPST,CONT.IIISWITCH,SPST,CONT.IIISWITCH,SPST,CONT.III

QUANTITY

1111111111111111111

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0189028-0390025-2972028-0441028-0447028-0449028-0449028-0451028-1100024-0529028-1748028-0504028-0457028-0457028-0457028-0457028-0457028-0457

ITEM

----J01P01P05P07P08R01MO1MO2S01S02S03S04S05S06S07


REVISIONLEVEL


- - PRODUCTION RELEASE- 19363

EN#

2

3

7

S03WIPER

S04COCKPIT LTS

S05ACCESSORY

S06ACCESSORY

S07ACCESSORY

BLK 14AWG

GRA/BLU

BLU

GRA/GRN

GRA/BLU

S01NAV/ANC LTS

1

6

4

2

3 7

BILGE INIGN

GND

MO1TRIM POS.

SIG

LIGHT

DS01DEPTHGAUGE

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

R0112V RECEPTACLE

-+

BLK 14AWG

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

P07HELM SYSTEMS9P

5

S02BILGE

7

3 2

BLK 14AWG

BLK 14AWG

P07HELM SYSTEMS

1

2PUR 14AWG

ORN/GRA

ORN/GRA

ORN/BRN

BRN/RED

BLK 14AWG

ORN/RED 14AWG

J08AFT SYSTEMS

610

10 6

P05HELM SYSTEMS

+-

1

2

3 6

5

4

7

1

2

3 6

5

4

7

1

2

3 6

5

4

7

1

2

3 6

5

4 1

2

3 6

5

4 1

2

3 6

5

4

7

1

2

3 6

5

4

7

J01

P01

3

10

R0112V RECEPTACLE

S07ACCESSORY

S06ACCESSORY

S05ACCESSORY

S04BILGE

S03WIPER

S02COCKPIT LTS

S01NAV/ANC LT

025-2972PANEL, BLANK TRIM/DEPTH 180H

M04TRIM POSITION

DS01DEPTH SOUNDER

180 HORIZON I/OTRIM

PANEL ASSEMBLY



----

P08P04

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0390028-0454028-1288028-0449028-0451

QUANTITY

86

11411

DESCRIPTION

RECEPT,FASTON,.250,16-14PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14RECEPT,FASTON,.205,18-14PLUG,UMNL,9 CKTPLUG,UMNL,12 CKT

MANUFACTURER

AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP

FUNCTION

02414263FWD SYSTEMSRADIO

3

3

12BLK/BLU

BLU +

-

SS02STBD AFT SPKR

10

11

BLK/ORN

ORN +

-

PS02PORT AFT SPKR

6

7

NOT USED

STBD AFT SPKR RETSTBD AFT SPKR

12

PUR/BLK

ORN/GRN

BLK

STBD FWD SPKR RET

PORT AFT SPKR RET

PORT AFT SPKR

STBD FWD SPKR

PORT FWD SPKR RETPORT FWD SPKR

STEREO SW

STEREO PWR

STEREO RETURN

WHT/ORN

ORN/GRN

BLKPUR/BLK

BLK 14AWG

GRA/GRN 14AWG

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

HORNSTEREO PWR

STEREO RETURN

STEREO SW

BOW LT RETURN

P08FWD SYSTEMS

9P

BOW LT 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

9

8

5

4

3

2

1

P04RADIO

12S

+

-

BOW LIGHT

HORN

+

-

PS01PORT FWD SPKR-

+RED

BLK/RED

SS01STBD FWD SPKR-

+GRN

BLK/GRN

P08FWD SYSTEM HARNESS

9P

24

70

12 6

6

24

70

87

STBD AFTSPKR

PORT AFTSPKR

P04RADIO

12P

87

3

12

3

3

BOWLT

HORN

30

30

PORT FWDSPKR

STBD FWDSPKR

3

41

42

02

63

02

63

02

63

02

63

02

02

-+

180 HORIZON I/OFORWARD SYSTEMSHARNESS ASSEMBLY

NOT USED

NOT USED

13 13

NOTES:

42

02

02

43

42

42

42

42

42

42

41

41

RED/BLU

ORN/TANWIPER RUN

ACCESSORY

COCKPIT LTS IN

COCKPIT LTS

ACCESSORY

NOT USED

NOT USED

ACCESSORY

RETURN

NOT USED

NOT USED

WIPER IN

ORN/PUR 14AWG

GRA/BRN

BLK 14AWG

ORN/PUR 14AWG

GRA/BRN

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

J05HELM SYSTEMS12S

ORN/PUR 14AWG

BLK 14AWG6

5

ORN/GRN

WHT/ORN

NOT USED

IGNITION

9

BLK/YEL 14AWG

PUR/BLK

ORA/WHT

BLK/YEL 14AWG

J03WIPER2S

2

1

RETURN

WIPER

RED/BLU

5A

F07WIPER

J07HELM SWITCHES9S

GRA/BRN

GRAGRN 14AWG

BLK 14AWG

ORN/RED 14AWG

ORN/GRA 14AWG

BOW LT

DASH LTS

12V RECEPTACLE

RETURN

CKPT LTS

NOT USED 8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1NAV/ANC LTS

J02IGNITION PANEL12S

BLOWER IN 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12DASH LTS

IGNITION IN

RETURN

IGNITION

IGN ACCESSORY

HORN

HORN IN

IGN.BREAKER

IGN.BREAKER IN

ENG.START

BLOWER

TRIM LIMIT SW4

NS

NS

1

2


ESS

ESS

1

2


YEL/RED

YEL/RED

RED/PUR 14 AWG

RED/PUR 14 AWG

P05POWER TRIM4P

WHT/GRN

WHT/BLUWHT/RED 3

2

1

TRIM POWER

TRIM UP

TRIM DOWN

WHT/PUR

TRIM LIMIT SW

ORN/RED 14AWG

10A

F1012V RECEPTACLE

RED/PUR 14AWG

RETU

RN

FEED

3

BLK

BLK

TB01RETURNBUSS

F04STEREO

5A

ORN/GRN

F08ACCESSORY

10A

ORN/PUR

F06HORN

ORN/WHT

F05COCKPIT LTS

5A

GRA/BRN

5A

ORN/YEL 14AWG

F01BLOWER

FB01FUSE BLOCK

F02BILGE

5A

F03NAV/ANC LTS

15A

NOT USED

HORN

STEREO PWR

STEREO RETURN

STEREO SWITCH

BOW LT RETURN

BOW LT

J08FWD SYSTEMS9S

ORN/BRN

ORN/GRA

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

BILGE POWER

HELM POWERSTART

TRIM POWER

TRIM UP

TRIM DOWN

AFT PORT SPKR

AFT PORT SPKR RET

AFT STBD SPKR RET

AFT STBD SPKR

HELM RET

DASH RET

BLK 10AWG

RED/PUR 10AWGYEL/RED

WHT/RED

WHT/BLU

WHT/GRN

ORN/BRN

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

J09HELM/AFT SYSTEMS12S

ORN/YEL 14AWG

RED/PUR 14AWG

PUR 14AWG

WHT/ORN

BLK 14AWG

RED/PUR 14AWG

RED/PUR 14AWG

BLK 14AWG4

J18HELM POWER2S BLOWER

1

2

YEL/RED

WHT/PUR

BLU

BLU

1

ORN/TAN

BLK 14AWG

PUR 14AWG

2

BLK 14AWG

BLK 14AWG

BLK

5A

BLK 14AWG

GRA/GRN

BLK 14AWG

PUR/BLK



-----FB01F01F02F03F04F05F06F07F08F10J08J02J18P05P10J17J03J05J07J09TB01

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0195028-0390028-0454028-0455028-0505028-0507028-0507028-0507028-0510028-0507028-0507028-0507028-0509028-0509028-0443028-0445028-0441028-0448028-0447028-0441028-0441028-0445028-0443028-0445-

QUANTITY

152645211111111111111111111REF

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,18-14TERM,RING,#10,12-10PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,12-10FUSE BLOCK,14 POS W/GNDFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,15AFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,10AFUSE,ATC,10ARECEPT,UMNL,9 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,12 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTPLUG,UMNL,4 CKTPLUG,UMNL, 2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UNML,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,12 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,9 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,12 CKTDC RETURN BUSS

FUNCTION

0213414243HELM FUSE BLOCKBLOWERBILGENAV/ANC LTSSTEREO PWRCOCKPIT LTSHORNWIPERACCESSORY12V RECEPTACLEFWD SYSTEMSIGNITION PANELHELM POWERPOWER TRIMESSNEUTRAL SAFETYWIPERHELM SYSTEMSHELM SWITCHESHELM/AFT SYSTEMSGROUND BLOCK

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPSIERRABUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPSIERRA

7

8

J03WIPER POWER2S

8

J05HELM SYSTEMS

8

J07HELM SWITCHES9S

8

44

J02IGN.SWITCH/HELM SYSTEMS12S


J08FORWARDSYSTEMS9S

8 12

34

56

FUSE SCHEDULE1. BLOWER 5A2. BILGE 5A3. NAV/ANC LTS 5A4. STEREO 15A5. COCKPIT LTS 5A6. HORN 5A7. WIPER 5A8. ACCESSORY 10A10. 12V RECEPTACLE 10A

12

34

56

78

910

1112

1314

8

8

8

10

J18HELM POWER2S

P10ESS

3

3

J17NEUTRAL SAFETY

3

P05POWER TRIM

TB01DC RETURNS

FB01HELM FUSE BLOCK

180 HORIZON I/OHELM SYSTEMS

HARNESS ASSEMBLY


MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMP-MOLEXNEW AGETALON/FARIAAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMP-LAVENTURE---

FUNCTION

114041425175--INSTRUMENTSAFT SYSTEMSAFT CTSY LTBILGE PUMPBLOWERSTERN LIGHTFUEL SENDERHELM/AFT SYSTEMSENGINEHELM POWERTRIM/TILT--ENGINE GROUNDENGINE GROUND

DESCRIPTION

TERM,RING,3/8,16-14PIN,UMNL,12-10PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14VENDER TERMINATEDTERM,BULLET,FEM,INS,.156,16-14SPEEDO HOSE, NEW AGE # C1101033CABLE,25' TRANSDUCER HN0037RECEPT,UMNL,9 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,9 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTPLUG,UMNL,12 CKTPLUG,ENGINE I/OPLUG,UMNL,2 CKTPLUG,TRIM/TILT3/4" WIRE LOOM,#8140BTRIM LIMIT SWITCHENGINE GROUNDENGINE GROUND

QUANTITY

22827122310"111111111111144"REFREFREF

PART NUMBER

028-0193028-0453028-0390028-0454-028-0211024-0073027-2199028-0443028-0443028-0441028-0442028-0441 028-0441028-0441028-0451-028-0447-----

ITEM

------SH01DS01J01J08J36J21J25J28J29P09P17P18P19-TL01GND1GND2


42

42

42

42

51

51

42

42

41

40

75

11

11

42

TAN/BLU TAN/BLU 4

YEL 14AWG

WHT/PUR

NOT USED

12

J36AFT CTSY LT2S

BLK

GRA/BRN

WHT/BLU

WHT/PURTL01TRIM LIMIT SW

BLK

ENGINE GROUNDS

GRY

BLKBLK

PUR/WHT

12

DS01DEPTH SOUNDER

SH01SPEEDO HOSE

48

48DS01DEPTH SOUNDER

40

18

TL01TRIM LIMIT SWITCH

J08AFT SYSTEMS

P09HELM/AFT

6

6

14

6

J29FUEL SENDER

J21BILGE PUMP

J28STERN LIGHT

J25BLOWER

18

SH01SPEEDO HOSE

J01INSTRUMENTS

6

P18HELM POWER

6

GND1ENGINEGROUND

24

GND2ENGINEGROUND

66

406

P17ENGINE

24

P19TRIM

78

28144 60

33

30

J36AFT CTSY LIGHT

6

J28STERN LIGHT2S

2

1

BLK 14AWG

BLK

BLK/PNKGND2

TAN

BILGE POWER

START

TRIM POWER

TRIM UP

TRIM DOWN

YEL/RED

WHT/REDWHT/BLU

WHT/GRN

BRN/ORN

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

P09HELM/AFT SYSTEMS12P

BLOWER

BRN/RED

P18HELM POWER2P

1

2

TRIM LIMIT SW

P19TRIM

YEL 14AWG

J25BLOWER2S

BLK 14AWG

2

1

BRN/RED

BLK

GRA/BLU

BLK

BRN/ORN

BLK/PNK

PNK

J29FUEL SENDER

3

1

2

4

BILGE RET

AUTO BILGE

MANUAL BILGE

AUTO BILGE JUMPER

J21BILGE PUMP4S

GND1

SH01SPEEDO CABLE

DS01DEPTH SOUNDER CABLE


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

BRN/ORN

WHT/GRN

WHT/RED

YEL/RED

RED/PUR 10AWG

BLK 10AWG

DASH RET

HELM RET

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

TRIM DOWN

TRIM UP

TRIM POWER

START

HELM POWER

BILGE POWER

J08AFT SYSTEMS9S

COCKPIT LT

BILGE IN

BILGE MANUAL

ANC LT

DASH LT

IGNITION

TRIM POS.

NOT USED

BRN/ORN

BRN/RED

GRA/BLU

BLU

PUR 14AWG

GRA/BRN

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

LT BLU

PNK

PUR 14AWG

J01INSTRUMENTS9S

DASH LTSBLU

1

WATER TEMP. 2RETURN 3

OIL PRESS. 4

FUEL LEVEL 5

INST.PWR 6

TACHOMETER 7

ENGINE ALARM 8

NOT USED 9

7

2

3

1

7

8

10

2

3

6

5

1

P17ENGINE

ENGINE(I/O)

WHT/GRNWHT/BLU

WHT/RED

YEL/RED

LT BLU

PUR/WHT

GRA

TAN

RED/PUR 10AWG

BLK 10AWG

PUR 14AWG

3/4" WIRE LOOM

180 HORIZON I/OAFT SYSTEMS

HARNESS ASSEMBLY


NOTES:1. LENGTHS SHOWN IN INCHES +/- 1.5 INCH.

4142

08

08

08

08

08

08

08

02

08

08

02

02

08

02

08

08

42

LIGHT

BATT

N/C TEMPGND

OIL FUEL

SIG

GNDBAT

I

S

GND 1

5

4 3

2

P02

J01INSTRUMENTS

J02

16

6

7

1

2 3 4 5 6

--

REVISIONLEVEL


- PRODUCTION RELEASE19368

EN#

GNDBLK

SIG

PUR

GRA

NOT USED

FUEL LEVEL

TRIM POSITION

OIL PRESSURE

WATER TEMPERATURE

TACHOMETER

DASH LIGHTS

SW IGN POWER

DASH RET 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

BLK

PUR

BLU

GRA

TAN

LT BLU

PUR/WHT

PNK

J01INSTRUMENTS9S

LT-BLK

1

3

5 M044 IN 1

4

7

M03TACHOMETER

LT

BATT

M02SPEEDOMETER

M01TRIM POSITION

S

LT

GND

I

LT BLUE

TAN

BLU

PUR

BLK

BLU

PUR

BLK

BLU

PUR/WHT

6PNK

BLULT

BLK

PUR1

2

DEPTH RET

DEPTH POWER

J02DEPTH SOUNDER2S

BLK

PUR1

2

P02DEPTH SOUNDER2P

DS01DEPTH SOUNDER

6

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMP-AMPAMPAMP FARIAFARIAFARIAFARIAFARIA

FUNCTION

02084142-INSTRUMENTSDEPTH DEPTH - - - - -

DESCRIPTION

RECEPTACLE,FASTON,.250,16-14TERMINAL,RING,PG,#8, 16-14PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14PANEL,BLANK,INSTR, BURL 190/200HRECEPT,UMNL, 9 CKTRECEPT,UMNL, 2 CKTPLUG, UMNL, 2 CKTGAUGE,TRIM,FARIA#GP7766GAUGE,SPEED 65MPH,FARIA#SE9972GAUGE,TACH 6000 W/HOUR,FARIA#TCH239GAUGE,4IN1 W/FUEL,fARIA#GF0223DEPTH SOUNDER,FARIA#DS0109

QUANTITY

412210111111111

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0189028-0390028-0454025-2899028-0443028-0441028-0447024-0529024-0523024-0526024-0524028-1748

ITEM

-----J01J02P02M01M02M03M04M05


M044 IN 1

M03TACHOMETERM02

SPEEDOMETER

M05DEPTH SOUNDER

M01TRIM POSITION

025-2899PANEL,BLANK,INTRUMENT 190/200H

190-200 HORIZONINSTRUMENTATIONPANEL ASSEMBLY

NOT USED

ORN

ORN

ACCESSORY 43

EN#

P60COMPASS

8 7

J60COMPASS2S

12

PUR 14AWG

RED/PUR14AWG

YEL/RED

WHT/ORN

15A

RED/PUR 14AWGRED/PUR14AWG

CB01IGNITION

RED/PUR

S07IGNITION

AI

S

B

ORN/WHT

S06HORN

32

BLK

ORN/TAN

S05WIPER

3

7

2

BLK

ORN/PUR

GRA/BRN

S04CTSY LTS

3

7

2

BLK

ORN/

GRA

ORN/TAN

BRN/ORN

BLK

BLK

BRN/RED

S02BILGE

3

7

2

ORN/YEL

BLU

GRA/GRN

GRA/BLU

YEL

S01BLOWER

3

7

2

S03NAV/ANC LTS

1

6

4

5

2

37

P05SET/MODE

P07SWITCH/AFT SYSTEMS

J06SWITCH/HELM SYSTEMS

BLK 14AWG 15 PANEL RET

ORN/RED 14AWG 14 12V RECEPTACLE

WHT/ORN 13 HORN

ORN/WHT 12

YEL/RED 11

RED/PUR 14AWG 10

RED/PUR 14AWG 9

RED/PUR 14AWG 8

7

6

GRA/BRN 5

HORN IN

START

IGNITION IN

IGNITION BREAKER

IGNITION BREAKER IN

ACCESSORY IN

WIPER IN

FWD COCKPIT LT

COCKPIT LT INORN/PURBOW LT

4

GRA/GRNNAV/ANC IN

3

ORN/GRABLOWER IN

2

ORN/YEL

J06SWITCH/HELM SYSTEMS15S

1

9

8

GRA/BRN 7

PUR 14AWG 6

BLU5

NOT USED

NOT USED

COCKPIT LT

IGNITION

DASH LT

ANC LTGRA/BLUBILGE OUT

4

BRN/REDBILGE IN

3

BRN/ORNBLOWER

2

YEL

P07SWITCH/AFT SYSTEMS9P

1

FUNCTION

BLOWER INNAV/ANC INBOW LTCOCKPIT LT INFWD COCKPIT LTCOCKPIT LTWIPER INACCESSORY INIGNITION BREAKER INIGNITION BREAKERIGNITION IN STARTHORN INHORN12V RECEPTACLE12V RECEPTACLE RETSWITCH LT RETBLOWERBILGE INBILGE OUTANC LTDASH LTCOMPASS LTCOMPASS LT RETIGNITIONSWITCH LT RETSWITCH LT RETSWITCH LT RETSWITCH LT RETNAV/ANC LT JUMPERANC LT JUMPER

SECOND

S01S03S03S04S04P07S05P05CB01CB01S07S07S06S06P05P05S01S01S02S02S03S03J60J60S07S02S03S04S05S03S03

NOTE

SCSD

SK

SNSE

SJSD

SLSFSGSH

NOTE

SASA

SBSB

SMSMSN

SESFSGSHSCSJ

TERM

02020202024102410202020202024141020202020202424202020202020202

TERM

42424242424242424242424242424242424141414141414141020202020202

PIN

22323723LINELOADBS232173234312I777756

PIN

12345567891011121314151512345516777724

FIRST

J06J06J06J06J06J06J06J06J06J06J06J06J06J06J06J06J06P07P07P07P07P07P07P05P07S01S02S03S04S03S03

GA

16161616161616161414141616161414161616161616161414161616161616

COLOR

ORN/YELORN/GRAGRA/GRNORN/PURGRA/BRNGRA/BRNORN/TANORNRED/PURRED/PURRED/PURYEL/REDORN/WHTWHT/ORNORN/REDBLKBLKYELBRN/ORNBRN/REDGRA/BLUBLUBLUBLKPURBLKBLKBLKBLKORN/GRAGRA/BLU



CB01J06J60P05P07S01S02S03S04S05S06S07

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0390028-0454028-0519025-2897028-0467028-0446028-0441028-0448028-0449028-0457028-0457028-0504028-0457028-0457028-0456028-1286

QUANTITY

26101721111111111REF11

DESCRIPTION

RECEPT,FASTON,.250,18-14PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14SWITCH,BLANK,CONT IIIPANEL,BLANK,190/200H, IGN/SWITCHBREAKER,15A THERMALRECEPT,UMNL,15 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTPLUG,UMNL,4 CKTPLUG,UMNL,9 CKTSWITCH,SPST,CONT IIISWITCH,SPST,CONT IIISWITCH,DPDT,CONT IIISWITCH,SPST,CONT IIISWITCH,SPST,CONT IIISWITCH,SPST,MOM,UN-LIT,CONT IIISWITCH,IGNITION W/ACCESSORY 39802

FUNCTION

024142

IGNITIONSWITCH/HELMCOMPASSACCESSORYSWITCH/AFTBLOWERBILGENAV/ANCCTSYWIPERHORNIGNITION

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPCARL SW

MPAMPAMPAMPAMPCARL SWCARL SWCARL SWCARL SWCARL SWCARL SWSIERRA

1

P05ACCESSORY4P

BLK 14AWG

2

12V RECEPTALCE RETORN/RED 14AWG 12V RECEPTACLE

7

4

5

63

2

1

7

4

5

63

2

1

7

4

5

63

2

1

7

4

5

63

2

1

7

4

5

63

2

1

7

4

5

63

2

1

B

S

IA

DESCRIPTION DATE REVISED BY

REVISION LEVEL

PRODUCTION RELEASE- 4/26/01

15 715 7

6

6

PANEL BLANK 025-2897

CB01IGNITION BREAKER

S07IGNITION

S01BLOWER

S02BILGE

S03NAV ANC LTSS04

CTSY LIGHTSS05WIPER

S06HORN

190-200 HORIZONIGNITION/SWITCH

PANEL ASSEMBLYPage 2Electrical Schematics

--

NOTES:1. LENGTHS SHOWN IN INCHES +/- 1.5 INCH.2. WIRE COLOR PER FOUR WINNS COLOR CODE 125-60000.3. TERMINATIONS PER FOUR WINNS SPEC. 125-601534. WIRE TYPE PER SAE J1128.

XX

DESCRIPTION

REVISIONSDATE EN#REVISION

LEVEL

PRODUCTION RELEASE-

12

LS02FWD STBDSPEAKER

NAV LT RETNAV LTGRA/GRN

BLK/RED

RED BLK

GRN

GRA/BRN

BLK

BLK/GRN

P08FWD SYSTEMS9P

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

CTSY LT/NAV LT RET

CTSY LT

FWD STBD SPKR RET

FWD STBD SPKR

FWD PORT SPKR RET

FWD PORT SPKR

NOT USED

NOT USED

GRA/GRN

J09CTSY LT

BLK

GRA/BRN1

2

NAV LT

CTSY LT RET

CTSY LT

LS01FWD PORTSPEAKER

41

42

6302

0263

J10NAV LT

42

P08FWD SYSTEMS

60 J10NAV LIGHT

LS01FWD PORT SPKR

LS02FWD STBD SPKR

3514

J09CTSY LT

3

62

160

14


J09J10LS01LS02P08

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0390028-0454028-1288028-0441028-0441

028-0449

QUANTITY

274211REFREF1

DESCRIPTION

RECEPT.FASTON,.250,16-14PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14RECEPT,FASTON,.205,18-14RECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTSPEAKERSPEAKERPLUG,UMNL,9 CKT

FUNCTION

02414263CTSY LIGHTSNAV LIGHTFWD PORT SPKRFWD STBD SPKRFWD SYSTEMS

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMP

AMP

REVISIONLEVEL

-


190-200 HORIZONFORWARD SYSTEMSHARNESS ASSEMBLY

3 J17NEUTRAL SAFETY

3

3

P05POWER TRIM

P10ESS

J18HELM POWER2S


- - - - - -FB01F01F02F03F04F05F06F08F10J08J09J18LS05P04P05P06S09P10J17TB01

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0191028-0195028-0390028-0454028-0455028-0505028-0507028-0507028-0507028-0510028-0507028-0507028-0509028-0509028-0443028-0445028-0441 -028-0451028-0448028-0452028-1286028-0447028-0441 -

QUANTITY

171220432111111111111REF111REF11REF

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,18-14TERM,RING,#10,16-14TERM,RING,#10,12-10PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,12-10FUSE BLOCK,14 POSITOINFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,15AFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,10AFUSE,ATC,10ARECEPT,UMNL,9 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,12 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTHORN,HIDDENPLUG,UMNL,12 CKTPLUG,UMNL,4 CKTPLUT,UMNL,15 CKTSWITCH,IGNITION IOPLUG,UMNL, 2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTDC RET BUSS

FUNCTION

020913414243HELM FUSE BLOCKBLOWERBILGENAV/ANC LTSRADIOCOURTESY LTSHORNACCESSORY12V RECEPTACLEFWD SYSTEMSHELM/AFT SYSTEMSHELM POWERHORNRADIOPOWER TRIMSWITCH/HELM SYSTEMSIGNITIONESSNEUTRAL SAFETYRETURN BUSS

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPGENERALBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSS -BUSSAMPAMPAMP -AMPAMPAMP -AMPAMP -

10

8

8

8

1413

1211

109

87

65

43

21

FUSE SCHEDULE 1. BLOWER 5A 2. BILGE 5A 3. NAV/ANC LTS. 5A 4. RADIO 15A 5. COURTESY LTS. 5A 6. HORN 5A 8. ACCESSORY 10A10. 12V RECEPTACLE 10A

65

43

218

LS05HORN

P04RADIO12S

J08FORWARDSYSTEMS9S


P06SWITCH/HELM SYSTEMS15P

10 8 16

34

6

8

28

S07IGNITION

FB01HELM FUSE BLOCK

TB01DC RETURNS

Page 4

190-200 HORIZONHELM SYSTEMS

HARNESS ASSEMBLY

1309

02

WHT/PUR

ORN/RED 14AWG

ORN/RED 14AWG

2

1

NOT USED

J18HELM POWER2S

BLK4

WHT/ORN

BLK

LS05HORN

2BLK 14AWG

9RED/PUR 14AWG

RED/PUR 14AWG

STARTYEL/RED

HORN INORN/WHT

WHT/ORN

BLK 14AWG

10

11

12

13

14

15

8RED/PUR 14AWG

7ORN

6

5

4ORN/PUR

3GRA/GRN

2ORN/GRA

1BLOWER INORN/YEL 14AWG

P06SWITCH/HELM SYSTEMS15P

IGNITION BREAKER

IGNITION IN

HORN

12V RECEPTACLE

IGNITION BREAKER IN

ACCESSORY IN

NOT USED

COCKPIT LT IN

BOW LT

NAV/ANC LT IN

PANEL GROUND


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

BLK/ORN

BLU

ORN

BRN/ORN

WHT/GRN

WHT/BLU

WHT/RED

YEL/RED

RED/PUR 10AWG

BLK 10AWG

CLUSTER RET

HELM RET

AFT STBD SPKR

AFT STBD SPKR RET

AFT PORT SPKR RET

AFT PORT SPKR

TRIM DOWN

TRIM UP

TRIM POWER

START

HELM POWER

BILGE POWER

BLK/BLU

BLK

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

ORN/GRA

ORN/BRNP04RADIO12S

PUR/BLK

ORN/GRN

RED

BLK

BLK/RED

ORN

BLK/GRN

GRN

BLK/ORN

BLK/GRN

GRN

BLK/RED

J08FWD SYSTEMS9S

RADIO RET

RADIO SWITCH

RADIO POWER

FWD PORT SPKR

FWD PORT SPKR RET

AFT PORT SPKR

AFT PORT SPKR RET

FWD STBD SPKR

FWD STBD SPKR RET

AFT STBD SPKR

AFT STBD SPKR RET

NOT USED

BOW LT RET

FWD COCKPIT LT

FWD STBD SPKR RET

FWD STBD SPKR

FWD PORT SPKR RET

FWD PORT SPKR

BOW LT

12V RECEPTACLE RET

12V RECEPTACLE

5A

F03NAV/ANC LTS

5A

F02BILGE

FB01FUSE BLOCK

F01BLOWER

ORN/YEL 14AWG

5A

BLU

BLK/BLU

ORN/PUR

5A

F05CTSY LTS

RED

BLK

GRA/GRN

ORN/WHT

F06HORN

ORN/PUR

10A

F08ACCESSORY

ORN/GRN

15A

F04RADIO

TB01RETURNBUSS

BLK

BLK

BLK

1

3

6

FEED

RETU

RN

RED/PUR 14AWG

BLK 14AWG

ORN/RED 14AWG

F1012V RECEPTACLE

10A

ORN/RED 14AWG

BLK 14AWG5

ITEM

TRIM LIMIT SW

COCKPIT LTGRA/BRN

GRA/BRN

PUR/BLKS07IGNITION

WHT/PUR

TRIM DOWN

TRIM UP

TRIM POWER

1

2

3WHT/REDWHT/BLU

WHT/GRN

P05POWER TRIM4P

RED/PUR 14 AWG

RED/PUR 14 AWG

YEL/RED

YEL/RED


2

1

ESS

ESS


2

1

NS

NS

4 TRIM LIMIT SW

41

41

42

41

43

42

42

02

42

02



190-200 HORIZONAFT SYSTEMS

HARNESS ASSEMBLY

BLK 14AWG

BLK 14AWG 11

51

51

MANUFACTURER

AMPMOLEXAMPAMPAMPAMPAMP-AMPNEW AGETALON/FARIA--AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMP

AMPAMPOMCAMPOMC

FUNCTION

02 7511404142435163--ENGINE GROUNDENGINE GROUNDFUEL SENDERSWITCH/AFT SYSTEMSAFT CTSY LTAFT CTSY LTBILGE PUMPBLOWERSTERN LIGHTPORT AFT SPKRSTBD AFT SPKRINSTRUMENTSHELM/AFT SYSTEMSENGINEHELM POWERTRIM/TILT

DESCRIPTION

RECEPTACLE,FASTON,.250,16-14TERMINAL, BULLET, FEMALE, INS, .156, 16-14TERM,RING,3/8,16-14PIN,UMNL,12-10PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,12-10VENDOR TERINATEDRECEPT,FASTON,.205,18-14SPEEDO HOSE, NEW AGE # C1101033CABLE,25' TRANSDUCER HN0037ENGINE GROUNDENGINE GROUNDRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,9 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTSPEAKERSPEAKERPLUG,UMNL,9 CKTPLUG,UMNL,12 CKTPLUG,ENGINE I/OPLUG,UMNL,2 CKTPLUG,TRIM/TILT

QUANTITY

2 2222016522310"1REFREF1111111REFREF11111

PART NUMBER

028-0177 028-1823028-0193028-0453028-0390028-0454028-0455 -028-1288027-2199 - - -028-0441028-0442028-0441028-0441028-0442028-0441 028-0441 - -028-0449028-0451 -028-0447 -

ITEM

- - - - - - -TLO1 -SH01DS01GND1GND2J10J07J16J36J21J25J28LS03LS04P01P09P17P18P19


WHT/PUR

41

43

42

6

63

02

63

02

11

3

3

SH01SPEEDO HOSE

48

48

PUR/WHT

40

18


BLK

TL01TRIM LIMIT SW

WHT/PUR

WHT/BLU

BLK 14AWG

GRA/BRN

BLK J36AFT CTSY LT2S

12

J36AFT CTSY LIGHT

6

14AWG

4TAN/BLU

TAN/BLU

DS01DEPTH SOUNDER

DS01DEPTH SOUNDER

1

2

41

75

42

42

42

42

42

42

J07SWITCH/AFT

P09HELM/AFT

6

6

30

6

J10FUEL SENDER

J16CTSY LT

J21BILGE PUMP

J28STERN LIGHT

LS03PORT AFTSPEAKER

J25BLOWER

LS04STBD AFTSPEAKER

18

SH01SPEEDO HOSE

P01INSTRUMENTS

6

P18HELM POWER

6

GND1ENGINEGROUND

24

GND2ENGINEGROUND

6

406

P17ENGINE

24

P19TRIM

26 36

34

24

54

28144 60

25

14

120

30

PUR 14AWG

BLK 10AWG

RED/PUR 10AWG

TAN

GRA

PUR/WHT

LT BLU

YEL/RED

WHT/RED

WHT/BLU

WHT/GRN

ENGINE(I/O)

P17ENGINE

1

5

6

3

2

10

8

7

1

3

2

7

9ENGINE ALARM

8FUEL LEVEL

7TRIM POSITION

6OIL PRESS

5WATER TEMP

4TACHOMETER

3DASH LIGHTS2SW IGN POWER

1BLK

DASH RET

P01INSTRUMENTS9P

PNK

LT BLU

TAN

GRA

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

GRA/BRN

PUR

BLU

GRA/BLU

BRN/RED

BRN/ORN

YEL 14AWGBLOWER

NOT USED

NOT USED

IGNITION

DASH LT

ANC LT

BILGE MANUAL

BILGE IN

COCKPIT LT

J07SWITCH/AFT SYSTEMS12S

BILGE POWER

HELM POWER

START

TRIM POWER

TRIM UP

TRIM DOWN

AFT PORT SPKR

AFT PORT SPKR RET

AFT STBD SPKR RET

AFT STBD SPKR

HELM RET

DASH RET

BLK 10AWG

RED/PUR 10AWG

YEL/RED

WHT/RED

WHT/GRN

BRN/ORN

ORN

BLU

BLK/ORN

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1


BLK/BLU


SH01SPEEDO CABLE

GND1

J21BILGE PUMP4S

LS03PORT AFTSPEAKER

LS04STBD AFTSPEAKER

AUTO BILGE JUMPER

MANUAL BILGE

AUTO BILGE

BILGE RET

4

2

1

3

J10FUEL SENDER2S

PNK

BLK/PNK

GRA/BRN

BLK

BRN/ORN

BLKBL

U

ORN

BLK/

ORN

BLK/

BLU

GRA/BLU

BLK

2

1

J16AFT CTSY LT2S

BRN/RED

1

2

BLK 14AWG

J25BLOWER2S

YEL 14AWG

-+ + -

P19TRIM

TRIM LIMIT SW

NOT USED

1

2

P18HELM POWER2P

BRN/RED

NOT USED


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

BLK/ORN

BLU

ORN

BRN/ORN

WHT/GRN

WHT/BLUWHT/RED

YEL/RED

AFT STBD SPKR

AFT STBD SPKR RET

AFT PORT SPKR RET

AFT PORT SPKR

TRIM DOWN

TRIM UP

TRIM POWER

START

BILGE POWER

BLK/BLU

PUR 14AWG

GND2BLK/PNK

BLU

1

2

J28STERN LIGHT2S


210/230/250 HORIZONUPPER GAUGE

PANEL ASSEMBLY

FUNCTION

02084275 -GAUGE/AFT - - -


- - - - -J01MO1MO2MO3

PART NUMBER

028-0454028-0189028-0177028-1823025-2976028-0443024-0524024-0523024-0526

QUANTITY

398111111

DESCRIPTION

RECEPT,FASTON,.250,16-14TERM,RING,PG #8,16-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14TERM,BULLET,FEMALE,INS,.156,16-14PANEL,BLANK UPPER GA BURL 210H "03"RECEPT,UMNL,9 CKTGAUGE,4 IN 1,GF0223GAUGE,SPEED (65MPH),SE9972GAUGE,TACH/HOUR METER (6000RPM),TCH239

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPMOLEX -AMPFARIAFARIAFARIA

12 6

6

EA01ENGINE ALARM

4 IN 165432

1

7

SPEEDOB

G

S

1

5

4 3

2

TACH

J01GAUGE/AFT

GRA

PUR 14AWG

GRA

PUR 14AWG

PNK

LT BLU

BLK 14AWG

TAN

BLUBLU

TAN

LT BLU

BLK 14AWG

PUR 14AWG

PNK

J01GAUGE/AFT9S

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8TAN/BLU

IGNITION

DASH LTS

TACHOMETER

WATER TEMP

OIL PRESSURE

NOT USED

FUEL LEVEL

ENGINE ALARM

DASH RET

9

BLK 14AWG LT- LIGHT RET

BLU LT LIGHTS

M03TACHOMETER

BLK 14AWG

BLU

IGNITION

GND RET

SIG TACHOMETER

LT LIGHTS

M02SPEEDOMETER

7 IGNITION

6 FUEL QUANTITY

5 OIL PRESSURE

4 RET

3 WATER TEMPERATURE

1 LIGHTS M01FOUR IN ONE

TAN/BLUEA01ENGINE ALARM

42

08

75

02

02

08

08

08

025-2976PANEL,BLANK UPPER GAUGE BURL 210H "03"

MO1

MO2

MO3


NOTES:1. LENGTHS SHOWN IN INCHES +/- 1.5 INCH.2. WIRE COLOR PER FOUR WINNS COLOR CODE 125-60000.3. TERMINATIONS PER FOUR WINNS SPEC. 125-601534. WIRE TYPE PER SAE J1128.5. ALL WIRES 16AWG UNLESS INDICATED

6 DIMENSION SHOWN IS FROM EDGE OF PANEL.

XX

FUNCTION

02074142-IGN PANELCOMPASSCOMPASSBLOWERBILGEHORNIGNIGN -

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMP-AMPAMPAMP---SIERRAMPRITCHIE

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250, 16-14TERM,FASTON,.250, 12-10PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14PANEL,BLANK IGN 210/230/250RECEPT,UMNL,15 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTPLUG,CMNL,2 CKTSWITCH,SPST, OFF-ONSWITCH,SPST,OFF-ONSWITCH,SPST,OFF-(ON)SWITCH, IGNITION W/ACCBREAKER, 15ACOMPASS

QUANTITY

1622171111111111

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0179028-0112028-0390025-3061028-0446028-0441028-0447028-1901028-1897028-1896028-1286028-0467065-1369

ITEM

J60J03P03S08S09S10IS01CB01CP01

-

A

J03

P03

J60IGN PANEL

12 6

I

S

B

1

2

3 6

5

4

7

1

2

3 6

5

4

7

1

2

3 6

5

4

7

YEL/BLK 14AWG

BRN/RED 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

WHT/ORN

ORN/WHT

ORN/YEL 14AWG

YEL/RED

BRN/RED 14AWG10

11

12

YEL/

BLK

14AW

G 42

02

02

07

9

8

7

PUR/BLK

6

BRN/ORN 14AWG

5

RED/PUR 14AWG4

3RED/PUR 14AWG

2RED/PUR 14AWG1

BLK 14AWG

J60IGN PANEL15S

2 3S09BILGE

BLK

14AW

G

BRN/ORN 14AWG

2 3

S10HORN

ORN/YEL 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

BLK

14AW

G

WHT/ORN

ORN/WHT

32

S08BLOWER

7

RED/PUR 14AWG

RED/PUR 14AWG

RED/PUR 14AWG15

CB01PORT IGNITION

PUR 14AWG

YEL/RED

SBI

IS01IGNITION SWITCH

02

02

13

14

15

IGNITION BREAKER IN

HORN IN

BILGE IN

BLOWER IN

IGNITION IN

IGNITION BREAKER OUT

HORN

IGNITION ACCESSORY

PANEL LT RET

BLOWER

BILGE PUMP

ENGINE START

INSTRUMENT LTS

IGNITION

FIREBOY

APUR/BLK

PUR 14AWG

YEL/BLK 14AWG

LT

LT RETBLK

BLU

J03COMPASS LT2S

1

21

2

41

GRA

GRA

P03COMPASS2P

CP01COMPASS

42

BLU

-


- PRODUCTION RELEASE

78

BLK 14AWG

BLU

8

7

8

BLU

BLU

8 8 8

20484

025-3061PANEL, BLANK

IS01IGNITION SWITCH

CB01BREAKER

S08BLOWER

S09BILGE

S10HORN

CP01COMPASS

210/230/250 HORIZONPORT IGNITION/SWITCH

PANEL ASSEMBLY

8 7 8 8

P17

J17

7

4

5

63

2

1

7

4

5

63

2

14

5

63

2

1

7

4

5

63

2

1

7

4

5

63

2

1

- +

P62STBD SWITCH

612

12

6

J63SWITCH/AFT

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250, 16-14TERM,RING,PG,#8,16-14PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14PANEL,BLANK, 210H '03'PLUG,UMNL,15 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,12 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTPLUG,CMNL,2 CKTSWITCH,DPDT, ON-OFF-ONSWITCH,SPDT,ON-OFF-ONSWITCH,SPST,OFF-ONSWITCH,SPST,OFF-ONSWITCH,DPDT,(ON)-OFF-(ON)SWITCH BLANKSWITCH BLANKGAUGE,TRIM FARIA #GP7766DEPTH SOUNDER,FARIA 2" #DS0109RECEPTACLE,12VDC

QUANTITY

4731714111111111111111

FUNCTION

02084142-STBD SWITCHSWITCH/AFTTRIM GAUGETRIM GAUGENAV/ANC LTSDOCK/COCKPIT LTSWIPEREXHAUSTENGINE HATCH--TRIMDEPTH12V DC PLUG

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMP-AMPAMPAMPAMPCARLINGSWCARLINGSWCARLINGSWCARLINGSWCARLINGSW--FARIAFARIASIERRA

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0189028-0112028-0390025-2978028-0452028-0451028-0441028-0447028-1899028-1903028-1895028-1900028-1898028-0519028-0519024-0529028-1748028-1100

ITEM

-----P62J63J03P03S01S02S03S04S05S06S07M04DS01R01


88

DS01DEPTH SOUNDER

M04TRIM POSITION

025-2978PANEL, BLANK 210H "03"

S01NAV/ANC LT

S02DOCK/COCKPIT LTS

S07STBD TRIM TAB

S06PORT TRIM TAB

S05ENGINE HATCH

S04EXHAUST

S03WIPER

R0112V RECEPTACLE


BLK 14AWGGRA/GRN

BLK 14AWGGRA/GRN

GRA/

GRN

GRA/

GRN

GRA/

GRN

GRA/

GRN

GRA/

GRN

GRA/GRN

8

8

8

7

842

41

TAN/PUR

BLK

14AW

GBL

K 14

AWG

BLK

14AW

G

PUR/BLK

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9GRA/GRN

ORN/GRA

GRA/BRN

RED/BLU

ORN/TAN

ORN/BLK 14AWG

BLK 14AWG

INSTRUMENT LTS

NAV/ANC LTS IN

COCKPIT LTS

NOT USED

WIPER IN

ENGINE HATCH IN

NAV LTS

P62STBD SWITCH15P

WIPER RUN

PANEL RET

TRIM TABS IN

12V RECEPTACLE

ORN 14AWG

ORN/RED 14AWG

10

11

12

PUR 14AWGIGNITION

DOCKING LTS IN

DOCKING LTS

IGNITION ACCESSORY

13

14

15

ORN/LT BLU 14AWG

GRA/LT BLU 14AWG

ORN/LT BLU 14AWG

08

08

ORN

14AW

G

WHT/BRN 14AWG

WHT/BLK

WHT/BLK

WHT/PNK 14AWG

S07STBD TABSWITCH

7 37GRA/LT BLU 14AWG

GRA/BRN12

S06PORT TABSWITCH

WHT/PNK 14AWG

WHT/YEL

WHT/YEL

WHT/BRN 14AWG

ORN

14AW

G

3

2

5

4

6

1

S05HATCH

LT BLU/GRN 14AWG

02

02

02

02

2 3S03WIPER

RED/BLU

BLK

14AW

G

ORN/TAN

S04EXHAUST

7 3

2

54

6

1

S01NAV/ANC LTS GRA/GRN

ORN/

GRA

GRA/BLU

GRA/BLU

ORN/GRA

5

2

7

BLK

14AW

GBL

K 14

AWG

TAN/PUR

PUR/BLK

32

S02DOCKING/COCKPIT LTS

7

LT LIGHTS

S SIGNAL

GND RET

I IGNITION

BLU

BLK 14AWG

M04TRIM POSITION

PUR 14AWG

PUR/WHT02

08

1

2

42

RETURN

PWR

J17DEPTH GAUGE2S

PUR 14AWG

BLK 14AWG

R0112V RECEPTACLE

BLK 14AWG

ORN/RED 14AWG

1

2

41

BLK

PUR

P17DEPTH GAUGE2P

DS01DEPTHGAUGE

02

02

02

LT BLU/BLU 14AWG

ORN/BLK 14AWG

ORN 14AWG

GRA/BRN

BLK 14AWG

PUR/WHT

12

11

10

CTSY LIGHTS

INSTRUMENT LTS

EXHAUST

LT BLU/GRN 14AWGENGINE HATCH UP

WHT/BRN 14AWG

WHT/PNK 14AWG

WHT/BLK

ENGINE HATCH DOWN

TAB DOWN

TAB UP

PORT TAB SELECT

J63SWITCH/AFT12S

STERN LIGHT

STBD TAB SELECT

LT BLU/BLU 14AWG

GRA/BLU

WHT/YEL

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1 INSRUMENTS RET

TRIM POSITION

BLK

14AW

G

02

BLU

BLU

BLU

7

8

A

B

210/230/250 HORIZONSTBD HELM

PANEL ASSEMBLY


ITEM

-----J01J02J03PB01CB01CB02RY01RY02RY03RY04

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0197028-0454028-1916080-1370028-1917028-1917028-0441025-3134028-1881028-1881028-1915028-1915028-1915028-1915

QUANTITY

2422441111111111

DESCRIPTION

RECPT,FASTON,.250,16-14TERM,RING,3/8,12-10SOCKET,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,PED,12-10, 56 SERIESSCREW,M4X8,PPHMSRECEPT,PED,2 CKT,56 SERIESRECEPT,PED,2 CKT,56 SERIESRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTPANEL,BLANK,DUAL RAM RELAY BOXBREAKER,30A, IGNITION PROTECTBREAKER,30A, IGNITION PROTECTRELAY,SPDT,BOSCH 5-TERMRELAY,SPDT,BOSCH 5-TERMRELAY,SPDT,BOSCH 5-TERMRELAY,SPDT,BOSCH 5-TERM

FUNCTION

02154289SCREWMOTOR CONNECTORMOTOR CONNECTORHATCH SWITCHMOUNTING BOXRAM BREAKERRAM BREAKERRELAYRELAYRELAYRELAY

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPPED-PEDPEDAMP-ETAETABOSCHBOSCHBOSCHBOSCH

BACK VIEW

TOP VIEW

2

1

RED 10AWG

RED 10AWG RED 10AWG

RED 10AWG RED 10AWG

BLK 10AWGBLK 10AWG

BLK 10AWG

BLKBLKBLK BLK

BLU 10AWG

BLU 10AWGGRN 10AWG

GRN 10AWG

WHT/GRN

WHT/BLU

BLK

RY01 RY02 RY03 RY04

CB01 CB0220A 20A

BATT POS

BATT NEG

J01RAM MOTOR 1

J02RAM MOTOR 2

J03HATCH SWITCH

RY01

CB01 CB02

72 36

22

3012

6

6

15

15

89

89

42

02 02RY02 02RY03 02RY04

02 02

1

2

1

2

BLK 10AWG

BATT POS

BATT NEG

J01RAM MOTOR 1

J02RAM MOTOR 2

J03

RED 10AWG

025-3134PANEL,BLANK,DUAL RAM RELAY BOX

080-1370SCREW,M4X8 PPHMS TYPICAL 4 PLCS.

210/230/250 HORIZONDUAL HATCH RAM

RELAY BOX ASSEMBLYElectrical Schematics

Please contact Four Winns Customer Service with any questions at 231-775-1343. Thank you in advance, Four Winns Customer Service Department


A

A JJW 3/26/03 19467 REMOVED WATER PUMP SWITCH WIRES.

BLU/RED

BLK 14AWG

41

P34HEAD LIGHT2P

1

2

LT RET

LT

19241-

DESCRIPTION

REVISIONSREVISEDBY

DATE EN#

PRODUCTION RELEASE-

32

24

H01HORN

P33HEAD LT

36

178

P34HEAD LIGHT

40

3232

36

120

LS01FWD PORT SPKR

J31DOCKING LT

J32NAV LT

J30DOCKING LT

LS02FWD STBD SPKR

24

14P19HELM/FWD SYSTEMS9P

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250, 16-14PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14FASTON,.205,18-14RECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTPLUG,UMNL,12 CKTPLUG,CMNL,2 CKTPLUG,CMNL,2 CKTSPEAKERSPEAKERHORN

QUANTITY

41462111111REFREFREF

FUNCTION

02414263DOCKING LTDOCKING LTNAV LTHELM/FWD SYSTEMSCABIN LTCABIN LTFWD PORT SPKRFWD STBD SPKRHORN

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMP -- -- --

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0390028-0454028-1288028-0441028-0441028-0441028-0451028-0447028-0447 -- -- --

ITEM

----J30J31J32P19P33P34LS01LS02H01


REVISIONLEVEL

-

NOTES:1. LENGTHS SHOWN IN INCHES +/- 1.5 INCH.2. WIRE COLOR PER FOUR WINNS COLOR CODE 125-60000.3. TERMINATIONS PER FOUR WINNS SPEC. 125-60153XX

WHT/ORNHORN

12

11

10

WHT/ORN

BLK 14AWG

P19HELM/FWD SYSTEMS12P

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

BLK/GRN

GRN

RED

BLK/RED

GRA/LT BLU 14AWG

BLK 14AWG

GRA/GRN

BLK 14AWG

FWD STBD SPKR

CABIN LIGHT

FWD STBD SPKR RET

FWD PORT SPKR

DOCKING LT

DOCKING LT RET

NAV LT RET

FWD PORT SPKR RET

NAV LT LT

LT RET

2

1

P33HEAD LIGHT2P

BLK 14AWG

BLU/RED

LT

LT RET

2

1

J30DOCKING LT2S

BLK 14AWG

GRA/LT BLU 14AWG

LT

LT RET

2

1

J31DOCKING LT2S

BLK 14AWG

GRA/LT BLU 14AWG

BLK/GRN

BLK/REDRED

GRN

BLU/RED

LT

LT RET

2

1

J32NAV LT2S

BLK 14AWG

GRA/GRN

NOT USED

NOT USED

42

42

H01HORN

LS01FWD PORT SPKR

LS02FWD STBD SPKR

02

02

63

02

63

02

42

4141

B JJW 4/23/03 19672 SPEAKER TERMINALS TO .250 & .205 WERE .205 & .110

B

210/230/250 HORIZONFORWARD SYSTEMSHARNESS ASSEMBLY


ADDED PUR/BLK STEREO SW WIRE FROM P60-5 TO P04-3.197845/2/03JJWB

REVISIONS REVISION LEVEL

DATE EN# DESCRIPTION REVISED BY

- PRODUCTION RELEASE-- 19240

A JJW 3/27/03 19489 ADDED 2CKT PLUG P05 WATER PUMP SW.

BPUR/BLK STEREO SWITCH

02

02

42

42

42

41

43

41

42

42

42

.010 .03

HARNESS ASSEMBLY,HELM SYSTEMS, 210/230/250

DWG NUMBER:

SCALE:

DATE:CHECKED:

SHEET: OF:DATE:DRAWN:

CSIZE: 1NTS2/26/03JJW

TITLE:TOLERANCES:

1/16+/- FRACT2 PLCS +/-3 PLCS +/-


616-779-2331


BRN 14AWG

BRN 14AWGWATER PUMP

BLK 10AWG

RED/PUR 10AWG

BLU

BLU

WATER PUMP SW

NOT USED

HORNWHT/ORN

12

11

10

7

BLK 14AWG3

BLK 14AWG2

2

1

J14COCKPIT LT2S

GRA/BRN

BLKLT RET

LT

PUR/BLK

BLK 14AWG1

8

4

BLK 14AWG

TB01RETURN BUSS

F04RADIO

15A

ORN/GRN 14AWG

F08SPARE

10A

F06HORN

ORN/WHT

BLK 14AWG

F05SPARE

5A

BLK/BLU

BLU

5A

ORN/YEL 10AWG

F01BLOWER

FB01FUSE BLOCK

F02BILGE

5A

F03NAV/ANC LTS

5A

NOT USED

AFT STBD SPKR RET

AFT STBD SPKR

FWD STBD SPKR RET

FWD STBD SPKR

AFT PORT SPKR RET

AFT PORT SPKR

FWD PORT SPKR RET

FWD PORT SPKR

RADIO

RADIO RET

GRN

BLK/ORN

BLK/GRN

ORN

BLK/RED

RED

ORN/GRN 14AWG

P04RADIO12S

BRN/ORN 14AWG

ORN/GRA

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

HELM POWER

HELM RETBLK 10AWG

RED/PUR 10AWG

FEED

RETU

RN

BLK 14AWG

5

RED/PUR 14AWG

6

BLK 14AWG

F1012V RECEPTACLE

10A

ORN/RED 14AWG

CABIN LT

FWD STBD SPKR

FWD STBD SPKR RET

FWD PORT SPKR

FWD PORT SPKR RET

DOCKING LT

DOCKING LT RET

NAV LT

NAV LT RET

J08FWD SYSTEMS12S

BLK 14AWG

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1GRA/GRN

BLK 14AWG

GRA/LT BLU 14AWG

BLK/RED

BLK/GRN

GRN

BLU/RED

BLU/RED

10A

F07CABIN LT

9

5A

ORN/TAN

10

F13WIPER

RED/LT BLU

10A

J18HELM POWER2S

1

2

RED

F11WATER PUMP

ORN/BRN 14AWG

10A


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

BLK/ORN

BLU

ORN

BRN/ORN 14AWG

YEL/BLK 14AWG

YEL/RED

AFT STBD SPKR

AFT STBD SPKR RET

AFT PORT SPKR RET

AFT PORT SPKR

FIREBOY

START

BILGE AUTO

BLK/BLU

GRA/GRN

ORN/GRA

GRA/BRN

RED/BLU

ORN/TAN

ORN/BLK 14AWG

BLK 14AWG

INSTRUMENT LTS

NAV/ANC LTS IN

COCKPIT LTS

NOT USED

WIPER IN

ENGINE HATCH IN

NAV LTS

WIPER RUN

PANEL RET

TRIM TABS IN

12V RECEPTACLE

ORN 14AWG

ORN/RED 14AWG

PUR 14AWGIGNITION

DOCKING LTS IN

DOCKING LTS

IGNITION ACCESSORY

ORN/LT BLU 14AWG

GRA/LT BLU 14AWG

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9ORN/WHT

BRN/ORN 14AWG

ORN/YEL 10AWG

PUR/BLK

RED/PUR 14AWG

RED/PUR 14AWG

RED/PUR 14AWG

BLK 14AWG

IGNITION BREAKER IN

HORN IN

BILGE IN

BLOWER IN

IGNITION IN

IGNITION BREAKER OUT

HORN

P60IGN PANEL15P

IGNITION ACCESSORY

PANEL LT RET

10

11

12

BLOWER

BILGE PUMP

YEL/REDENGINE START

WHT/ORN

20A

F09TRIM TABS

ORN 14AWG

20A

F12DOCKING/COCKPIT LTS

ORN/LT BLU 14AWG

20A

F14ENGINE HATCH

ORN/BLK 14AWG

RED/PUR 14 AWG

RED/PUR 14 AWG

YEL/RED

YEL/RED


2

1

ESS

ESS J17NEUTRAL SAFETY SW2S

2

1

NS

NS

12

11

10

13

14

15INSTRUMENT LTS

IGNITION

FIREBOY

13

14

15

BLOWER

BILGE PUMP

IGNITION

NOT USED

YEL 10AWG

BRN/RED 14AWG

PUR 14AWG

YEL 10AWG

BRN/RED 14AWG

YEL/BLK 14AWGPUR 14AWG

J62STBD SWITCH15S

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

6

7

5

4

3

2

1


F01F02F03F04F05F06F07F08F09F10F11F12F13F14FB01J03J08J10J14J17J18J19J62P04P05P20P60TB01

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0390028-0454028-0455028-0507028-0507028-0507028-0511028-0507028-0509028-0509028-0509028-0511028-0509028-0507028-0511028-0509028-0511028-0505028-0441028-0445028-0442028-0441028-0441028-0441028-0446028-0446028-0451028-0447028-0447028-0452 --

QUANTITY

2130472111111111111111111111111111REF

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,18-14PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,12-10FUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,20AFUSE,ATC 5AFUSE,ATC,10AFUSE,ATC,10AFUSE,ATC,10AFUSE,ATC,20AFUSE,ATC,10AFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,20AFUSE,ATC,10AFUSE,ATC,20AFUSE BLOCK,14 POS W/GROUNDRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,12 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,15 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,15 CKTPLUG,UMNL,12 CKTPLUG,UMNL,2 CKTPLUG,UMNL,2 CKTPLUG,UMNL,15 CKTRETURN BUSS

FUNCTION

02414243BLOWERBILGENAV/ANC LTSRADIOSPAREHORNCABIN LTSSPARETRIM TABS12V RECEPTACLEFRESH WATER PUMPDOCKING/COCKPIT LTSWIPERENGINE HATCHHELM FUSE BLOCKFIREBOYFWD SYSTEMSWIPERCOCKPIT LTNEUTRAL SAFETY SWITCHHELM POWERHELM/AFT SYSTEMSSTBD SWITCHRADIOWATER PUMP SWESS SWITCHIGNITION PANELHELM RET

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSSIERRAAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMP --


XX

BLK 14AWG

48

J14COCKPIT LT2S

12

40

108

P60IGN SWITCH15P


P04RADIO12S

10

6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2

3 4

5 6

7 8

9 10

11 12

13 14

6

6

3

J08FORWARDSYSTEMS12S

8

7

40

J10WIPERS4S

3

6J18HELM POWER2S

J03FIREBOY

J62STBD SWITCH15S

89 814 111213

P20ESS

3 J17NEUTRAL SAFETY

3

2

1

FUSE SCHEDULE1. BLOWER 5A2. BILGE 5A3. NAV/ANC LTS. 5A4. RADIO 20A5. SPARE. 5A6. HORN 10A7. CABIN LTS 10A8. SPARE 10A9. TRIM TABS 20A10. 12V RECEPTACLE 10A11. FRESH WATER PUMP 5A12. DOCKING/COCKPIT LTS 20A13. WIPER 10A14. ENGINE HATCH 20A

42

RED/BLU

BLK 14AWG

J10WIPER4S

2 WIPER RUN

1 WIPER RET

3

4

RED/LT BLU WIPER PARK

42

FIREBOY RET1

IGNITION2

J03FIREBOY2S

YEL/BLK 14AWG

PUR 14AWG

41

BLK 14AWG

ORN/BRN 14AWG

P05WATER PUMP SW2P

2

1

NOT USED

RETURN

BLK 14AWG

A

1 2

3

P05WATER PUMP SW

A

TB01DC RETURNS

FB01HELM FUSE BLOCK

BREAKOUT TO LINE UP WITHEND OF FUSE BLOCK

Page 6

210/230/250 HORIZONHELM SYSTEMS

HARNESS ASSEMBLY

B

BNOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

B09

BLK 14AWG

BLK

14AW

G

GND2ENG GND

BLK/PNK

TE01EXHAUST

TAN/PUR

FUEL

RET

2

1

TAN/BLU

TAN/BLU 4

BLK/

YEL 1

0AW

G

2

1

P09FIREBOY2P

2

1

J09FIREBOY 2S

BLK/YEL 10AWG

YEL/BLK 10AWG

TAN/PUR

BLK

14AW

G

GRA/BRN

BLK 14AWG

J13COCKPIT LT2S

1

2

LIGHT RET

LIGHT

GRA/BRN BLK 14AWG R01TRIM PUMP RET

YEL 10AWG

YEL/BLK 10AWG

J11BLOWER 2S

1

2

BLOWER RET

BLOWER

GRA/BLU

BLK 14AWG

J22STERN LT2S

1

2

LIGHT RET

LIGHT

LT BLU/GRN

LT BLU/BLU

P23ENGINE HATCH2S

1

2

HATCH UP

HATCH DOWN

WHT/BRN 14AWG

WHT/PNK 14AWG

WHT/BLK

WHT/YEL

P24TRIM TAB PUMP

3

1

2

4

PORT TAB SELECT

STBD TAB SELECT

TAB UP

TAB DOWN

BLK/

BLU

BLK/

ORN

ORN

BLU

BLK/PNK

PNK

J02FUEL SENDER2S

LS04STBD AFTSPEAKER

LS03PORT AFTSPEAKER

BRN/RED

BRN/RED 14AWG

BLK 14AWG

BRN/ORN 14AWG

3

1

2

4

BILGE RET

AUTO BILGE

MANUAL BILGE

AUTO BILGE JUMPER

J17BILGE PUMP4S

GND1ENG GND

BLK/BLU

BILGE AUTO

START

AFT PORT SPKR

AFT PORT SPKR RET

AFT STBD SPKR RET

AFT STBD SPKR

YEL/RED

BRN/ORN 14AWG

ORN

BLU

BLK/ORN

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1


RED/PUR 10AWG

P20HELM POWER2P

HELM RETBLK 10AWG

1

HELM POWER 2

BLK

14AW

G

BLK

14AW

G

GND3ENG GND

BLU

PUR 14AWG

P16TRIM

SH01SPEEDO HOSE


PUR/WHT

LT BLU

PNK

P01GAUGE/AFT9P

BLK 14AWG1INSTRUMENT RET

2SW IGN POWER

3

4

DASH LTS

5

TACHOMETER

6

WATER TEMP

7

OIL PRESSURE

8

GRA

ENGINE ALARM

TAN

FUEL LEVEL

NOT USED

9

7

2

3

1

7

8

10

2

3

6

5

1

P15ENGINE

ENGINE(I/O)

WHT/GRN

WHT/BLU

WHT/RED

YEL/RED

LT BLU

PUR/WHT

GRA

TAN

RED/PUR 10AWG

BLK 10AWG

PUR 14AWG

BLK 14AWG

12

11

10

CTSY LIGHTS

LT BLU/BLUENGINE HATCH UP

WHT/BRN 14AWG

WHT/PNK 14AWG

WHT/BLK

ENGINE HATCH DOWN

TAB DOWN

TAB UP

PORT TAB SELECT

P63SWITCH/AFT12P

STERN LIGHT

STBD TAB SELECT

LT BLU/GRN

GRA/BLU

WHT/YEL

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

10

1112

BLOWERBILGE PUMP

TL01TRIMLIMIT SWITCH

WHT/BLUWHT/PUR

131415

FIREBOY

IGNITION

YEL 10AWG

BRN/RED 14AWG

YEL/BLK 14AWG

PUR 14AWG

NOT USED

WHT/PUR

TRIM DOWN

TRIM UPTRIM POWER

12

3WHT/REDWHT/BLUWHT/GRN

P05POWER TRIM4P

4TRIM LIMIT SW

TRIM POSITION

INSRUMENTS RET

EXHAUST

DASH LTSBLU

TR01TRANSOMREMOTE

GRA/BLU

NOT USED

LS04STBD AFT SPKR

P16TRIM/T

YEL/BLK 14AWG

40

4151

51

11

42

75

42

02

02

41

45

04

42

42

4143

42

1111

02 6302 63

41

41

41

02GRA/BLUHR01

HELMREMOTE BLK 14AWG09

B

C

B

B

CHANGED TRANSOM REMOTE LT TR01 TO .250 FASTON WAS .156 BULLET.ADDED #10 RING TERMINAL AND BLK RETURN WIRE TO TR01.LS03 AND LS04 SPEAKER TERMINALS TO .250 & .205 WAS .205 & .110.ADDED #10 RING AND .250 FASTON TERMINALS FOR HELM REMOTE HR01.

196694/22/03JJWB

3

B

ITEM

- - - - - - - - - - -SH01DS01TE01GN01GND2GND3J02J09J11J13J17J22P23LS03LS04P01P05P09P15P16P19P20P24P63TL01TR01HR01

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0201028-0191028-0193028-0453028-0390028-0454028-0159028-0211-028-1288024-0073027-2199----028-0441028-0441028-0441028-0441028-0442028-0441028-0447--028-0449028-0448028-0447--028-0452028-0447028-0111028-0451---

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMP-AMPNEW AGE INDFARIA/TALON----AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMP--AMPAMPAMPOMCOMCAMPAMPAMPAMP---

FUNCTION

0204091140414245465163--ENGINE EXHAUSTENGINE GROUNDENGINE GROUNDENGINE GROUNDFUEL SENDERFIREBOYBLOWERCOCKPIT LTBILGE PUMPSTERN LTENGINE HATCHPORT AFT SPKRSTBD AFT SPKRGAUGE/AFTPOWER TRIMFIREBOYENGINETRIM/TILTHELM/AFT SYSTEMSHELM POWERTRIM TABSSWITCH/AFTTRIM LIMIT SWITCHTRANSOM REMOTE LTHELM REMOTE LT

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,18-14 TAB,FASTON.UF,.250,16-14TERM,RING,#10,16-14TERM,RING,3/8,16-14PIN,UMNL,12-10PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,CMNL,20-14RECEPT,SOCKET,.156,16-14VENDOR TERMINATEDFASTON,.205,18-14SPEEDO HOSE NEW AGE #C1101033CABLE,25' TRANSDUCER HN0337HULL EXHAUSTENGINE GROUNDENGINE GROUNDENGINE GROUNDRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTPLUG,UMNL,2 CKTSPEAKERSPEAKERPLUG, UMNL,9 CKTPLUG,UMNL,4 CKTPLUG,UMNL,2CKTPLUG,ENGINE I/OPLUG,TRIM/TILTPLUG,UMNL,15 CKTPLUG,UMNL,2 CKTPLUG,CMNL,4 CKTPLUG,UMNL,12 CKTTRIM LIMITTRANSOM STEREO REMOTEHELM STEREO REMOTE

QUANTITY

4123233318213411REFREFREFREF1111111REFREF111111111REFREFREF


BILGE RET

AUTO BILGE

MANUAL BILGE

AUTO BILGE JUMPER

E PUMP

42 TE01EXHAUST

SH01SPEEDO HOSE

48

1840


J22STERN LIGHT

LS04STBD AFT SPKR

J11BLOWER

LS03PORT AFT SPKR

GND1ENGINE GROUND

GND2ENGINE GROUND

GND3ENGINE GROUNDP15

ENGINE

P16TRIM/TILT

J17BILGE PUMP

J02FUEL SENDER

P63SWITCH/AFT

P01GAUGE/AFT

P20HELM POWER

P19HELM/AFT SYSTEMS

6

66

6

186

6

36

30

30

40

24

18

16

50

66

12182

60

60

124

10

P23ENGINE HATCH

36

P05POWER TRIM

P24TRIM PUMP

R01TRIMPUMP RET 24

24

66

6

DS01DEPTHSOUNDER

36

24

DS01DEPTHSOUNDERCABLE

SH01SPEEDO HOSE

P09FIREBOY

96

J09FIREBOY

72

J13COCKPIT LT

32

TR01TRANSOMREMOTE

33

42

STERN LT J22 BREAKOUT LENGTH TO 96 WAS 48.

A

A

A

HR01HELMREMOTE

B

3

21

32

C

C JJW 9/22/03 20605 MOVED ENGINE HATCH J23 BREAKOUT TO ENGINE GND BREAKOUTS.CHANGED CONNECTOR TO P23 2 CKT PLUG WAS J23 2 CKT RECEPTACLE.

C

210/230/250 HORIZONAFT SYSTEMS

HARNESS ASSEMBLYElectrical Schematics


BLK/BLU 14AWG

BLU 14AWG

BLK/GRN 14AWG

GRN 14AWG

BLK/ORN 14AWG

ORN/GRN 14AWG

FWD PORT SPKR RETURN

FWD PORT SPKR

P04RADIO12P

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

AFT STBD SPKR

BLU/WHT

ORN 14AWG

PUR/BLK 14AWG

RADIO RET

RADIO SWITCH

RADIO PWR/MEM

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

YEL 14AWG

AFT PORT SPKR

AFT PORT SPKR RETURN

FWD STBD SPKR

FWD STBD SPKR RETURN

AFT STBD SPKR RETURN

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

RED 14AWG

BLK/RED 14AWG

AMP SWITCH

JO4RADIO12S

RADIO RET

RADIO PWR/MEM

RADIO SWITCH

FWD PORT SPKR

FWD PORT SPKR RETURN

AFT PORT SPKR

FWD STBD SPKR

AFT STBD SPKR

AFT STBD SPKR RETURN

AFT PORT SPKR RETURN

FWD STBD SPKR RETURN

AMP SWITCH

35'YEL 14AWG

PUR/BLK 14AWG

ORN/GRN 14AWG

RED 14AWG

BLK/RED 14AWG

ORN 14AWGBLK/ORN 14AWG

GRN 14AWG

BLK/GRN 14AWG

BLU 14AWG

BLK/BLU 14AWG

BLU/WHT

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMP

FUNCTION

4142RADIO EXTENSIONRADIO

DESCRIPTION

PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14RECEPT,UMNL,12 CKTPLUG,UMNL,12 CKT

QUANTITY

121211

PART NUMBER

028-0390028-0454028-0445028-0451

ITEM

--JO4PO4


AA

4241

RADIO EXTENSIONHARNESS ASSEMBLY

230/250 HORIZONWATER PUMP SWITCHHARNESS ASSEMBLY


SW LT RET

3

WATER PUMP

RETURN

WATER PUMP

WATER PUMP SW IN

S01WATER PUMP SW

J01WATER PUMP

48

BLK 14AWG

ORN/BRN

S01WATER PUMP SW

2

1BLK 14AWG

ORN/BRN

J01WATER PUMP2S

3

96

BRN

J02WATER PUMP

BRN

BLK 14AWG1

2

RETURN

WATER PUMP

J02WATER PUMP2S

02

42

42


- -J01J02S01

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0454028-0441028-0441REF

QUANTITY

3411-

DESCRIPTION

RECEPT,FASTON,UF,.250SOCKET,UMNL,18-14PLUG,UMNL,2 CKTPLUG,UMNL,2 CKTWATER PUMP SWITCH

FUNCTION

0242WATER PUMP INWATER PUMPWATER PUMP SW

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMP -


210/230/250 HORIZONOPTIONAL DUAL BATTERY

W/ SWITCH PANEL ASSEMBLYPage 10

BILGE PUMP 5A

21

OFF

BOTH

GUEST

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMP

ITCITCITC

BUSSBUSSMANAMPGUEST

FUNCTION

02101142

AUTO BILGEAUTO BILGEMANUAL BILGEFUSE DESIGNATORAUTO BILGEAUTO BILGEBATTERY SWITCHBATTERY SWITCH

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,18-14TERM,RING,PG,1/4,18-14TERM,RING,PG,3/8,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14PANEL,BLANK,BATTERY SWITCH NUT,10-24,KEPS S.S.SCREW,10-24 X 1 1/4",PRESS INDIODE,18A,1N3208DIODE,18A,1N3208DIODE,18A,1N3208DESIGNATOR,BILGE PUMP 5AFUSE,AGC,5AFUSE HOLDER,PANEL MOUNTRECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTSWITCH,BATTERY,GUEST,2111-B

QUANTITY

532314411111111

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0192028-0193028-0454025-2001080-0097

028-0184

028-0442028-0485

ITEM

CR01CR02CR03D01F01FH01J25S01


BAT2

COM

S0BA

6 7

J25BATTERY SWITCH

025-1998

S01

FH01 F01BRN/ORN

5A

F01AUTO BILGE

BRN/ORN CR03

CR02

CR01

BRN/ORN

BRN/ORNBAT1BAT2

COMM

S01BATTERY SWITCH

BILGE MANUAL OUT

BILGE MANUAL IN

BILGE AUTO

BRN/RED

BRN/PNK

BRN/ORN

J25BATTERY SWITCH4S

4

3

2

1

NOT USED

BLK

BLK

BILGE RET

BILGE RET

NOT USED

BILGE MANUAL

BILGE AUTOBRN/RED

J21ABILGE PUMP4S

4

3

2

1

NOT USED

BILGE MANUAL

NOT USEDBRN/PNK

BRN/ORN

P21ABILGE PUMP4P

4

3

2

1

BILGE MANUAL OUT

BILGE MANUAL IN

BILGE AUTO

BRN/RED

BRN/PNK

BRN/ORN

P25BATTERY SWITCH4P

4

3

2

1

AUTO BILGE BATTERY SWITCHHARNESS ASSEMBLY

280 HORIZONSINGLE INSTRUMENTATION

PANEL ASSEMBLYElectrical Schematics

6

6

IS

GND

IS

GND

IS

GND

SIG

BAT GND

J02INSTRUMENTS

J05DEPTHSOUNDER

J03INSTRUMENTS J06

COMPASS

24 6

18 6

GND

S I

GND

I

P05DEPTHFINDER

6

EA01ENGINE ALARM

TAN/BLU

TAN/BLU EA01ENGINE ALARM

WATER TEMPERATURE

IGNITION

NOT USED

PANEL RET

TAN

PUR 14AWG

J04INSTRUMENTS9S

9

8

7

6

5

4

2

3

1

TACHOMETER

BLK 14AWG

GRA

OIL PRESSURE

TRIM POSITION

LT BLU

PUR/WHT

ENGINE ALARM

NOT USED

INSTRUMENT LTS

J02INSTRUMENTS4S

2

1 BLU

DEPTH SOUNDER

DEPTH SOUNDER RETPUR 14AWG

J05DEPTH SOUNDER2S

2

1BLK 14AWG

NOT USED

BLU

BLK 14AWG

LT

GND

M04SPEEDOMETER

GRA

BLU

BLK 14AWG

PUR 14AWG

LT

SIG

GND

I

M05TACHOMETER

PNK

BLU

BLK 14AWG

PUR 14AWG

LT

SIG

GND

I

M02FUEL QUANTITY

LT

LT RETBLU

J06COMPASS LT2S

2

1BLK 14AWG

FUEL QUANTITY 3

NOT USED 4

PNK

PUR/WHT

BLU

BLK 14AWG

PUR 14AWG

LT

SIG

GND

I

M01TRIM POSITION

BLU

BLK 14AWG

PUR 14AWG

LT

GND

I

M03VOLTMETER

LT BLU

BLU

BLK 14AWG

PUR 14AWG

LT

SIG

GND

I

M06OIL PRESSURE

TAN

BLU

BLK 14AWG

PUR 14AWG

LT

SIG

GND

I

M07WATER TEMPERATURE

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPMOLEX

AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPFARIAFARIAFARIAFARIAFARIAFARIAFARIAFARIA

FUNCTION

02084275BLANKINSTRUMENTSINSTRUMENTSDEPTH SOUNDERCOMPASSDEPTH SOUNDERTRIM POSITIONFUEL QUANTITYVOLTMETERSPEEDOMETERTACHOMETEROIL PRESSUREWATER TEMPERATUREDEPTH GAUGEENGINE ALARM

QUANTITY

81712111111111111111REF

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0189028-0454028-1823025-2901028-0442028-0443028-0441028-0441028-0447024-0529024-0532024-0531024-0523024-0526024-0530024-0528028-1748

ITEM

J02J04J05J06P05M01M02M03M04M05M06M07M08EA01

FOUR WINNS PARTS LIST DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,18-14TERM,RING,#8,16-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14TERM,BULLET,FEMALE,.156,INS,16-14PANEL,BLANK,SINGLE INSTRUMENTRECEPT,UMNL.,4 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,9 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTPLUG,UMNL,2CKT#A1448NDGAUGE,TRIM FARIA #GP7766GAUGE,FUEL FARIA #GP7768 GAUGE,VOLTMETER #VP7114GAUGE, SPEEDOMETER #SE9972GAUGE,TACH 6000 W/HOUR #THC239GAUGE, OIL PRESSURE #GP7767GAUGE,WATER TEMERATURE #GP7765DEPTH SOUNDER, FARIA 2" #DS0109ENGINE ALARM

02

08

08

08

02

08

08

08

02

08

08

7502

02

42

02

08

08

08

02

08

08

08

02

08

08

42

08

025-2901PANEL, BLANK, SINGLE INSTRUMENT

M08DEPTH SOUNDER

M07TEMPERATURE

M06OIL PRESSURE

M01TRIM POSITION

M04SPEEDOMETER M05

TACHOMETER

M02FUEL QUANTITY

M03VOLTMETER

280 HORIZONTWIN INSTRUMENTATION


6

EA02ENGINE ALARM

TAN/BLK

EA02PORTENGINE ALARM

TAN/BLK

BLU1

2

J02INSTRUMENTS2S

PUR/ORNINSTRUMENT LTS

IGNITION BOTH

NOT USED

ENGINE ALARM

PUR/YEL

LT BLU/RED

TRIM POSITION

OIL PRESSURE

GRA/RED

BLK 14AWG

TACHOMETER

1

3

2

4

5

6

7

8

9

J03PORT INSTRUMENTS9S

PUR/RED 14AWG

TAN/RED

PANEL RET

NOT USED

IGNITION

WATER TEMPERATURE

ENGINE ALARM

PUR/WHT

LT BLU

TRIM POSITION

OIL PRESSURE

GRA

BLK 14AWG

TACHOMETER

1

3

2

4

5

6

7

8

9

J04STBD INSTRUMENTS9S

PUR 14AWG

TAN

PANEL RET

NOT USED

IGNITION

WATER TEMPERATURE

IS

GND

7

1

2 3 4 5 6

SIG

BAT GND

SIG

BAT GND

7

1

2 3 4 5 6

DEPTH SOUNDER

DEPTH SOUNDER RETPUR/ORN

J05DEPTH SOUNDER2S

2

1BLK 14AWG

J02INSTRUMENTS

J05DEPTHSOUNDER

J04STBD INSTRUMENTS

J03PORT INSTRUMENTS

NOT USED

TAN

BLU

BLK 14AWG

LT BLU

PUR/WHT

PUR 14AWG

1

3

4

5

6

7

M01STBDINSTRUMENTS

GRA

BLU

BLK 14AWG

PUR 14AWG

LT

SIG

GND

I

M02STBDTACHOMETER

BLU

BLK 14AWG

LT

GND

M03SPEEDOMETER

GRA/RED

BLU

BLK 14AWG

PUR/RED 14AWG

LT

SIG

GND

I

M04PORT TACHOMETER

TAN/RED

BLU

BLK 14AWG

LT BLU/RED

PUR/YEL

PUR/RED 14AWG

1

3

4

5

6

7

M05PORT INSTRUMENTS

PNK

BLU

BLK 14AWG

PUR/ORN

LT

SIG

GND

I

M06FUEL QUANTITY

J06COMPASS

LT

LT RETBLU

J06COMPASS LT2S

2

1BLK 14AWG

24 6

18 6

FUEL QUANTITY 3

NOT USED 4

PNK

6

6

6

P05DEPTHFINDER

TAN/BLU

TAN/BLU EA01STBDENGINE ALARM

EA01ENGINE ALARM

6

08

08

08

08

08

08

42

75

02

08

08

08

02

02

42

02

08

08

08

42

08

08

08

08

08

08

75

02

08

08

08

42

42

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPMOLEXGCSAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPFARIAFARIAFARIAFARIAFARIAFARIAFARIA

FUNCTION

02084275BLANKINSTRUMENTSPORT INSTRUMENTSSTBD INSTRUMENTSDEPTH SOUNDERCOMPASSDEPTH SOUNDERSTBD INSTRUMENTSSTBD TACHOMETERSPEEDOMETERPORT TACHOMETERPORT INSTRUMENTSFUEL QUANTITYDEPTH GAUGESTBD ENGINE ALARMPORT ENGINE ALARM

QUANTITY

52119211111111111111REFREF

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0189028-0454028-1823025-2907028-0442028-0443028-0443028-0441028-0441028-0447024-0527024-0526024-0523024-0526024-0527024-0532028-1748

ITEM

J02J03J04J05J06P05M01M02M03M04M05M06M07EA01EA02


DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,18-14TERM,RING,#8,16-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14TERM,BULLET,FEMALE,INS,.156,16-14PANEL,BLANK,TWIN INSTRUMENTRECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,9 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,9 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTPLUG, UMNL, 2CKTGAUGE,4 IN 1 FARIA #GF0224GAUGE,TACH 6000 W/HOUR FARIA #TCH239GAUGE,SPEEDO FARIA 65MPH #SE9972GAUGE,TACH 6000 W/HOUR FARIA #TCH239GAUGE,4 IN 1 FARIA #GF0224 GAUGE,FUEL FARIA #GP7768DEPTH SOUNDER, FARIA 2"ENGINE ALARMENGINE ALARM

M01STBD INSTRUMENTS

M02STBD TACHOMETER

M03SPEEDOMETER

M04PORT TACHOMETER

M05PORT INSTRUMENTS

M06FUEL QUANTITY

MO7DEPTH SOUNDER

025-2907PANEL, BLANK, TWIN INSTRUMENT 280/285

280 HORIZONSWITCH


MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMP-AMPAMPAMPCARL SWCARL SWCARL SWCARL SWCARL SWCARL SWCARL SWCARL SWCARL SWCARL SW CARL SWCARL SWCLARION

FUNCTION

020942-PORT SWITCHSTBD SWITCHSTBD SWITCHBLOWERBILGEHORNNAV/ANC LTSCTSY LTSDOCKING LTSWIPEREXHAUSTACCESSORYENGINE HATCHFRESH WATER PUMPWINDLASS STEREO

DESCRIPTION

RECEPT,FASTON,.250,18-14TERM,RING,#10,16-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14PANEL,BLANK,SW BURL,280/285RECEPT,UMNL,9 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,15 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,9 CKTSWITCH,DPST,CONT IIISWITCH,SPST,CONT IIISWITCH,SPST,(MOM),CONTIIISWITCH,DPDT,CONT IIISWITCH,SPST,CONT IIISWITCH,SPST,CONT IIISWITCH,SPST,CONT IIISWITCH,SPST,CONT IIISWITCH,SPST,CONT IIISWPTCH,DPDT,(MOM),CONT IIISWITCH,SPST,CONT IIISWITCH,SPDT,(MOM),CONT IIIHELM REMOTE

QUANTITY

431311111111111111111REF

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0191028-0454025-3113028-0443028-0446028-0443028-0458028-0457028-0456028-0504028-0457028-0457028-0457028-0457028-0457028-0460028-0457028-0469-

ITEM

----J15J16J17S01S02S03S04S05S06S07S08S09S10S11S12HR01


HR01HELM REMOTE

GRA/BLU

BLK

ORN/BRN 14AWG

BRN/GRN 14AWGS11FRESH WATER

BLK

3

7

2

PNK/TAN 14AWG

PNK/GRA 14AWG

PNK/GRA 14AWG

ORN/BLK 14AWG

S10ENGINE HATCH

1

6

45

2

3

BLK

14AW

G

GRA/BLU

S09ACCESSORY

BLK

3

7

2

PUR/BLK

TAN/PURS08EXHAUST

BLK

3

7

2

ORN/TAN

RED/BLUS07WIPER

BLK

3

7

2

ORN/LT BLU 14AWG

GRA/LT BLU 14AWGS06DOCKING LTS

BLK

3

7

2

ORN/PUR

GRA/BRNS05CTSY LIGHTS

BLK

3

7

2

3RED/BLK

ORN

BLK/RED

2

1S12WINDLASS

ORN/

GRA GRA/BLU

GRA/GRN

GRA/BLU

ORN/GRA

S04NAV/ANC 1

6

45

2

37

BLK

YEL 14AWG

BLK

ORN/WHTBILGE

BILGE IN

BLOWER B

BLOWER A

BLOWER B IN

ORN/YEL 14AWG

BLK

J15PORT SWITCH9S

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

BLOWER A IN

PANEL RET1

2ORN/YEL 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

BRN/ORN 14AWG

BRN/RED 14AWG

HORN IN

HORNWHT/ORN

BLK

2 3

S03HORN

ORN/WHT

WHT/ORN

2

7

3

S02BILGE PUMP

2

7

3

S01BLOWER

ORN/YEL 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

BRN/ORN 14AWG

BRN/RED 14AWG

ORN/YEL 14AWG

65

BLK

YEL 14AWG

WIPER IN

DOCKING LT

2

1 PANEL RET

NAV LT IN

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

J16STBD SWITCH15S

BLK

STERN LT

BOW LT

CTSY LT IN

CTSY LT

DOCKING LT IN

WIPER

EXHAUST IN

EXHAUST

WINDLASS DOWN

2

1 ENGINE HATCH RET

ENGINE HATCH UP3

4

5

6

7

8

9

J17STBD SWITCH9S

BLK 14AWG

ENGINE HATCH DOWN

FRESH WATER IN

FRESH WATER

WINDLASS IN

WINDLASS UP

ENGINE HATCH IN

ORN/GRA

GRA/BLU

GRA/GRN

ORN/PUR

GRA/BRN

ORN/LT BLU 14AWG

GRA/LT BLU 14AWG

ORN/TAN

RED/BLU

PUR/BLK

TAN/PUR

10

11

12

ORN/BLK 14AWG

PNK/GRA 14AWG

PNK/TAN 14AWG

ORN/BRN 14AWG

BRN/GRN 14AWG

ORN

RED/BLK

BLK/RED

ORN 13

14

15

ACCESSORY IN

NOT USED

NOT USED

PNK/TAN 14AWG

HR01HELM REMOTE

J15PORT SWITCH

10 6

1

2

3

1

2

3 6

5

4

1

2

3 6

5

4

7

1

2

3 6

5

4

7

1

2

3 6

5

4

7

1

2

3 6

5

4

7

1

2

3 6

5

4

7

1

2

3 6

5

4

7

1

2

3 6

5

4

7

2

3 6

5

7

1

2

3 6

5

4

7

1

2

3 6

5

4

7

J16STBD SWITCH

J17STBD SWITCH

10 6

6

6

42

42

42

02

02

02

02

02

02

02

02

02

09

02

02

02

02

BLK

S12WINDLASS

S11FRESH WATERPUMP

S10ENGINEHATCH

S09ACCESSORY

S08EXHAUSTS07

WIPERS06DOCKING LTS

S05CTSY LIGHTS

S04NAV/ANC LTS

S01BLOWER

S02BILGE

S03HORN

025-3113


A

A

A

BL01BLOWER LT SW RET

9

P62FIREBOY

12

BLK/YEL

- JW PRODUCTION RELEASE7/1/01 16479

R2512V RECEPTACLE

BLK 14AWG

ORN/RED 14AWG

J03ACCESSORY4S

4

2

3

1 BLK 14AWG

RED/ORN 14AWG

PUR/BLK

PUR 14AWG

RED/PUR 12AWG

RED/PUR 10AWG

J01IGNITION9S

9

8

7

6

5

4

2

3

1 YEL/RED

RED/PUR 12AWG YEL/RED S

B I

S01IGNITION

RED/PUR 10AWG RED/PUR 12AWG15

CB01IGNITION

RED/PUR 10AWG

A

PUR 14AWG

RED/PUR 12AWG

B

S

IA

J01IGNITION

J03ACCESSORY


CB01J01J03S01R25P62

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0179028-0390028-0454028-0455025-2905028-0467028-0443028-0442028-1286028-1100028-0447

QUANTITY

632631111111

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,18-14 TERM,FASTON,.250,12-10PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,12-10PANEL,BLANK,SINGLE IGNITIONBREAKER,15ARECEPT,UMNL,9 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTSWITCH,IGNITION W/ACCESSORYRECEPT,12V AFIPLUG,UMNL,2CKT

FUNCTION

STARTIGNITION INIGNITION BREAKERIGNITION BREAKERIGNITION12V RECEPTACLE RET12V RECEPTACLEIGNITION ACCESSORYFIREBOY RETBLOWER SW LT RETFIREBOY

SECOND

S01CB01CB01S01S01R25R25S01P62BL01J01

NOTE

B

A

NOTE

A

B

TERM

0207070702020202410242

TERM

4243434342424242424141

PIN

SLINELOADBI-+A1

5

PIN

12345123412

FIRST

J01J01J01J01J01J03J03J03J03P62P62

GA

1610121214141416161616

COLOR

YEL/REDRED/PURRED/PURRED/PURPURBLKRED/ORNPUR/BLKBLK/YELBLK/YELPUR


PUR/BLK

8 53

3

PUR

BLK/YEL1

2

P62FIREBOY2P

FUNCTION

0207414243BLANK PANELIGNITION BREAKERIGNITIONACCESSORYIGNITION12V RECEPTACLEFIREBOY

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPAMP

MPAMPAMPGENERALAFIAMP

BL01BLOWER SW LT RETBLK/YEL

180818/23/02 ADDED P62 AND BL01 FOR FIREBOY OPTIONJJWA

12V RECEPTACLE RET

12V RECEPTACLE

FIREBOY

IGNITION ACCESSORY

IGNITION

IGNITION BREAKER

IGNITION IN

START

IGNITION BREAKER

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

FIREBOY

FIREBOY RET

025-2905

CB01IGNITION

R2512V RECEPTACLE

S01IGNITION

280 HORIZONSINGLE IGNITION

PANEL ASSEMBLY


2.5

A

A

A

BLK/YEL

PUR/BLK

RED/ORN 14AWG

BLK 14AWG

12

P62FIREBOY

3

3

3

8 5

NOTES:

PUR/BLK

PUR/BLK


YEL/REDRED/PURRED/PURRED/PURPUR/REDYEL/REDRED/PURRED/PURRED/PURPURBLKRED/ORNPUR/BLKPUR/BLKPUR/BLKPUR/BLKBLK/YELBLK/YEL

GA

161012121416101212141414161616161616

FIRST

J01J01J01J01J01J02J02J02J02J02J03J03J03CR03CR03J03J03P62

PIN

123451234512312341

PIN

SLINELOADBISLINELOADBI-+3AA21

TERM

424343434242434343424242425151424241

TERM

020707070202070707020202510202414102

NOTE

A

A

B

NOTE

B

SECOND

S01CB01CB01S01S01S02CB02CB02S02S02R25R25CR03S02S01P62P62BL01

FUNCTION

STARTIGNITION INIGNITION BREAKERIGNITION BREAKERIGNITIONSTARTIGNITION INIGNITION BREAKERIGNITION BREAKERIGNITION12V RECEPTACLE RET12V RECEPTACLEIGNITION ACCESSORYIGNITION ACCESSORYIGNITION ACCESSORYFIREBOYFIREBOY RETBLOWER LT SW RET

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPAMP

MPMPAMPAMPAMPGENERALGENERALAFIAMP

FUNCTION

0207414243BLANK PANELPORT IGNITION BREAKERSTBD IGNITION BREAKERPORT IGNITIONSTBD IGNITIONACCESSORYPORT IGNITIONSTBD IGNITION12V RECEPTACLEFIREBOY

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,18-14 TERM,FASTON,.250,12-10PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,12-10PANEL,BLANK,TWIN IGNITIONBREAKER,15ABREAKER,15ARECEPT,UMNL,9 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,9 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTSWITCH,IGNITION W/ACCESSORYSWITCH,IGNITION W/ACCESSORYRECEPT,12V AFIPLUG,UMNL,2 CKT

QUANTITY

862761111111111

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0179028-0390028-0454028-0455025-2909028-0467028-0467028-0443028-0443028-0442028-1286028-1286028-1100028-0447

ITEM

CB01CB02J01J02J03S01S02R25P62


CR03DIODE ASS'Y

1

2

3PUR/BLK

RED/PUR 12AWG

PUR/RED 14AWG

A

RED/PUR 10AWG

CB01PORT IGNITION

15RED/PUR 12AWGRED/PUR 10AWG

S01PORT IGNITION

IB

SYEL/RED

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

RED/PUR 12AWG

YEL/RED

IGNITION BREAKER

1

3

2

4

5

6

7

8

9

J01PORT IGNITION9S

RED/PUR 10AWG

RED/PUR 12AWG

PUR/RED 14AWG

START

IGNITION IN

IGNITION BREAKER

IGNITION

IGNITION ACCESSORY

FIREBOY

12V RECEPTACLE

12V RECEPTACLE RET 1

3

2

4

RED/PUR 12AWG

PUR 14AWG

A

RED/PUR 10AWG

CB02STBD IGNITION

15RED/PUR 12AWG

RED/ORN 14AWG

BLK 14AWG

R2512V RECEPTACLE

RED/PUR 10AWG

S02STBD IGNITION

IB

SYEL/RED

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

RED/PUR 12AWG

YEL/RED

IGNITION BREAKER

1

3

2

4

5

6

7

8

9

J02STBD IGNITION9S

RED/PUR 10AWG

RED/PUR 12AWG

PUR 14AWG

START

IGNITION IN

IGNITION BREAKER

IGNITION

EN#

164937/1/01 PRODUCTION RELEASEJW-

REVISEDBY


B

S

IA

B

S

IA

J02STBD IGNITION

J01PORT IGNITION

J03ACCESSORY

PUR/BLK

BLK/YEL1

2

P62FIREBOY2P

BL01BLOWER SW LT RET

BLK/YEL

PUR

PUR

A JJW ADDED P62 BL01 FOR FIREBOY OPTION8/24/02 18087

9

BL01BLOWER LT SW RET

J03ACCESSORY4S

S01PORT IGNITION

S02STBD IGNITION

R2512V RECEPTACLE

CB01PORT IGNITION

CB02STBD IGNITION

025-2909

280 HORIZONTWIN IGNITION

PANEL ASSEMBLY

P30TRIM TABS9P

C

C

ORN

14AW

G

ORN 14AWG

ORN

14AW

G

WHT/BRN 14AWG

WHT/BLK

WHT/BLK

WHT/PNK 14AWG

S21STBD TABCONTROLSWITCH

1

6

45

2

3

ORN

14AW

G

WHT/BRN 14AWG

WHT/YEL

WHT/YEL

WHT/PNK 14AWG

S20PORT TABCONTROLSWITCH

1

6

45

2

3

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

TAB DOWN

TAB UP

STBD TAB SELECT

TAB POWER1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

ORN 14AWG

WHT/BLK

WHT/PNK 14AWG

WHT/BRN 14AWG

PORT TAB SELECTWHT/YEL


P30S20S21

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0390025-2185028-0449028-0460028-0460

QUANTITY

34281111

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14PANEL,BLANK,TRIM TABSPLUG,UMNL,9 CKTSWITCH,(ON) OFF (ON) CONT IIISWITCH,(ON) OFF (ON) CONT III

FUNCTION

0242BLANK PANELTRIM TABSPORT TAB SELECTSTBD TAB SELECT

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMP

AMPCARL SWCARL SW

FUNCTION

TAB POWERPORT TAB SELECTSTBD TAB SELECTTAB UPTAB DOWN

TAB POWERTAB POWERTAB DOWNTAB UPPORT TAB SELECTSTBD TAB SELECT

SECOND

S21S20S21S21S21S20S21S21S21S21S20S21

NOTE

SASDSESFSG

SBSA

NOTE

SCSCSBSGSFSDSE

TERM

020202020202020202020202

TERM

414141414102020202020202

PIN

533462256411

PIN

123455526433

FIRST

P30P30P30P30P30S20S20S21S20S20S20S21

GA

141616141414141414141616

COLOR

ORNWHT/YELWHT/BLKWHT/PNKWHT/BRNORNORNONRWHT/BRNWHT/PNKWHT/YELWHT/BLK

FOUR WINNS WIRE LISTREVISIONLEVEL

-

A

B


280 HORIZONTRIM TABS

PANEL ASSEMBLY

REAR PANEL VIEW

P30TRIM TABS

1

2

3 6

5

4 1

2

3 6

5

4

12 7

S20PORT TAB

S21STBD TAB

LS02FWD STBD COCKPIT SPKR

BLK/GRN

GRN

LS01FWD PORT COCKPIT SPKR

BLK/RED

RED

FWD STBD COCKPIT SPKR

FWD STBD COCKPIT SPKR RET

FWD PORT COCKPIT SPKR

FWD PORT COCKPIT SPKR RET

4

3

2

1

J10AMP4S

BLK/RED

RED

BLK/GRN

GRN

2

1

J15DOCKING LT2S

BLK 14AWG

GRA/LT BLU 14AWG

2

1

J13DOCKING LT2S

BLK 14AWG

GRA/LT BLU 14AWG

2

1

J14WINDLASS2S

RED/BLK

BLK/RED

2

1

P12CABIN LT2S

BLK

BLU/RED

WW01WIPER

RED/BLU

RED/LT BLU

BLK 14AWG

LT02PORTNAV LT

GRA/GRN

BLK

LT01STBDNAV LT

GRA/GRN

BLK

LS07HORN WHT/ORN

BLK

J11HELM15S

WINDLASS UP

CTSY LIGHTS

1

2

3

4

RED/BLK

BLK CTSY LT RET

WINDLASS DOWNBLK/RED

BLU/RED

RED/BLU

RED/LT BLU

GRA/GRN

WHT/ORN

5

6

7

8

9

BLK 14AWG

BLK

BLK

BLK 14AWG

DOCKING LT RET

HORN RET

NAV LT RET

WIPER RET

WIPER RUN

WIPER PARK

NAV LT

HORN

CABIN LT

10

11

12

13

14

15

GRA/LT BLU 14AWG DOCKING LT

NOT USED

2

1

P19HEAD LIGHT2S

BLK

BLU/RED

GRA/BRN

2

1

J16CTSY LT2S

BLK

GRA/BRN

7/28/03-

EN#


REVISEDBY


REVISIONS

905 FRISBIE STREET TOLERANCES: TITLE: HARNESS ASSEMBLY,

20

P19HEAD LIGHT

65

20

65

50

24

77

24

4

20

65

6

24

8

29

6

65

LT02PORT NAV LT

LT01STBD NAV LT

J10AMP

J11HELM

P12CABIN LT

J13DOCKING LT

J14WINDLASS

WW01WIPER

LS01FWD PORT SPKR

LS02FWD STBD SPKR

20

29

J15DOCKING LT

J16CTSY LT

LS07HORN

2436

42

4242

63

02

63

02

42

45

45

02

02

02

02

42

42

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMP

AMPAMPAMP

FUNCTION

02424563AMPHELMDOCKING LTWINDLASSDOCKING LTCTSY LTSPEAKERSPEAKERHORNNAV LTNAV LTCABIN LTHEAD LTWINDSHIELD WIPER

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,CMNL,18-14TERM,FASTON,.205,18-14RECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,15 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTSPEAKERSPEAKERHORNLIGHT, BOW SSLIGHT, BOW SSPLUG,CMNL,2 CKTPLUG,CMNL,2 CKTWIPER,AFI 1000

QUANTITY

112642111111REFREFREFREFREF11REF

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0454028-0159028-1288028-0442028-0446028-0441028-0441028-0441028-0441

028-0161028-0161

ITEM

J10J11J13J14J15J16LS01LS02LS07LT01LT02P12P19WW01



280 HORIZONFORWARD SYSTEMSHARNESS ASSEMBLY

FUNCTION

BUTTON POWERBUTTON POWERBUTTON POWERWINDLASS UPWINDLASS UPWINDLASS DOWNWINDLASS DOWN

NOTE

SA

SB

SC

TERM

51424242414241

PIN

LINE112122

SECOND

FH01J80J81J80P59J81P59

NOTE

SA

SB

SC

TERM

11514208420842

PIN

+LOAD1UP2DOWN2

FIRST

WR01FH01J80WR01J80WR01J81

GA

16161616161616

COLOR

REDREDREDRED/BLKRED/BLKBLK/REDBLK/RED


MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPBUSS3MAMPAMPAMP

FUNCTION

08114142WINDLASS BUTTONFUSE HOLDERWINDLASS UPWINDLASS DOWNWINDLASSWINDLASS RELAY

DESCRIPTION

TERM,RING,#8,16-14TERM,RING,3/8,.250PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14FUSE,ATC,3AFUSE HOLDER,INLINERECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTPLUG,UMNL,2 CKTWINDLASS RELAY

QUANTITY

212411111REF

PART NUMBER

028-0189028-0193028-0390028-0454028-0506

028-0441028-0441028-0447065-0842-02

ITEM

F13FH01J80J81P59WR01


NOTES:1. LENGTHS SHOWN IN INCHES +/- 1.5 INCH2. WIRING TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF SAE J1128.3. COLOR CODE PER FOUR WINNS SPEC. 125-60000.4. TERMINATE PER FOUR WINNS SPEC. 125-60153.5. SA-TZ WIRES TERMINATE IN A COMMON TERMINAL.

BLK/RED

RED/BLK

ORIGINAL RELEASE

REVISEDBY

DESCRIPTIONCHECKEDBY

DATEREVISIONLEVEL

REVISIONS

F13WINDLASS BUTTONS

3A

RED

3

WINDLASS DOWN

WINDLASS UP1

2BLK/RED

RED/BLK

P59WINDLASS2P

DOWN

POWER1

2BLK/RED

RED

J81WINDLASS DOWN2S

UP

POWER1

2RED/BLK

RED

J80WINDLASS UP2S

WR01WINDLASS RELAY

WR01WINDLASS RELAY

J80WINDLASS UP

J81WINDLASS DOWN

P59WINDLASS

F13WINDLASSBUTTONS

WR01WINDLASS RELAYPOWER

WR01WINDLASS RELAYUP

WR01WINDLASS RELAYDOWN

3 33

3

3 3

3

3

FH01FUSEHOLDER


MAXWELL WINDLASSRELAY & FOOT PEDALHARNESS ASSEMBLY

FUNCTION

WINDLASS PEDAL RETWINDLASS PEDAL POWER

NOTETERM

4141

PIN

12

SECOND

P81P81

NOTE

BABA

TERM

1010

PIN

-+

FIRST

FP01FP01

GA

1616

COLOR

BLK/REDRED


MANUFACTURER

AMPAMP

AMP

FUNCTION

1141FOOT PEDALWINDLASS PEDAL

DESCRIPTION

TERM,RING,3/8,16-14PIN,UMNL,18-14FOOT PEDAL,MAXWELLPLUG,UMNL,2 CKT

QUANTITY

22REF1

PART NUMBER

028-0193028-0390

028-0447

ITEM

FP01P81


RED

BLK/RED

POWER

RET1

2

P81WINDLASS PEDAL2P

FP01FOOT PEDAL

P81


02

63

02

63

02

63

02

63

42

42

42

42

15

02

09

42

42

GRA/BLU 14AWG

BLK 14AWG

TR01TRANSOM REMOTE

36

TR01TRANSOMREMOTE

70

15

36

12

43

12

72

72

24

20

28

48

23

36

15

12

41

48

12J32AMP

GND3GROUND

LS05PORT COCKPIT SPKR

LS06STBD COCKPIT SPKR


J31COCKPIT LT

J30HELM

J33COCKPIT LT

J34STERN LT

J35COCKPIT LT

LS03PORTCOCKPITSPKR

7/28/03-

EN#


REVISEDBY


REVISIONS

905 FRISBIE STREET TOLERANCES: TITLE: HARNESS ASSEMBLY,

BLK 14AWG

BLK

GND3GROUND

GRA/BRN

BLK 14AWG

J35COCKPIT LT2S

1

2

COCKPIT LT RET

COCKPIT LT

GRA/BLU 14AWG

BLK 14AWG

J34STERN LT 2S

1

2

STERN LT RET

STERN LT

GRA/BRN

BLK

J33COCKPIT LT2S

1

2

COCKPIT LT RET

COCKPIT LT

GRA/BRN

BLK

J31COCKPIT LT2S

1

2

COCKPIT LT RET

COCKPIT LT

GRA/BLU 14AWG

GRA/BRN

J30HELM2S

1

2

COCKPIT LTS

STERN LT

BLU

BLK/BLU

ORN

BLK/ORN

J32AMP4S

1

2

3

4

PORT COCKPIT SPKR RET

PORT COCKPIT SPKR

STBD COCKPIT SPKR RET

STBD COCKPIT SPKR

ORN

BLK/ORNLS03PORT COCKPIT SPKR

ORN

BLK/ORNLS05PORT COCKPIT SPKR


BLU

BLK/BLU

BLU

BLK/BLULS06STBD COCKPIT SPKR


-----GND3J30J31J32J33J34J35J37LS03LS04LS05LS06

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0191028-0193028-0454028-1288-028-0441028-0441028-0442028-0441028-0441028-0441028-0441----

QUANTITY

511164REF1111111REFREFREFREF

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,16-14TERM,RING,#10,16-14TERM,RING,3/8,16-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14TERM,FASTON,.205,18-14DC GROUNDRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTSPEAKERSPEAKERSPEAKERSPEAKER

FUNCTION

0209114263DC RETHELMCOCKPIT LTAMPCOCKPIT LTSTERN LTCOCKPIT LTSWIM LTSPEAKERSPEAKERSPEAKERSPEAKER

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMP--AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMP AMP----

SWIM LT

SWIM LT RET

2

1

J37SWIM LT.2S

BLK 14AWG

GRA/BRN

42

J37SWIM LT

12

50

280 HORIZONCOCKPIT - DECK

HARNESS ASSEMBLY

ORN/GRN 14AWG

4 NOT USED

3 STEREO POWER

BRN/YEL 1

2BRN/YELHIGH LEVEL SW

HIGH LEVEL SW

BRN/YEL4 HIGH LEVEL SW

BRN/YEL3 HIGH LEVEL SW

TAN/PUR

15

14

13

FIREBOY

SHOWER SUMP

EXHAUST

12 BLK 14AWG

11 BLK 14AWG

10 BLK 10AWG

40A

RED 10AWG

F24AMP

BLK 14AWG

NOT USED

AMP RET

AMP POWER

STEREO RET

STEREO POWER

BLK 10AWG

RED 10AWG

BLK

ORN/GRN 14AWG

9

8

7

6

5

NOT USED

STEREO SWPUR/BLK

ORN/RED 14AWG

4

3

2

1

12V RECEPTACLE RET

12V RECEPTACLE

P13STEREO9P

20A

ORN/BLK 14AWG

F23ENGINE HATCH

9 BLK8 BLK 14AWG7 BLK 6 BLK5 BLK 14AWG4 BLK 14AWG3 BLK2

IGNITION BOTH

INSTRUMENT LTSPUR/BLK

P02INSTRUMENTS4P

2

1BLU

FUEL QUANTITY3

NOT USED4

PNK

STERN LT

COCKPIT LTS

2

1

P30HELM2P

GRA/BRN

GRA/BLU

P11HELM15P

WINDLASS UP

CTSY LIGHTS

1

2

3

4

RED/BLK

BLK CTSY LT RET

WINDLASS DOWNBLK/RED

BLU/RED 14AWG

RED/BLU

RED/LT BLU

GRA/GRN

WHT/ORN

5

6

7

8

9

BLK 14AWG

BLK

BLK

BLK 14AWG

DOCKING LT RET

HORN RET

NAV LT RET

WIPER RET

WIPER RUN

WIPER PARK

NAV LT

HORN

CABIN LT

10

11

12

13

14

15

GRA/LT BLU 14AWG DOCKING LT

NOT USED

GRA/BRN

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

P28HELM SYSTEMS15P

ENGINE HATCH DOWN

FRESH WATER PUMP

BLOWER A

ENGINE HATCH UPLT BLU/GRN 14AWG

BRN/GRN 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

LT BLU/BLU 14AWG

BILGE IN

BILGE

TRIM TABS

REFRIGERATOR

BLOWER AYEL 14AWG

BRN/ORN 14AWG

BRN/RED 14AWG

OVERBOARD DISCHARGE IN

VAC-U-FLUSH IN

FUEL QUANTITY

ORN 14AWG

RED/GRN 14AWG

ORN/BRN 14AWG

ORN/BRN 14AWG10

11

12

P03ACCESSORY4P

4

2

3

1 12V RECEPTACLE RET

12V RECEPTACLE

FIREBOY

BLK 14AWG

RED/ORN 14AWG

IGNITION ACCESSORYPUR/BLK

WIPER IN

DOCKING LT

2

1 PANEL RET

NAV LT IN

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

P16STBD SWITCH15P

BLK

STERN LT

BOW LT

CTSY LT IN

CTSY LT

DOCKING LT IN

WIPER

EXHAUST IN

EXHAUST

WINDLASS DOWN

2

1 ENGINE HATCH RET

ENGINE HATCH UP3

4

5

6

7

8

9

P17STBD SWITCH9P

BLK 14AWG

ENGINE HATCH DOWN

FRESH WATER IN

FRESH WATER

WINDLASS IN

WINDLASS UP

ENGINE HATCH IN

ORN/GRA

GRA/BLU

GRA/GRN

ORN/PUR

GRA/BRN

ORN/LT BLU 14AWG

GRA/LT BLU 14AWG

ORN/TAN

RED/BLU

PUR/BLK

TAN/PUR

10

11

12

ORN/BLK 14AWG

LT BLU/BLU 14AWG

LT BLU/GRN 14AWG

ORN/BRN 14AWG

BRN/GRN 14AWG

ORN

RED/BLK

BLK/RED

ORN 13

14

15

ACCESSORY IN

NOT USED

NOT USED

WHT/ORN HORN

HORN IN

BRN/RED 14AWG

BRN/ORN 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

ORN/YEL 14AWG2

1 PANEL RET

BLOWER A IN

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

P15PORT SWITCH9P

BLK

ORN/YEL 14AWG

BLOWER B IN

BLOWER A

BLOWER B

BILGE IN

BILGEORN/WHT

YEL 14AWG

FB01FUSE BLOCK

F01BLOWER

ORN/YEL 14AWG

5A

F03NAV LTS

ORN/GRA

5A

F04CTSY LTS

ORN/PUR

5A

F05HORN

ORN/WHT

5A

F06WIPER

ORN/TAN

5A

F07HELM RECEPTACLE

ORN/RED 14AWG

10A

F08WINDLASS

ORN

5A

F09TRIM TABS

ORN 14AWG

20A

F15FRESH WATER

BRN/GRN

10A

F16OB DISCHARGE

ORN/BRN 14AWG

10A

F17CABIN LTS

BLK/RED 14AWG

10A

F18REFRIGERATOR

RED/GRN 14AWG

10A

F19CABIN RECEPTACLE

ORN/RED 14AWG

10A

10A

ORN 14AWG

F13ACCESSORY

RED/LT BLU

F02BLOWER

ORN/YEL 14AWG

5A

PNK

TB01DC RETURNS

BLK 14AWG1

F20VAC-U-FLUSH

ORN/BRN 14AWG

10A

F21DOCKING LTS

ORN/LT BLU 14AWG

10A

F25SHOWER SUMP TAN/GRA

10A

TAN/GRA

BLK/YEL

BLK/YEL

BLK

6 MODULE LTSBLU

2 MODULE RETBLK

1 MODULE PWRBRN/ORN

FM01FIRSTMATE MODULE

41

41

41

41

P36AFT SYSTEM4P 41

41

02

41

41

41

41

02

48FM01FIRSTMATEMODULE

P30HELM

P03ACCESSORY

P02INSTRUMENTS

P17STBD SWITCH

P16STBD SWITCH

36

36

12

36

12

24

P15PORT SWITCH

P13STEREO

P11HELM

12

1212

12

18

P28HELM SYSTEMS

24 23 18

9 7 5

40A

HORN10A 10A

ACC

AMP

21

10A

20 19 17 16

10A

6 4 3 2 1

15

1 2

3 4

5 6

7 8

9 10

11 12

13 14

FUSE SCHEDULE1. BLOWER 5A2. BLOWER 5A3. NAV/ANC LTS. 5A4. COURTESY LTS. 5A5. HORN 5A6. WIPER 5A7. HELM RECEPT 10A9. TRIM TABS 20A13. ACCESSORY 10A15. FRESH WATER PUMP 10A16. OVERBOARD DISCHARGE 10A17. CABIN LIGHTS 10A18. REFRIGERATOR 10A19. CABIN RECEPTACLE 10A20. VAC-U-FLUSH 10A21. DOCKING LT 10A23. ENGINE HATCH 20A24. AMP 40A25. SHOWER SUMP 10A

SHOWER SUMP 10A

ACCACCACC ENGINE HATCH20A

DOCKING LTS

ACC VHF FISH FINDER GPS20A

TRIM TABS5A

WINDLASS10A

HELM RECEPT

FRESH WATEROB DISCHARGECABIN LTSVAC-U-FLUSH10A 10A

REFRIGERATOR10A

CABIN RECEPT10A10A

5AWIPER

5ANAV LTCTSY LT BLOWER BLOWER

5A5A 5A 5A

13

25

P36AFT SYSTEMS

12

FOUR WINNS PARTS LISTPART NUMBER

028-0177028-0179028-0453028-0390028-0507028-0507028-0507028-0507028-0507028-0507028-0509028-0507028-0511028-0509028-0509028-0509028-0509028-0509028-0509028-0511028-1770028-0509028-0505028-0448028-0448028-0452028-0449028-0449028-0452028-0449028-0452028-0447028-0448

QUANTITY

35227711111111111111111111111111111REFREF

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,16-14TERM,FASTON,.250,12-10PIN,UMNL,12-10PIN,UMNL,18-14FUSE,ATC.5AFUSE,ATC 5AFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,10AFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,20AFUSE,ATC,10AFUSE,ATC,10AFUSE,ATC,10AFUSE,ATC,10AFUSE,ATC,10AFUSE,ATC,10AFUSE,ATC,20AFUSE,ATC,40AFUSE,ATC,10AFUSE BLOCK,28 POSPLUG,UMNL,4 CKTPLUG,UMNL,4 CKTPLUG,UMNL,15 CKTPLUG,UMNL,9 CKT PLUG,UMNL,9 CKTPLUG,UMNL,15 CKTPLUG,UMNL,9 CKTPLUG,UMNL,15 CKTPLUG,UMNL,2 CKTPLUG,UMNL,4 CKTDC HELM RETFIRSTMATE MODULE

FUNCTION

02074041BLOWERBLOWERNAV LTSCTSY LTSHORNWIPERHELM RECEPTWINDLASSTRIM TABSACCESSORYFRESH WATEROB DISCHARGECABIN LTSVAC-U-FLUSHDOCKING LTSENGINE HATCHAMPSHOWER SUMPHELM FUSE BLOCK INSTRUMENTSACCESSORYHELMSTEREOPORT SWITCHSTBD SWITCHSTBD SWITCHHELM SYSTEMSHELMAFT SYSTEMHELM RETFIRSTMATE CONTROL

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSGENERALAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPGENERAL

ITEM

F01F02F03F04F05F06F07F08F09F13F15F16F17F18F20F21F22F23F24FB01 P02P03P11P13P15P16P17P28P30P36TB01FM01

3

TB01DC RETURNS

FB01HELM FUSE BLOCK

280 HORIZONHELM SYSTEMS

HARNESS ASSEMBLYElectrical Schematics


20251

24

J21HELM SYSTEMS

42

HI LEVEL SW

HI LEVEL SW

J21HELM SYSTEMS4S

BRN/YEL

BRN/YEL

2

1

3ORN/GRN 14AWG

STEREO

4NOT USED

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMP--FARIA/TALON-----OMCAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMP AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMP--

FUNCTION

02040911172224254245SHIPS SYSTEMS BREAKERBILGE PUMPDEPTH SOUNDER CABLEHELM FUSE BLOCKFUEL SENDERFUSEBLOCK DC RETDC RETDC RETSPEEDOMETER HOSEREFRIGERATORVAC U FLUSHOVERBOARD DISCHARGEBLOWER ABLOWER BFLUSH PANELBILGE PUMPENGINE HATCHHELM SYSTEMSFRESH WATER PUMPBATTERY SWITCHFUEL FILLHELM SYSTEMSSHOWER SUMP BOXTRIM TABSFIRE BOYHIGH LEVEL SWTRIM TABSHELM DC RETTRIM TAB PUMP

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,18-14TERM,TAB,FASTON..250,18-14TERM,RING,#10,16-14TERM,RING,3/8,16-14TERM,RING,#10,8TERM,RING,#6,16-14TERM,RING,1/4,8TERM,RING,3/8,8SOCKET,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,CMNL,20-14BREAKER,40A,MPBREAKER,5AHARNESS ASSEMBLY,25' TRANSDUCERFUSE BLOCK,28 POSITIONSENDER, FUEL STUART WARNERDC GROUNDDC GROUND DC GROUNDHOSE,SPEEDOMETER,OMCRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,9 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,15 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,9 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTPLUG,CMNL,4 CKTTERMINAL BLOCK,14POSTRIM TAB PUMP

QUANTITY

11123111554REFREF1REFREFREFREFREF1111111111111111111REFREF

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0201028-0191028-0197028-0198028-0356028-0315028-0316028-0454028-0159--027-2199-----024-0073028-0441028-0442028-0441028-0441028-0441028-0443028-0442028-0441028-0442028-0441028-0441028-0441028-0446028-0441028-0443028-0441028-0441028-0204--


----------CB30CB32DS01FB01FS01GND1GND2GND3HS01J13J14J15J16J17J18J19J20J21J23J24J27J28J29J30J31J32P22TB01TT01

STEREO

24

J32HIGH LEVELSWITCH

BRN/YELBRN/YEL

J32HIGH LEVEL SW2S

2

118

12

48

12

55

18

12

20

J31FIRE BOY

J29SHOWER PUMP

88

SHIPS SYSTEMSBREAKERCB30

J24BATT SWITCH

88

10010 J27FUEL FILL

NOT USED 4

FULL TANK LIGHTBRN/PNK

3

BRN/PNK

HS01SPEEDOMETER HOSE

1

2

J27FUEL FILL 2S


80

TH01EXHAUST

15

14

TAN/PUR13

FIREBOY

SHOWER SUMP

EXHAUST

REFRIGERATOR

TRIM TABS

BILGE

BILGE IN

LT BLU/BLU 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

BRN/GRN 14AWG

LT BLU/GRN 14AWGENGINE HATCH UP

BLOWER B

FRESH WATER PUMP

ENGINE HATCH DOWN

J28HELM SYSTEMS15S

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

GND1ENGINE GROUND

TB01HELM RET

BLK 8AWG

FB01HELM FUSE BLOCK

RED 8AWG

DS01DEPTHSOUNDER

DEPTH SOUNDERTRANSDUCER

DEPTH SOUNDERDISPLAY


PRODUCTION RELEASE

DATEEN #REVISEDBY

9/3/02-

DESCRIPTION

1NTS7/28/03H.B.

REVISIONS


616-779-2331

905 FRISBIE STREETCADILLAC,MI 49601

3 PLCS +/- .0202 PLCS +/- .06FRACT +/- 1/16

TOLERANCES: TITLE: HARNESS ASSEMBLY,AFT SYSTEMS,280/285

SIZE:

C

DRAWN: DATE: SHEET: OF:

CHECKED: DATE:

SCALE:

DWG NUMBER:

42FS01FUEL SENDER

1

2

FRIG RET

FRIG

BLK 14AWG

J13REFRIGERATOR2S

RED/GRN 14AWG

1

2

YEL/BLK 14AWG

J17BLOWER B2S

YEL 14AWG

1

2

BLK/YEL

J16BLOWER A2S

YEL 14AWG

AUTO BILGEBRN/REDMANUAL BILGE

AUTO BILGE

BILGE RET

4

2

1

3

BRN/ORN 14AWG

BLK 14AWG

BRN/RED 14AWG

J19BILGE PUMP 4S

J20ENGINEHATCH

J19BILGE PUMP

DS01DEPTH SOUNDER

J17BLOWER B

J16BLOWER A

J13REFRIGERATOR

J18FLUSH PANEL

GND2ENGINE GROUND

TAB DOWNWHT/BRN 14AWGTAB UP

STBD TAB SELECT

PORT TAB SELECT

4

2

1

3

WHT/BLK

WHT/YEL

WHT/PNK 14AWG

P22TRIM TAB PUMP

BLK 14AWG TT01TRIM TAB PUMP RET

P22TRIM PUMP

TT01TRIM TAB PUMP

J28HELM SYSTEMS

FB01HELM POWER#10

TB01HELM RET#10

J14VAC U FLUSH

J23FRESH WATERPUMP

30110

48

30

12 6

6

30

56

6

6

30

20

50

220

38

24

38

1818

CB30SHIPS SYSTEMS

GND1ENGINE GROUND

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

J18FLUSH PANEL9S

VAC-U-FLUSH

VAC-U-FLUSH IN

OVERBOARD DISCHARGE


BRN/WHT 14AWG

ORN/BRN 14AWG

BRN 14AWG

ORN/BRN 14AWG

BLK 14AWGPANEL LT RET

1

2

BLK 14AWG

BRN/WHT 14AWG

J14VAC-U-FLUSH4S

PUMP RET

PUMP

1

2

PUMP RET

PUMP

BLK 14AWG

J15OVERBOARD DISCHARGE2S

BRN 14AWG

FULL TANK LIGHT

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

BRN/GRN 14AWG

J23FRESH WATER PUMP2S

BLK 14AWG

2

1

BRN/ORN 14AWG

FS01FUEL SENDERBLK

PNK

HATCH DOWN

HATCH UP

2

1

J20ENGINE HATCH2S

LT BLU/BLU 14AWG

LT BLU/GRN 14AWG

BLK 14AWG

BLK 14AWG GND2ENGINE GROUND

BLK 14AWG

BLK 14AWG

48

WHT/YELPORT TAB SELECT

WHT/BRN 14AWG

WHT/PNK 14AWG

WHT/BLK

ORN 14AWG

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1 TAB POWER

STBD TAB SELECT

TAB UP

TAB DOWN

NOT USED

J30TRIM TABS9S

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

BLOWER AYEL 14AWG

BRN/ORN 14AWG

BRN/RED 14AWG

GRN

GRN

GND1ENGINE GROUND

20

BLK

24

J30TRIM TABS


VAC-U-FLUSH IN

FUEL QUANTITY

ORN 14AWG

RED/GRN 14AWG

ORN/BRN 14AWG

ORN/BRN 14AWG10

11

12PNK


48

30

TH01EXHAUST

J15OVERBOARDDISCHARGE

TAN/GRA

1

2

PUMP RET

PUMP

BLK 14AWG

J29SHOWER SUMP2S

TAN/GRA

J31FIREBOY2S

2

1

BLK/YEL

BLK 14AWG

YEL/BLK 14AWG

XX


45

42

42

42

04

02

42

42

42

42

42

42

42

42

42

42

42

42

11

11

09

22

24

25

17

17

42

J24BATT SWITCH 2S

2

1ORN/GRN 14AWG

BILGE PUMP

GND3ENGINE GROUND

20

REVISION LEVEL

-

280 HORIZONAFT SYSTEMS

HARNESS ASSEMBLYPage 11


280 HORIZON ENGINE SYSTEM

HARNESS ASSEMBLY

PUR 14AWG

41

NOT USED

ENGINE ALARM

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

GND1ENGINE GROUND

BLK 14AWG

BLK 14AWG

PUR/WHT

LT BLU

TRIM POSITION

OIL PRESSURE

GRA

BLK 14AWG

TACHOMETER

1

3

2

4

5

6

7

8

9

P04INSTRUMENTS9P

BLK 14AWG

PUR 14AWG

TAN

PANEL LT RET

PANEL RET

IGNITION

WATER TEMPERATURE

S01ESS

RED/PUR 12AWG

RED/PUR 12AWGRED/PUR 12AWG

YEL/RED

IGNITION BREAKER

1

3

2

4

5

6

7

8

9

P03IGNITION9P

RED/PUR 10AWG

RED/PUR 12AWG

PUR 14AWG

START

IGNITION IN

IGNITION BREAKER

IGNITION

YEL/RED 1

2

J05NEUTRAL SAFETY2S

YEL/REDNEUTRAL SAFETY

NEUTRAL SAFETY

4

TRIM POWER

TRIM UP

TRIM DOWN

J06TRIM/TILT4S

3

2

1

NOT USED

ENGINE ALARM

1

1

3

2

3

2

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

P02PORT TRIM

P01PORT ENGINE

WHT/GRN

WHT/BLU

WHT/RED

GRA

TAN

RED/PUR 10AWG

YEL/RED

LT BLU

PUR/WHT

NOT USED

TACHOMETER

WATER TEMPERATURE

IGNITION (FROM ENGINE)

START

OIL PRESSURE

TRIM/TILT

TRIM DOWN

TRIM UP

TRIM POWERWHT/PURTRIM LIMIT SW

TL01TRIM LIMIT SW

WHT/BLUWHT/PUR

TAN/BLU

TAN/BLU

IGNITION (TO ENGINE)

42 51

75

42

07

40

51

41

11


213106112111111REFREF

PART NUMBER

028-0179028-0197028-0453028-0390028-0454-028-1823028-0441028-0442 --028-0449028-0449--

ITEM

-------J05J06P01P02P03P04S01TL01

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,12-10TERM,RING,3/8,16-14PIN,UMNL,12-10PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14VENDER TERMINATEDTERM,BULLET,FEM,INS,.156,16-14RECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTPLUG,ENGINE IOPLUG,TRIM/TILTPLUG,UMNL,9 CKTPLUG,UMNL,9 CKTSWTICH,ESS,NO TRIM LIMIT

FUNCTION

07114041425175NEUTRAL SAFETYTRIM/TILTENGINETRIM/TILTIGNITIONINSTRUMENTSESSTRIM LIMIT SWITCH

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPOMCOMCAMPAMP---

J06TRIM/TILT

S01ESS

J05NEUTRAL SAFETY

P03IGNITION

P04INSTRUMENTS

GND1ENGINE GROUND

P01ENGINE

P02TRIM/TILT

40

12 12

40

20 40

220

40

24

38 40 36

18TL01TRIM LIMIT SWITCH

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMP

CARL SWCARL SWCARL SWSOLICOSOLICOWESGARDEWESGARDE

FUNCTION

0913BLANK PANELSHORE MAINREFRIGERATOR/CHARGEROUTLETSAC POWERAC REV POLAC GROUNDAC NEUTRAL

DESCRIPTION

TERM,RING,#10,16-14TERM,RING,#10,12-10PANEL,BLANK,AC CABINBREAKER,30A DPBREAKER,10ABREAKER,15ANEON,250V GREENNEON,250V REDBUSS BAR,10 GANGBUSS BAR,10 GANG

QUANTITY

3411111111

PART NUMBER

028-0191028-0195025-2435028-0484028-0416028-0417028-0531028-0530028-0302028-0302

ITEM

CB01CB02CB03DS01DS02TB02TB03


TB03AC NEUTRAL

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1WHT 10AWG

TB03AC NEUTRAL

TB02AC GROUND

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1BLK

BLK 10AWG

BLK

BLK

BLK

BLK

WHT 10AWG

15

CB03OUTLETS

10

CB02BATTERY CHARGER/REFRIGERATOR

CB01SHORE MAIN

DS02REVERSEPOLARITY

DS01ACPOWER

12 7

NOTES:1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES +/- 1 INCH.2. WIRE COLOR PER FOUR WINNS COLOR CODE 125-60000.3. TERMINATIONS PER FOUR WINNS SPEC. 125-60153

10/15/99- ORIGINAL RELEASE

REVISION LEVEL

REVISED BY

DATE DESCRIPTION

TB02AC GROUND

OFFOFF

OFFOFF

OFF

CHARGERREFRIGERATOR

OUTLETS

REVERSEPOLARITY

SHOREMAIN


BLKBLKBLKBLKBLKWHT

GA

161616161010

FIRST

CB01CB01CB01TB02CB01CB01

PIN

LINE ALINE BLINE B1LOAD ALOAD B

PIN

+-+-LINE1

TERM

090909091313

TERM

515151511313

NOTE

SASA

NOTESECOND

DS01DS01DS02DS02CB02TB03

FUNCTION

AC POWER NEON +AC POWER NEON -AC REV POL NEON +AC REV POL NEON -AC HOT LINEAC NEUTRAL LINE

DS02REVERSE POLARITY

DS01AC POWER

025-2435

CB03OUTLETS

CB02CHARGER/REFRIGERATOR

CB01SHORE MAIN


280 HORIZONAC CABIN

PANEL ASSEMBLY

SHORE POWER INLET INSTALLATION


NOTE: SHOWN AS REFERENCE FOR WINDLASS OPTION

OFF

BAT 2

BAT 1FEEDER

FIELD

EMERGENCYSTART ONLY

SHIPSSYSTEMS

WINDLASS

ON

OFF

ENGINE START SWITCH

BILGE PUMP

BATTERY SWITCHMOUNTING DETAIL

STEREO

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMP-AMPCARL SWCARL SWETAETAGUEST

FUNCTION

021018313541-BATTERY SWITCHSHIPS SYSTEMSWINDLASSBILGESTEREOBATT SWITCH

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,18-14TERM,RING,1/4,16-14TERM,RING,3/8,2TERM,RING,1/4,2TERM,RING,1/4,4PIN,UMNL,18-14PANEL,BLANK,BATTERY SWITCHPLUG,UMNL,2 CKTBREAKER,80A BREAKER,80ABREAKER,10ABREAKER,20ASWITCH, DUAL BATTERY

QUANTITY

211112111REF111

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0192028-0399--028-0390025-3099028-0447028-1888028-1888028-1880028-1881028-0485

ITEM

-------P01CB30CB31CB32CB33S01


S01BATTERY SWITCH

RED 14AWG

20

CB33STEREO

10

RED 14AWG

RED 2AWG

RED 4AWG

RED 14AWG

BATT. 2 BATT. 1

FEEDER

CB30SHIPS SYSTEMS

80

CB31WINDLASS

80

CB32AFT BILGE

35

02

02

31

10

18

2

1

6P01BATTERYSWITCH

ORN/BRN 14AWG

BRN/ORN 14AWG

P01BATTERY SWITCH2P

1

2

41

6

CB30SHIP SYSTEMS

CB31WINDLASS

S01BATTERY SWITCH

CB32BILGE PUMP

CB33STEREO

025-3099PANEL, BLANK, BATT SW 280/285/288

BOLT, FHOHMS, 10-32 X 1"

NUT, #10-32, BRASSF/W P/N 080-0288

WASHER, LOCK, EXTERNAL TOOTH#10 BRASS, F.W. P/N 080-0289

WASHER, #10 - MAX. OUTSIDE DIA.OF .40, HT. .270/.230

025-3099PANEL BLANKS01BATTERY SWITCH

280 HORIZONBATTERY SWITCHPANEL ASSEMBLY


3/8/00K.E.H.A ADDED LT1 FULL TANK INDICATOR LIGHT

LT1INDICATOR

BLKBLK

FUNCTION

SWITCH LT RETVAC-U-FLUSH INVAC-U-FLUSHFULL LIGHTFULL LIGHT

SECOND

S01S01S01P18S01

NOTE

SA

SA

NOTE TERM

0202024102

TERM

4141415151

PIN

72367

PIN

12312

FIRST

P18P18P18LT1LT1

GA

1614141616

COLOR

BLKORN/BRNBRN/WHTBLKBLK



J18LT1S01

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0390025-2437028-0449

028-0457

QUANTITY

341111

DESCRIPTION

RECEPT,FASTON,.250,18-14PIN,UMNL,18-14PANEL,BLANK,TOILETPLUG,UMNL,9 CKTINDICATOR, RED 12VSWITCH,SPST,CONT III

FUNCTION

0241BLANKFLUSHFULL LIGHTFLUSH

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMP

AMPSOLICOCARL SW

BLK

ORN/BRN 14AWG BRN/WHT 14AWG

S01TOILET

3

7

2

P18FLUSH9P

6 5

NOTES:1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES +/- 1 INCH.2. WIRE COLOR PER FOUR WINNS COLOR CODE 125-60000.3. TERMINATIONS PER FOUR WINNS SPEC. 125-601534. WIRE TYPE PER SAE J1128.5. SA-SZ TERMINALS TERMINATE IN A COMMON TERMINAL.

6. DIMENSION IS SHOWN FROM THE EDGE OF THE PANEL.

1

2

3 6

5

4

7

- ORIGINAL RELEASE

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

P18FLUSH9P

VAC-U-FLUSH

VAC-U-FLUSH IN

NOT USED

NOT USED

BRN/WHT 14AWG

ORN/BRN 14AWG

BLKPANEL LT RET

FULL TANK LIGHT

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

LT1INDICATOR

S01TOILET

025-2437

280 HORIZONTOILET

PANEL ASSEMBLY

280 HORIZONSTEREO

HARNESS ASSEMBLY

20

07

20

19

41

02

19

20

20

42

42

41

+

-

-

+

AMP REMOTE POWERAMP GROUND

RADIO RET

STEREO SWITCH

STEREO POWER

FWD PORT LF

FWD PORT LF

NOT USED

NOT USED

FWD STBD RF

FWD STBD RF

NOT USED

NOT USED

AMP POWERRED 10AWG

BLK 10AWG

BLU

R0212V RECEPTACLEORN/RED 14AWG

BLK 14AWG

AM01AMPLIFIER

LF+

RF-

BLU AMP REMOTE POWER

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

P02STEREO12S

PUR/BLK

ORN/GRN

BLK

BLK 14AWG

NOT USED

AMP RET

AMP POWER

STEREO RET

STEREO POWER

BLK 10AWG

RED 10AWG

BLK

ORN/GRN

9

8

7

6

5

NOT USED

STEREO MEMORY PUR/BLK

ORN/RED 14AWG

4

3

2

1

12V RECEPTACLE RET

12V RECEPTACLE

J13STEREO POWER9S

BLU

BLK/BLU

ORN

BLK/ORN

P32AFT SPEAKERS4P

1

2

3

4

PORT COCKPIT SPKR RET

PORT COCKPIT SPKR

STBD COCKPIT SPKR RET

STBD COCKPIT SPKR

GRN

BLK/GRN

REDBLK/RED

P10FWD SPEAKERS4P

1

2

3

4

FWD PORT SPKR RET

FWD PORT SPKR

FWD STBD SPKR RET

FWD STBD SPKR

LR

LR

RR

RR

BLK/RED

RED

BLK/GRN

GRN

W01SUBWOOFER

BLK 12 AWG

RED 12 AWG

BLK/ORN

ORN

BLK/BLU

BLU

-

+

-

+

REAR

FRONT

43


MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMP-AMPAMPAMPAMP--

FUNCTION

02074142431920AMPLIFIERSTEREO POWERSTEREO FWD SPEAKERSAFT SPEAKERS12V RECEPTACLEBASS SPEAKERS

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,18-14TERM,FASTON,.250,12-10PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,12-10TERMINAL,SS,PG #8,16-14TERMINAL,SS,PG #8,12-10AMPLIFIER,SONY 754RECEPT,UMNL,9 CKTPLUG,UMNL,12 CKTPLUG,UMNL,4 CKTPLUG,UMNL,4 CKTRECECT,12V AFISUB-WOOFER

QUANTITY

22813254REF1111REFREF

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0179028-0390028-0454028-0455028-0220028-0199-028-0444028-0451028-0448028-0448028-1100-

ITEM

- - -----AM01J13P02P10P32R02W01


3

3

R0212V RECEPTACLE

J13STEREO POWER

12

12

65

24

35

3 3

12

AMPLIFIERAFT STBD SPKR

AMPLIFIERAFT PORT SPKR

AMP GND 3

24

P32AFT SPEAKERSP10

FWD SPEAKERS

12

P02STEREO

48

66

SUB WOOFERW01

16

AMPLIFIERWOOFER OUT

3

AMP POWER

AMP REMOTE POWER

CLARION AMPLIFIER - APX400.4MCONNECTIONS & SETTINGS


CLARION AMPLIFIER - APX480MCONNECTIONS & SETTINGS


APX4

80M

Rem

ote

Turn

-On:

(Blu

e/W

hite

)

XMD3

/M33

5/M

235

RCA

Outp

uts:

Ref

er to

spe

cific

sou

rce

unit

mod

el fo

r pro

per c

onne

ctio

n co

nfig

urat

ion.

RCA

Cabl

es: C

onne

ct to

Pow

er A

mpl

ifier

's C

H1 &

CH2

RCA

Inpu

ts

CH1/

2 GA

IN: 2

V (1

o'c

lock

)

CH3/

4 GA

IN: 2

V (1

o'c

lock

)

BASS

EXT

ENDE

R: A

djus

t to

desi

red

leve

l

Left

Spea

kers

Righ

t Spe

aker

s

Sour

ce U

nit W

iring

Har

ness

Subw

oofe

r

APX4

80MCH

1/2

FREQ

: 100

Hz (1

2 o'

cloc

k)

CH1/

2 FI

LTER

: LP

SOUR

CE S

ELEC

T: 2

CH/B

ASS

CH1/

2: M

ONO

CH3/

4: S

TERE

O

CH3/

4 FR

EQ: 1

00Hz

(12

o'cl

ock)

RANG

E: X

1 (O

ut)

CH3/

4 FI

LTER

: HP

Rem

ote

Turn

-On:

(Blu

e/W

hite

)

25A

FUSE

25A

FUSE

CH

1C

H2

CH

3C

H4

GR

OU

ND

BA

TT

ER

YR

EM

OT

E

Grou

nd: C

onne

ct d

irect

ly to

neg

ativ

e 12

VDC

term

inal

of b

atte

ry o

r dis

tribu

tion

bloc

k.

Pow

er: C

onne

ct d

irect

ly to

pos

itive

12V

DC te

rmin

al o

f bat

tery

or d

istri

butio

n bl

ock.

(not

sup

plie

d)50

A Fu

se

CH

1C

H3

CH

4C

H2

A G E N M A R C O M P A N Y

P A R T # 0 9 0 - 2 7 8 6